FirstAid 2017 PDF
FirstAid 2017 PDF
FirstAid 2017 PDF
HIGH-YIELD PRINCIPLES IN
[' ll is a mathematical fact that fifty percent of all doctors graduate in the
bottom half of their class."
Author Unknown
There are two kinds of statistics : the kind you look
Epidemiology/
Biostatistics
246
Ethics
253
258
Social Sciences
259
make up."
Rex Stout
On a long enough time line, the survival rate for everyone drops to zero.
Chuck Palahniuk
There are three kinds ol lies: lies, damned lies, and statistics ."
Mark Twain
I
A heterogenous mix of epidemiology, biostatistics, ethics, law, healthcare
delivery, patient safety , quality improvement, and more falls under the
heading of public health sciences. Biostatistics and epidemiology are the
foundations of evidence-based medicine and arc verv high-yield. Make
sure vou can apply biostatistical concepts such as sensitivity , specificity ,
and predictive values in a problem-solving format.
Medical ethics questions mav seem less concrete than questions from
other disciplines. For example, if a patient does or savs something.
what should you do or sav in response? Many medical students do not
diligently study these topics because the material is felt to be easy or a
matter of common sense. In our opinion, this is a missed opportunity.
In addition, the key aspects of the doctor-patient relationship ( eg,
communication skills ) are high-vield. Last, the exam has also recently
added an emphasis on patient safety and quality improvement topics.
which arc discussed in this chapter.
245
246
1
SECTION II
Observational studies
STUDY TYPE
DESIGN
Case-control study
MEASURES /EXAMPLE
Smokers
than nonsmokers.
Twin concordance
study
Adoption study
Clinical trial
environmental factors.
DRUG TRIALS
PURPOSE
Phase 1
Phase II
Phase IV
Evaluation of
diagnostic tests
Sensitivity (true
positive rate )
Positive predictive
value
Negative predictive
value
Disease
TP
FP
FN
TN
PPV
= TP/ITP + FP)
Sensitivity Specificity
= TP/ fTP + FN) = TN/TTN + FPL
..
Prevalence
(T?
TP TN
FN * fP 4 TNl
= TN / (TN + FP)
= 1 - false-positive rate
SP-P-IN = highly SPecific test, when Positive,
rules IN disease
If specificity 100%. all positives must be Tl'4
PPV = TP / (TP + FP )
PPV varies directly with pretest probability
( baseline risk, such as prevalence of disease):
high pretest probability high PPV'
Disease
lease
absent
present
TP
TN
FP
B
Test results
NPV = TN / ( TN + FN)
NPV7 varies inversely with prevalence or pretest
probability: high pretest probability low NPV'
T Sensitivity t NPV
T Specificity X PPV
T Specificity T PPV
i Sensitivity 1NPV
. T specificity. T PPV.
For example, in diabetes screening, raising the blood glucose level at which a patient is diagnosed will X sensitivity
and X NPV. The opposite changes occur with decreasing the blood glucose level at which a patient is diagnosed.
Ifssil
| Figure |
I New I
iRevisedl
NPV
= TN/ON + FN)
= TP / ( TP + FN)
= 1 - false-negative rate
SN N-OUT = highly SeNsitive test, when
Negative, rules OUT disease
If sensitivity is 100%, all negatives must be TNj
.t
Likelihood ratio
247
Specificity (true
negative rate)
SECTION II
I.Ri in
sensitivity
1 - specificity
_ I - sensitivity
specificity
13
248
SECTION II
Quantifying risk
EPIDEMIOLOGY / BIOSTATISTICS
Disease
si
II
II
Odds ratio
Relative risk
OR
a /bj ad
RR =
be
a /( a + b )
c/(c + d )
occurrence.
RR < 1
exposure associated
with t disease
occurrence.
Attributable risk
Absolute risk
reduction
Number needed to
treat
Number needed to
harm
AR
a+b c+d
RRR = 1 - RR
ARR
c
c+d
NNT = 1 /ARR
NNH = 1/AR
a+b
Incidence vs
Incidence
prevalence
rate
Prevalence
Recurrence
Tril?fT
Mortality
Cure
H of new cases
# of people at risk
03
[ during a specified
time period )
SECTION II
249
Prevalence
Incidence rate x average duration
1 - prevalence of disease
Prevalence - incidence for short duration diseaseleg, common cold ).
Prevalence > incidence for chronic diseases, due to
Precision vs accuracy
Precision (reliability )!
Accuracy (validity)!
External validity
X X
X
Accurate and
precise
Not accurate,
not precise
250
SECTION II
DEFINITION
EXAMPLES
Recruiting participants
Selection bias
population
1 lealthy worker effect study
population is healthier than
the general population
Non-response biasparticipating subjects differ
from nonrespondents in
meaningful ways
Performing study
Recall bias
Measurement bias
Information is gathered in a
Association between HPV and Use objective, standardized,
and previously tested methods
systemic ally distorted manner. cervical carreer not observed
when using non-standardized
of data collection that arc
classifications
planned ahead of tinre
I lawthorne effect participants Use Dlacebo grouD
change their behavior in
response to their awareness of
being observed
Procedure bias
Observer- expectancy
bias
interpretation of outcomes
as neither are aware of group
allocation
Interpreting results
Confounding bias
population
Lead-time bias
Multiple/repeated studies
Crossover studies (subjects act
as their own controls)
Matching ( patients with
similar characteristics in both
treatment atrd control groups)
Restriction
Randomization
Measure back-end survival
(adjust survival according to
the severity of disease at the
time of diagnosis)
252
SECTION I I
Correct result
Incorrect result
Type I error (a)
very unlikely
Confidence interval
SECTION I I
253
f-test
Chi-square (%2)
Pearson correlation
|coefficientl
r is always between -1 and +1. The closer the absolute value of r is to 1, the stronger the linear
re a 4
re 0 8
r!
r= 0
re 0.8
i
'V
FPQ aft td corfie "
i.
I
..
r* 0.4
m
Strong positive
Weak positive
correlation
correlation
No correlation
Weak negative
correlation
Strong negative
correlation
Autonomy
Beneficence
Nonmaleficence
"Do no harm. Must be balanced against beneficence; if the benefits outw eigh the risks, a patient
may make an informed decision to proceed (most surgeries and medications fall into this
category).
Justice
To treat nersons fnirlv and eonitahlv. T his does not nhvavs imnlv eouallv ( ep
triapel.
254
SECTION I I
Informed consent
requires:
Disclosure: discussion of pertinent
information
Understanding: ability to comprehend
Capacity: ability to reason and make ones
own decisions ( distinct from competence, a
legal determination )
Voluntariness: freedom from coercion and
manipulation
transfusions )
minor-guardian communication.
Physician
should seek
patient consent
Decision- making
capacity
is
il
not required.
Physician must determine w hether the patient is psychologically and legally capable of making
a particular health care decision. Note that decisions made with capacity cannot be revoked
simply if the patient later loses capacity
Components:
Patient is > 18 years old or otherwise legally emancipated
Patient makes and communicates a choice
Patient is informed (knows and understands)
Decision remains stable over time
Decision is consistent with patient s values and goals, not clouded by a mood disorder
Decision is not a result of altered mental status (eg, delirium, psychosis, intoxication )
r BCHAVIUKAL SuttfU
Advance directives
tifTTo
Instructions given by a patient in anticipation of the need for a medical decision. Details vary per
state law
Oral advance directive
Incapacitated patients prior oral statements commonly used as guide. Problems arise from variance
in interpretation. If patient was informed, directive was specific, patient made a choice, and
decision was repeated over time to multiple people, then the oral directive is more valid.
Describes treatments the patient wishes to receive or not receive if he/she loses decision-making
capacity. Usually, patient directs physician to withhold or withdraw life-sustaining treatment if he/
she develops a terminal disease or enters a persistent vegetative state.
Medical power of
Patient designates an agent to make medical decisions in the event that he/she loses decision
making capacity. Patient may also specif)' decisions in clinical situations. Can be revoked by
patient if decision-making capacity is intact . More flexible than a living will.
attorney
Do not resuscitate
order
Surrogate decision-
maker
If a patient loses decision-making capacity and has not prepared an advance directive, individuals
(surrogates) who know the patient must determine what the patient would have done. Priority of
Siblings
surrogates: The spouse ChiPS in spouse adult Children Parents
other
relative
Confidentiality
Confidentiality respects patient privacy and autonomy. If patient is not present or is incapacitated.
disclosing information to family and friends should be guided by professional judgment of
patient 's best interest. The patient may voluntarily waive the right to confidentiality (eg, insurance
company request ).
General principles for exceptions to confidentiality:
Potential physical harm to others is serious and imminent
Likelihood of harm to self is great
No alternative means exists to warn or to protect those at risk
Physicians can take steps to prevent harm
Examples of exceptions to patient confidentiality (many are state-specific ) include the following
( " The physician's good judgement SAVED the dav" f
Suieidal/homicidal patients
Abuse ( children, elderly, and /or prisoners)
Tarasoff decision California Supreme Court decision requiring physician to directly inform
and protect potential victim from harm.
Epileptic patients and other impaired automobile drivers.
Reportable diseases ( eg, STls, hepatitis, food poisoning ); physicians may have a duly to warn
public officials, who will then notify people at risk. Dangerous communicable diseases, such as
TB or Ebola, may require involuntary treatment ]
'
IFTBnitRH
256
SECTION II
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE
ETHICS
Ethical situations
SITUATION
Attempt to identify the reason for nonadherence and determine his/her willingness to
change; do not coerce the patient into adhering or refer him / her to another physician.
Attempt to understand why the patient wants the procedure and address underlying
concerns. Do not refuse to see the patient or refer him / her to another physician . Avoid
performing unnecessary procedures.
procedure.
I:
i 1 J 'I
Family members ask for information Avoid discussing issues with relatives without the patient s permission.
about patients prognosis.
A patient s family member asks you Attempt to identify why the family member believes such information would be
detrimental to the patients condition . Explain that as long as the patient has decision
not to disclose the results of a test
making capacity and does not indicate otherwise, communication of information
if the prognosis is poor because
concerning his/her care will not be withheld . 1 lowever, if vou believe the patient
the patient will be unable to
might harm himself or others if informed, then you may invoke therapeutic privilege
handle it.
and withhold the information!
A 17-year-old girl is pregnant and
Many states require parental notification or consent for minors for an abortion. Unless
there are specific medical risks associated with pregnancy, a physician should not
requests an abortion.
sway the patient s decision for an elective abortion ( regardless of maternal age or fetal
condition ).
The patient retains the right to make decisions regarding her child , even if her parents
A 15-vcar-old girl is pregnant and
wants to keep the child . I ler
disagree. Provide information to the teenager about the practical issues of caring for
a baby. Discuss the options, if requested . Encourage discussion between the teenager
parents want you to tell her to give
the child up for adoption.
and her parents to reach the best decision .
A terminally ill patient requests
In the overw helming majority of states, refuse involvement in any form of physicianassisted suicide. Physicians may, however, prescribe medically appropriate analgesics
physician assistance in ending
his/ her own life.
that coincidentally shorten the patient s life.
Assess the seriousness of the threat . If it is serious, suggest that the patient remain in the
Patient is suicidal.
hospital voluntarily; patient can be hospitalized involuntarily if hc/she refuses.
Patient states that he/she finds you
Ask direct , closed-ended questions and use a chaperone if necessary. Romantic
attractive.
relationships with patients are never appropriate.
A woman who had a mastectomy
Find out why the patient feels this way. Do not offer falsely reassuring statements (eg,
You still look good").
says she now feels ugly.
Patient is angry about the long time Acknowledge the patient 's anger, but do not take a patient s anger personally. Apologize
for any inconvenience. Stay away from efforts to explain the delay.
he /she spent in the waiting room .
Patient is upset with the way he /she Suggest that the patient speak directly to that physician regarding his/her concerns. If the
was treated by another doctor.
problem is with a member of the office staff, tell the patient you will speak to that person .
An invasive test is performed on the Regardless of the outcome, a physician is ethically obligated to inform a patient that a
mistake has been made.
wrong patient.
257
SECTION II
APPROPRIATE RESPONSE
Never limit or deny care because of the expense in time or money. Discuss all
treatment options with patients, even if some arc not covered by their insurance
companies.
At ages 5 -7, children begin to understand that death is permanent, that all life
functions end completely at death, and that everything that is alive eventually
dies. Provide a direct, concrete description of his sisters death. Avoid cliches and
euphemisms. Reassure that the boy is not responsible. Identify and normalize fears
and feelings. Kncourage play and healthy coping behaviors (eg, remembering her in
his own way).
Ask if patient is safe and has an emergency plan. Do not pressure patient to leave his or
her partner, or disclose the incident to the authorities.
Find out win and allow patient to do so as long as there arc no contraindications.
medication interactions, or adverse effects to the new treatment .
Gently explain to family that there is no chance of recovers , and that brain death is
Reject this offer. Generally, decline gifts and sponsorships to avoid any appearance of
conflict of interest. The AMA Code of Ethics does make exceptions for gifts directly
benefitting patients; gifts of minimal value; special funding for medical education
of students, residents, fellows: grants where recipients arc chosen bv independent
Work with the patient bv cither explaining the treatment or pursuing alternative
treatments with the patient . However, a phvsician should never attempt to force adults
to receive care if it is contrary to their religious beliefs.
Transfuse daughter, but do not transfuse mother. Emergent care can be refused bv the
healthcare proxy for an adult, particularly where patient preferences are known or
reasonably inferred, but not for a minod
eauivalent to death Movement is due to spinal arc reflex and is not voluntary. Patient
should be withdrawn from life support
institutional criteria; and where funds are distributed without attribution to sponsors.
SECTION II
Early developmental
milestones
Milestone dates are ranges that have been approximated and vary by source. Children not meeting
milestones may need assessment for potential developmental delay.
AGE
MOTOR
SOCIAL
Infant
Parents
Start
0-12 mo
Toddler
12- 36 mo
Preschool
3-5 yr
Observing,
Child
Rearing
Don't
Learning!
VERBAL /C0GNIT1VE
Working,
(by 3
vri
Children should ride in rear-facing car seats until thev are 2 sears old and in car seats with a
harness until thev are 4 sears. Older children should use a booster seat until thev are 8 sears
old or until the seat belt fits pi operlv. Children < 12 sears old should not ride in a seat ss ith an
airhaa
Changes in the
elderly
SECTION II
Sexual changes:
Men slower ereetion/ejaculation, longer refractor) period
Women vaginal shortening, thinning, and dryness.
Sleep patterns: I REM and slow-wave sleep; t sleep onset latency] t early awakenings
^
t suicide rate.
hearing
1 vision and
.
I immune response.
I renal, pulmonary, and Cl function .
=
Primary
Secondary
Tertiary
Health Maintenance
Organization
Patients are restricted ( except in emergencies! to a limited panel of providers w ho arc in the
network.
Payment is denied for any service that does not meet established, es idencc-hascd guidelines.
Requires referral from primary care provider to see a specialist.
Point of Service
Patients arc allowed to sec providers outside of the netw ork, hut have higher out-of-pocket costs,
including higher copays and deductibles, for out-of-netw ork services.
Requires referral from primary care provider to see a specialist .
Preferred Provider
Patients are allowed to see physicians who are within or outside of the network. All serv ices have
higher enpavs and deductibles.
Do not need a referral from primary care provider to see a specialist.
Organization
Exclusive Provider
Organization
Patients arc limited (except in emergencies) to a network of doctors, specialists, and hospitals.
Does not require a referral from primary care provider to sec a specialist.
Patient pays a fixed, predetermined fee in advance to cover all medical serv ices. Used in HMO
insurance plans!
Global payment
Patient pays for all expenses associated with a single incident of care with a single payment . Most
commonly used during elective surgeries, as it covers tile cost of surgery as w ell as the necessary
pre - and postoperative visits.
Medicare and
Medicaid
diagnostic testing!
Part C: ( Parts A + B = Combrj) delivered by
Hospice care
Medical care focused oil providing comfort and palliation instead of definitive cure. Available to
patients on Medicare or Medicaid and in most private insurance plans whose life expectancy is
< 6 months.
During end - of-life care, priority is given to improving the patient 's comfort and relieving pain, and
care often includes opioid medications. Facilitating comfort is prioritized over potential side
effects leg, respiratory depression). This prioritization of positive effects over negative effects is
known as the principle of double effect.
#1
< 1 YR
1-14 YR
Congenital
malformations
Unintentional
injury
#2
Preterm birth
Cancer
#3
Maternal
Congenital
malformations
pregnancy
complication!
15-34 YR
Unintentional
injury
35-44 YR
45-64 YR
65+ YR
Unintentional
injury
Cancer
Heart disease
Suicide
Homicide
Cancer
1 leart disease
Unintentional
injury
Chronic
Heart disease
Cancer
respiratory
disease
262
SECTION II
N 'i i
|"
II M
Swapped
Figure
Types of medical
errors
Active error
Immediate impact.
Latent error
effects analysis
plan.
32
SECTION II
BIOCHEMISTRY MOLECULAR
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY MOLECULAR
Chromatin structure
HI histone
(linker)
DNA
Revised
Figure
Supercoiled
structure
ELK:h omatir
Nucleosome
(H2 A, H2B,
H3, H4) X 2
Heterochromatin
eta phase
chromosome
Heterochromatin_
Euchromatin
DNA methylation
accessible.
transcription.
Histone methylation
methylation location.
Histone acetylation
DNA methylation
Histone methylation
Histone acetylation
BIOCHEMISTRY MOLECULAR
BIOCHEMISTRY
Nucleotides
PURines (A G) 2 rings.
PYrimidines (C,U,T)-1 ring.
Purine (A C)
Pyrimidine (C U, T)
CO,
Aspartate
Glycine
\
c
N10
Euchromatin is Expressed.
-Formvt -
..\
Carbamoyl
-A
phosphate
Aspartate
\N
[i
synthesis:
Glvcine
Aspartate
Glutamine
Unambiguous
Degenerate/
redundant
Commaless,
nonoverlapping
Universal
Wobble
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY MOLECULAR
35
SECTION II
DNA replication
Eukaryotic DNA replication is more complex than the prokaryotic process but uses many
enzymes analogous to those listed below. In both prokaryotes and eukary otes, DNA replication is
semiconservative and involves both continuous and discontinuous ( Okazaki fragment ) synthesis,
V direction!
and occurs in the V
Prigin of
replication Q
Peplication forkQ
pielicaseQ
pingle- stranded
binding proteinsjjj
pNA
topoisomerases
)
Al-rich sequences ( such as '1 VIA box regions!
are found in promoters and origins of
replication.
PrimaseJQ
pNAJpolymerase llljgj
PNA ligasej]
Telomerase
,QTopoisomerase
Ongmof replication
Helicase
Leading strand
Replication fork
Single - stranded
Origin of replication
binding protein
Lagging strand
Area o( interest
Leading strand
RNA primer
Primase
Fa
Lagging strand
Lagging strand
Okazaki fragment
Id
ovvnM
Leading strand
A polymerase III
III
DNA polymerase I
BIOCHEMISTRY MOLECULAR
BIOCHEMISTRY
DNA repair
Single strand
Nucleotide excision
repair
Double strand
Nonhomologous end
joining
Eukaryotes
UGA = U Go Away.
UAA = lT Are Away
UAG = U Are Gone
UJ 8
SECTION II
BIOCHEMISTRY MOLECULAR
BIOCHEMISTRY
Functional
organization of a
eukaryotic gene
Transcription start
(mRNA synthesized 5'
CAAT box
CAAT
30
Polyadenylation
TATA box
signal
"
TATAAT
Exonl
GT
5' UTR
Promoter
AG
Exon 2 GT
AG
Intron 1
Intron 2
Exon 3 AATAAA
}y
3' UTR
Promoter
Enhancer
Silencer
protcinsi
RNA polymerases
Eukaryotes
Prokaryotes
iRevised
Figure
40
SECTION II
BIOCHEMISTRY MOLECULAR
BIOCHEMISTRY
tRNA
Structure
75-90 nucleotides, 2 structure, doverleaf form, anticodon end is opposite 5' aniinoacy! end. All
tRNAs, both eukaryotic and prokaryotic, have CCA at 5' end along with a high percentage of
chemically modified bases. The amino acid is covalently bound to the 5' end of the tRNA. CCA
Can Carry Amino acids.
T-arm: contains the TH'C (ribothymidine, pseudouridine, cytidine) sequence necessary for tRNAribosome binding. T-ann Tethers tRNA molecule to ribosointj
D-arm: contains diliydrouridine residues necessary for tRNA recognition by the correct aminoacyTtRNA synthetase. D-arm Detects the tRNA bv aminoacvl-tRNA svnthctascj
Acceptor stem: the 5 CCA-5' is the amino acid acceptor site.
Charging
Aminoacyl-tRNA synthetase ( 1 per amino acid; matchmaker; uses ATP) scrutinizes amino acid
before and after it binds to tRNA If incorrect, bond is hydrolyzed. The amino acid-tRNA bond
has energy for formation of peptide bond. A mischarged tRNA reads usual codon but inserts
Aminoacyl-tRNA synthetase and binding of charged tRNA to the codon are responsible for
accuracy of amino acid selection.
Charging
Pairing
(aminoacylation)
( codon- anticodon)
Structure
OH
- 0
l:
Arruno acid
-*-
Aminoacyl-tRNA
synthetase
D-arm
V 0 C 0 > * * *c
* * *
Variable armS
Anticodon
loop
Amino acid
^0
Ir
t
^ii.
. ..
position
.....,
a
ii
"
mRNA
: :
^Wobble
IF2
*
" "
(Initiation factor )
ATP
, ..u
c cC cC a
S
1
'
r
Codon
(S AUG 5 )
Et
Protein synthesis
Initiation
Elongation
initiator methionine)
f < sl
ssr \
rO fc U
S'
sV
i
'
- -
*
Revised
Figure
40S
B
\42
SECTION II
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY CELLULAR
BIOCHEMISTRY CELLULAR
Cell cycle phases
Checkpoints control transitions between phases of cell cycle. This process is regulated by cyclins,
cyclin-dependent kinases (CDKs), and tumor suppressors. M phase (shortest phase of cell cycle)
includes mitosis ( prophase, prometaphase, metaphase, anaphase, telophase) and cytokinesis
( cytoplasm splits in two). C| and G( arc of variable duration.
Cydin- dependent
kinasej
'
XX
X
XX
/i
vs
*'. , .
Rb p53 modulate
G restriction point
10
CEUTYPES
Stable (quiescent)
Hepatocytes, lymphocytes.
Labile
Rough endoplasmic
reticulum
Smooth endoplasmic
reticulum
Laver hepatocytes and steroid hormoneproducing cells of the adrenal cortex and
gonads are rich in SER.
Permanent
BIOCHEMISTRY CELLULAR
BIOCHEMISTRY
43
SECTION II
Golgi is the distribution center for proteins and lipids from the ER to the vesicles and plasma
membrane. Modifies N-oligosaccharidcs on asparagine. Adds O-oligosaccharides on serine and
threonine. Adds mannose-6-phosphate to proteins for trafficking to lysosomes.
Endosomes are sorting centers for material from outside the cell or from the Golgi, sending it to
lysosomes for destruction or back to the membrane/Golgi for further use.
Cell trafficking
l-cell disease (inclusion cell disease/mucolipidosis type II) inherited lysosomal storage disorder;
defect in N-acetylglucosaminyl-l-phosphotransferase failure of the Golgi to phosphors late
mannose residues ( ic, i mannosc-6-phosphatc) on glycoproteins
proteins arc secreted
extraeellularly rather than delivered to lysosomes. Results in coarse facial features, clouded
corneas, restricted joint movement, and high plasma levels of lysosomal enzymes Often fatal in
childhood.
K>
10
*****
Clathrin
y
Early
endo
COM
Late
endosome
COMI
Golgi
apparatus
'
reticu inn
cis-Golgi (anterograde).
c:*
Endoplasmic
CIS
activity]).
Nuclear envelope
Peroxisome
FR.
COPI1: ER
aiK
BIOCHEMISTRY
Cytoskeletal elements
BIOCHEMISTRY CELLULAR
A netw ork of protein fibers within the cytopl:asm that supports cell structure, cell and organelle
movement, and cell division.
TYPE OF FILAMENT
PREDOMINANT FUNCTION
EXAMPLES
Microfilaments
Actin, microvilli.
Intermediate
filaments
Microtubules
CELL TYPE
IDENTIFIES
ViMEntinj
DesMin
Muscle
Cytokeratin
Epithelial cells
GFAP
NeuroGlia
Astrocytoma, glioblastoma
oligodendroglia)
Neurofilaments
Microtubule
Positive
end (+)
Heterodimer
Neurons
Protofilament
Negative
end H
Paclitaxel (anticancer )
BIOCHEMISTRY CELLULAR
BIOCHEMISTRY
Cilia structure
Sodium-potassium
pump
SECTION II
45
Pl MPKIM - PI IMP K2 IN
Xa+-K+ ATPase is located in the plasma
membrane with ATP site on cytosolic side.
Ouabain inhibits by binding to K+ site.
Cardiac glycosides ( digoxin and digitoxin )
For each ATP consumed, sNV go out of the
cell ( pump phosphorylatcd ) and 2K* come into directly inhibit the Na -K+ ATPase, which
leads to indirect inhibition of Na+/Ca+
the cell (pump dephosphorylated ).
Plasma membrane is an asymmetric linid
exchange t [Ca*]j -* t cardiac contractility.
'
Extracellular
space
3Na+ /*
V*nf
Membrane
Cytosol
j. i
* e)
V1
A
A
I I ) {Vjtf '- fs
cr ,
i
5Na+
'
P
ATP
ADP
2K*
*\
2K
BIOCHEMISTRY
Osteogenesis
imperfecta
BIOCHEMISTRY CELLULAR
SECTION II
process
Blue sclerae Q due to the translucent
connective tissue over choroidal veins
(Some forms have tooth abnormalities,
including opalescent teeth that wear easily
due to lack of dentin ( dentinogenesis
imperfecta)
Upper
extremity
Ehiers-Danlos
syndrome
Menkes disease
X-linked recessive connective tissue disease caused by impaired copper absorption and transport
due to defective Menkes protein (ATP7A). Leads to i activity oflysyl oxidase ( copper is a
necessary cofactor). Results in brittle, kinky" hair, growth retardation, and hypotonia.
47
50
SECTION II
Flow cytometry
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY
LABORATORY TECHNIQUES
y w>*
Anti -CD8 Ab
Cell
/1
LT :CI
Huorescence
is detected .
labeled cells
re
z1
are counted
0 for CPtt
Cells in right upper quadrant for CD8
and CDs ( red + blue purple).
Microarrays
10*
10 s
8 102
to1
life
10
10
CDx i
Laser makes
label fluoresce
10!
10
CM
10!
10*
63
Thousands of nucleic acid sequences are arranged in grids on glass or silicon . DNA or RNA probes
are hybridized to the chip, and a scanner detects the relative amounts of complementary binding.
Used to profile gene expression levels of thousands of genes simultaneously to study certain diseases
and treatments. Able to detect single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) and copy number
variations (CNVs) for a variety of applications including genotyping, clinical genetic testing,
forensic analysis, cancer mutations, and genetic linkage analysis.
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY
LABORATORY TECHNIQUES
51
SECTION II
Note that line art for Enzyme linked immunosorbent assay was deleted and text
rewritten in 8th pass pages for 2016 edition. Please clarify needed changes.
Enzyme -linked
immunosorbent assay
Immunologic test used to detect the presence of either a specific antigen (eg. HBsAg ) or antibody
(eg, anti- HBs) in a patient s blood sample. Detection involves the use of an antibody linked to an
enzyme. Added substrate reacts with cnzvtnc, producing a detectable signal ( eg, color change ).
Major ELISA variations include direct , sandwich , and competitive. Can have high sensitivity and
specificity.
Karyotyping
A process in which metaphase chromosomes arc stained , ordered, and numbcrcdJQ according to
morphology, size, arm-length ratio, and banding pattern. Can be performed on a sample of blood ,
bone marrow, amniotic fluid , or placental tissue. Used to diagnose chromosomal imbalances (eg,
autosomal tTisomies, sex chromosome disorders).
Al
19
Fluorescence in situ
hybridization
..
IQ
Fluorescent DNA or RNA probe binds to specific gene site of interest on chromosomes (arrows in
point to abnormalities!
)
Used for specific localization of genes and direct visualization of chromosomal anomalies at the
molecular level.
..
\ lu lodclctiiin l i e i : n
a hi
i t I to
n
al the same 1 ir
on the second copy of that chromosome
Translocation fluorescence outside the original chromosome
Duplication extra site of fluorescence on one hromosomc relative I " its lionn ilogous
i
chromosome
Cloning methods
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY GENETICS
'i ,
DEFINITION
EXAMPLE
Mosaicism
same individual.
mosaicisni
Locus heterogeneity
Albinism.
Allelic heterogeneity
phenotype.
Different mutations in the same locus
produce the same phenotype.
ff-thalassemia.
Heteroplasmy
Uniparental disomy
Hardy-Weinberg
population genetics
pA
qa
pA
qa
AA
Aa
'
P * P =P
pxq
Aa
aa
pxq
qxq = q>
If a population is in Hardy-Weinberg
equilibrium and if p and q arc the frequencies
of separate alleles, then: p" + 2pq + q
= 1 and
p + q = 1, which implies that:
p- = frequency of homozygosity for allele
q- = frequency of homozygosity for allele j
2pq = frequency of heterozygosity (carrier
frequency, if an autosomal recessive disease ).
Hardy-Weinberg law
assumptions include:
Variable expressivity
Incomplete
penetrance
Pleiotropy
Anticipation
Loss of heterozygosity
Linkage
disequilibrium
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY GENETICS
'i ,
DEFINITION
EXAMPLE
Mosaicism
same individual.
mosaicisni
Locus heterogeneity
Albinism.
Allelic heterogeneity
phenotype.
Different mutations in the same locus
produce the same phenotype.
ff-thalassemia.
Heteroplasmy
Uniparental disomy
Hardy-Weinberg
population genetics
pA
qa
pA
qa
AA
Aa
'
P * P =P
pxq
Aa
aa
pxq
qxq = q>
If a population is in Hardy-Weinberg
equilibrium and if p and q arc the frequencies
of separate alleles, then: p" + 2pq + q
= 1 and
p + q = 1, which implies that:
p- = frequency of homozygosity for allele
q- = frequency of homozygosity for allele j
2pq = frequency of heterozygosity (carrier
frequency, if an autosomal recessive disease ).
Hardy-Weinberg law
assumptions include:
56
SECTION II
Autosomal dominant
diseases
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY GENETICS
Hereditary
hemorrhagic
telangiectasia
Li- Fraumeni
syndrome
Marfan syndrome
FBN1 gene mutation on chromosome 15 defective fibrillin (scaffold for elastin) connective
tissue disorder affecting skeleton, heart, and eyes. Findings: tall with long extremities, pectus
carinatum I more specific ) or pectus excavatunj hvpermobile joints, and long, tapering fingers and
toes (arachnodactyly); cystic medial necrosis of aorta aortic incompetence and dissecting aortic
aneurysms; floppy mitral valve. Subluxation of lenses, typically upward and temporally.
Neurofibromatosis
type 1 (von
Recklinghausen
disease)
Neurofibromatosis
type 2
Albinism, autosomal recessive polycystic kidney disease ( ARPKD), cvstic fibrosis, glycogen
storage diseases, hemochromatosis, Kartagcncr syndrome, mucopolysaccharidoses (except
Hunter syndrome), phenylketonuria, sickle cell anemia, sphingolipidoscs (except Fabry disease!,
thalassemias, Wilson disease.
Autosomal recessive
diseases
inheritance
1-0
Or#
disease.
LTO
i# (Soh
= unaffected male;H = affected male; O = unaffected female; #
- affected female.
66
SECTION II
Autosomal dominant
diseases
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY GENETICS
Hereditary
hemorrhagic
telangiectasia
Inherited disorder of blood vessels. Findings: blanehin skin lesions ( telangieetasias), recurrent
epistaxis, skin discolorations, arteriovenous malformations (AVMs), GI bleeding, hematuria. Also
known as Osler-VVeber-Rendu syndrome.
Li- Fraumeni
syndrome
Marfan syndrome
FBN1 gene mutation on chromosome 15 defective fibrillin (scaffold for elastin) connective
tissue disorder affecting skeleton, heart, and eyes. Findings: tall with long extremities, pectus
carinatum imore specific ) or pectus exeavatunj hvpermobile joints, and long, tapering fingers and
toes (arachnodactvly); cystic medial necrosis of aorta aortic incompetence and dissecting aortic
aneurysms; floppy mitral valve. Subluxation of lenses, typically upward and temporally.
Neurofibromatosis
type 1 (von
Recklinghausen
disease)
Neurofibromatosis
type 2
Autosomal recessive
diseases
Albinism, autosomal recessive polycystic kidnev disease (ARPKD), cvstic fibrosis, glycogen
storage diseases, hemochromatosis, Kartagcncr syndrome, mucopolysaccharidoses ( except
Hunter syndrome), phenylketonuria, sickle cell anemia, sphingolipidoscs ( except Fabry disease),
thalassemias, Wilson disease.
$8
SECTION II
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY
Muscular dystrophies
,
T
M HWI
V4Wk
Duchenne
S' #?
.*
GENETICS
Becker
Myotonic type 1
Fragile X syndrome
post pubertal
COMPLICATIONS
TREATMENT
X-linked recessive
disorders
Multifactorial: chest physiotherapy, albuterol , aerosolized dornase alfa ( DNAse), and hypertonic
saline facilitate mucus clearance. Azithromycin used as anti-inflammaton agent . Ibnprofen slow s
disease progressing Pancreatic enzymes for insufficiency.
Ornithine transcarbamyla.se deficiency, Fabry
disease, Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome, Ocular
albinism, G6PD deficiency, Hunter syndrome,
Bruton agammaglobulinemia Hemophilia
A and B, Lcsch - Nyhan syndrome, Duchcnnc
(and Becker) muscular dystrophy.
Lyonization female carriers variabK affected
depending on the percentage inactivation of
the X chromosome earn ing the mutant vs
normal gentj
$8
SECTION II
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY
Muscular dystrophies
,
T
M HWI
V4Wk
Duchenne
S' #?
.*
GENETICS
Becker
Myotonic type 1
Fragile X syndrome
post pubertal
. M ifrcte fiber
.
Duchenne
Becker
Myotonic type 1
Fragile X syndrome
svndromcl
Trinucleotide repeat
expansion diseases
Gonadal atrophy
Chin ( protruding ) Giant Gonads
GAit Ataxi 4
BIOCHEMISTRY GENETICS
BIOCHEMISTRY
Autosomal trisomies
Down syndrome
(trisomy 21)
Edwards syndrome
(trisomy 18)
Incidence 1:700.
Drinking age ( 21).
Most common viable chromosomal disorder and
most common cause of genetic intellectual
disability.
First-trimester ultrasound commonly shows
t nuchal translucency and hypoplastic nasal
bone; 1 serum PAPP-A, t free (3-hCG
Second-trimester quad screen shows
1 a-fctoprotcin, t (J-hCG i estriol,
t inhibit! A.
Incidence 1:8000.
Flection age ( 18).
2nd most common autosomal trisoimlresulting
in live birth (most common is Down syndrome).
PAPP-A and free P-hCG are i in first trimester.
Quad screen shows i a-fetoprotein, 1 P-hCG,
1 estriol, i or normal inhihin A.
birth1
Patau syndrome
(trisomy 13 )
59
SECTION II
Incidence 1:15,000.
Puberty (13).
First-trimester pregnancy screen shows J free
P-hCG, i PAPP-A.
Nondisjunction in meiosis II
Nondisjunction in meiosis I
n
t
Nondisjunction
<
C 3
C 3
Meiosis I
C 3
n +1
lllXDCIn +1
Trisomy
C 3
C 3
A A
III
Meiosis II
n -1
n 1
Monosomy
Gametes
Nondisjunction
ll ll l III
,
_ -, ,
'n
Normal
n 1
n +1
.
J l
II
Monosomy Trisomy
60
SECTION II
BIOCHEMISTRY GENETICS
BIOCHEMISTRY
Genetic disorders by
CHROMOSOME
SELECTED EXAMPLES
chromosome
Hemochromatosis ( HFE )
Williams syndrome, cystic fibrosis
Friedreich ataxia
11
1?
Wilms tumor, Pglobin gene defects ( eg, sickle cell disease, P-thalassemia)
15
16
17
18
Edwards syndrome
20
21
Down syndrome
22
Robertsonian
translocation
Chromosomal translocation that commonly involves chromosome pairs 13, 14, 15, 21, and 22.
One of the most common types of translocation. Occurs when the long arms of 2 acrocentric
chromosomes (chromosomes with centromeres near their ends ) fuse at the centromere and the
2 short arms are lost. Balanced translocations normally do not cause any abnormal phenotype.
Unbalanced translocations can result in miscarriage, stillbirth, and chromosomal imbalance ( eg.
Down syndrome, Patau syndrome).
Williams syndrome
Congenital microdclction of long arm of chromosome 7 (deleted region includes clastin gene).
Findings: distinctive elfin facies, intellectual disability, hypercalcemia ( t sensitivity to vitamin D),
well-developed verbal skills, extreme friendliness with strangers, cardiovascular problems.
Ul HRHlVH
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY
NUTRITION
Vitamin A ( retinol )
FUNCTION
DEFICIENCY
EXCESS
Isotretinoin is teratogenic.
Vitamin B1 ( thiamine )
FUNCTION
DEFICIENCY
64
SECTION I I
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY NUTRITION
Vitamin B7 (biotin)
FUNCTION
DEFICIENCY
Vitamin B9 (folate)
FUNCTION
DEFICIENCY
pregnancy.
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY NUTRITION
65
SECTION II
DEFICIENCY
Protein
I
Methionine
SAM
CH to anabolic
D III IN MS
B,,
Methylmalonyl- CoA
Methylmalonyl-CoA
5- adenosyl
Methionine synthase
mutase
Succinyt- CoA
Homocysteine
Heme
Adenosine
TCA
Cysteine
NE
DEFICIENCY
DO
Vitamin D
SECTION II
BIOCHEMISTRY
FUNCTION
DEFICIENCY
EXCESS
BIOCHEMISTRY NUTRITION
t intestinal absorption of calcium and phosphate, t bone mineralization at low levels, t bone
DEFICIENCY
DEFICIENCY
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY NUTRITION
SECTION I I
67
Zinc
FUNCTION
DEFICIENCY
Mineral essential for the activity of 100+ enzymes. Important in the formation of zinc fingers
( transcription factor motif ).
Delayed wound healing, hypogonadism, 1 adult hair (axillary; facial, pubic ), dysgeusia. anosmia,
acrodermatitis enteropathica Q. May predispose to alcoholic cirrhosis.
Malnutrition
Kwashiorkor
Marasmus
New I
maael
Edema
Anemia
Liver (fatty )
BIOCHEMISTRY
Enzyme terminology
BIOCHEMISTRY METABOLISM
69
SECTION II
An enzymes name often describes its function. For example, glucokinase is an enzyme that
catalyzes the phosphorylation of glucose using a molecule of ATP The following are commonly
used enzyme descriptors.
Phosphorylase
Catalyzes transfer of a phosphate group from a high-energy molecule (usually ATP) to a substrate
( eg phosphofructokinase).
Adds inorganic phosphate onto substrate w ithout using ATP (eg, glycogen phosphorylase).
Phosphatase
Dehydrogenase
Kinase
Hydroxylase
Carboxylase
Mutase
mutase)
Synthase /synthetase
( synthase)
or
ENZYME
REGULATORS
Glycolysis
Phosphofructokinase-I (PFK-1)
AMP , fructose-2,6-bisphosphate
ATP , citrate
Gluconeogenesis
Fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase
Citrate
AMP , fructose-2,6-bisphosphate
TCA cycle
Isocitrate dehydrogenase
ADP
ATP , NADH
Glycogenesis
Glycogen synthase
Glycogenolysis
Glycogen phosphorylase
HMP shunt
NADP
NADPH
De novo pyrimidine
synthesis
ATP , PRPP
UTP
De novo purine
synthesis
Glutamine-phosphoribosvlpvrophosphate
(PRPP) amidotransferase
Urea cycle
X-acetylglutamate
Insulin , citrate
Glucagon , palmitoyl-CoA
Carnitine acyltransfcrasc 1
Malonyl-CoA
Ketogenesis
IIMG-CoA synthase
Cholesterol synthesis
HMG-CoA reductase
Insulin , thyroxine
Glucagon , cholesterol 0
BIOCHEMISTRY METABOLISM
BIOCHEMISTRY
ATP production
Activated carriers
Universal electron
acceptors
SECTION I I
CARRIER MOLECULE
ATP
NADII, NADPH, FADH2
CoA, lipoamide
Phosphors ! groups
Electrons
Biotin
co2
Tetrahydrofolates
S-adenosvbnethionine (SAM )
CH groups
TPP
Aldehydes
Acyl groups
1-carbon units
equivalents.
Hexokinase vs
glucokinase
Glucokinase
Location
K,
Lower ( t affinity)
Higher ( 1 affinity)
Lower (1 capacity)
Higher ( t capacity)
Induced by insulin
No
Yes
Feedback-inhibited by
Yes
No
No
Yes
glucose- 6-phosphatc
Gene mutation on chromosome
20 associated with maturityonset diabetes of the vouna
71
72
SECTION II
Glycolysis regulation,
key enzymes
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY
METABOLISM
Equation not balanced chemically, and exact balanced equation depends on ionization state of
reactants and products.
Glucose
REQUIRE ATP
Hexokinase / glucokinase3
Fructose-6-P
Glucose-6-P hexokinase.
Fructose-6-P glucokinase.
Glucose-6- P
Fructose-l,6-BP
Phosphofructokinase -1
1, 5-BPG
PRODUCE ATP
<
5-PG
Phosphoglycerate kinase
Fructose-1 ,6-bisphosphate .
ATP , alanine .
Pyruvate
Phosphoenolpyruvate
Pyruvate kinase
Regulation by
fructose -2,6
bisphosphate
FBPase-1
Fmctose-6-P *
Gluconeogenesis <
FBPase -2
PFK -1
Glycolysis
PFK - 2
(active in
(active in
fasting state)
fed state)
Fructose-26-BP
FBPase - 2 (fructose bisphospliatase- 2 ' and PFK 2 ( phosphofructokinase-2 are the same bifunctional
enzyme whose function is reversed by phosphorylation by protein kinase A.
Fasting state: t glucagon t cAMP t protein kinase A * T FBPase 2, 1 PFK-2 , less glycolysis,
more gluconeogenesis.
Fed state: t insulin 1 cAMP l protein kinase A i FBPase-2, t PFK-2 , more glycolysis, less
gluconeogenesis.
Pyruvate
dehydrogenase
complex
cofactors:
1 . Thiamine pvrophosphate ( Bj )
2. Lipoic acid
s. CoA ( B-, pantothenic acid )
4. FAD ( B7, riboflavin )
5. NAD; ( B , niacin)
Activated by:
T NAD*/ NADH ratio
t ADP
;I
HUNJIM I
Electron transport
:hain and oxidative
ihosphorylation
inIt
NADH electrons from glycolysis enter mitochondria via the malatc-aspartatc or glyccrol-5 phosphate shuttle. FAD11, electrons are transferred to complex II (at a lower energy level than
NADII). The passage of electrons results in the formation of a proton gradient that, coupled to
oxidative phosphorylation, drives the production of ATP.
NADH NAD-
FADH?
ADP + P,
7,0;+ 2H'
FAD
ATP
H;0
Mitochondrial
matrix
V VI
Complex I
2,4-Dinitrophenol
Aspirin overdose
H*
1 NADll
OXIDATIVE PHOSPHORYLATION POISONS
Electron transport
inhibitors
Complex II
(succinate
dehydrogenase)
Rotenone
Inner mitochondrial
membrane
Complex III
(
H'
Cyanide
rn
co
Complex V
JJ
AntimycinA
Complex IV
H*
Oligomycin
Intermembrane
space
[Revi
H
1.5 ATP.
inhibitor.
ATP synthase
inhibitors
Oligomycin.
Uncoupling agents
Produces heat.
jluconeogenesis,
rreversible enzymes
Pyruvate carboxylase
In mitochondria. Pvruvatc
Phosphoenolpyruvate
carboxykinase
In cytosol. Oxaloacctatc
Fructose-1,6bisphosphatase
Glucose- 6-
oxaloacctatc.
Requires GTP
phosphoenolpyruvate.
In cytosol. Fructose- 1,6-bisphosphate
fructose-6-phosphate.
In ER. Glucose-6-phosphate glucose.
Glucose.
phosphatase
Occurs primarilv in liver; serves to maintain eugiveemia during fasting. Enzymes also found in
kidney, intestinal epithelium. Deficiency of the key gluconeogenic enzymes causes hypoglycemia.
( Muscle cannot participate in gluconeogenesis because it lacks glucose- 6-phosphatase).
Odd chain fatty acids yield I propionyl-CoA during metabolism, which can enter the TCA cycle
( as succinvl-CoA ), undergo gluconeogenesis, and serve as a glucose source. Even-chain fatty acids
cannot produce new glucose, since they yield only acctyl-CoA equivalents.
76
SECTION II
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY METABOLISM
Fructose intolerance
Fructose
Fructokinase
T^T
ATP
Fructose-1-P
Those phosphate
isomerase
Aldolase B
Glyceraldehyde- 3-P
Glyceraldehyde
ADP
NADH
Glycolysis
Revised
ATP
ADP
NAD*
Glycerol
Galactokinase
deficiency
Classic galactosemia
Galactose metabolism
Galactokinase
Galactose
ATP
ADP
Aldose
reductase
Galactose -l-P
Uridyltransferase
TV
v_y
UDP-Glu UDP-Gal
4 - epimerase
Cialartitol
Glucose -l-P
Glycolysis/glycogenesis
:igure
BIOCHEMISTRY
Sorbitol
BIOCHEMISTRY METABOLISM
77
SECTION I I
An alternative method of trapping glucose in the cell is to convert it to its alcohol counterpart
called sorbitol, via aldose reductase. Some tissues then convert sorbitol to fructose using
sorbitol dehydrogenase; tissues with an insufficient amount /activity of this enzyme are at risk
for intracellular sorbitol accumulation, causing osmotic damage (eg cataracts, retinopathy, and
peripheral neuropathy seen with chronic hyperglycemia in diabetes)
High blood levels of galactose also result in conversion to the osmotically active galactitol via aldose
reductase.
.
.
Aldose reductase
Glucose
Fructose
Sorbitol
NADPH
NAD *
Lens has primarily aldose reductase Retina, Kidneys and Schwann cells have only aldose reductase ILuRKS),
Aldose reductase
Glucose
NADPH
Sorbitol
FINDINGS
Insufficient lactase enzyme dietary lactose intolerance. Lactase functions on the brush border to
digest lactose (in human and cow milk ) into glucose and galactose.
Primary: age-dependent decline after childhood ( absence of lactase-persistent allele ), common in
people of Asian, African, or Native American descent.
Secondary : loss of brush border due to gastroenteritis ( eg, rotavirus), autoimmune disease, etc .
Congenital lactase deficiency: rare, due to defective gene.
Stool demonstrates i pll and breath shows t hydrogen content with lactose hydrogen breath test
Intestinal biopsy reveals normal mucosa in patients with hereditary lactose intolerance.
Bloating, cramps, flatulence, osmotic diarrhea.
TREATMENT
Lactase deficiency
'
Amino acids
Essential
Acidic
Basic
valine ( Vail.
Glucogeme/ketogcnic: isoleucinc i lie),
phenylalanine (Phc), threonine (Thr),
tryptophan ( Trp).
Ketogenic: leucine (Leu), lysine ( Lys).
Aspartic acid (Asp ) and glutamic acid (Glu).
Negatively charged at body pH.
Histidine ( His), lvsinc ( Lvs ). arginine lArg).
Arg is most basic.
PIis has no charge at body piI.
His lvs ( lies) arc basic. Arg and His are reauired
during periods of groyvth. Arg and Lys are t in
Amino acids
(NH5)
u- Ketoacids
Liver
Alanine
u- Ketoglutarate
Glutamate INH3)
Alanine
(NHj)
Cahill cycle
Glucose
A^ i
Pyruvate
Cori cycle
Lactate
u-Ketoglutarate
. Glucose
Pyruvate
Lactate
Glutamate (NH3)
Urea (NH 3)
S3
Hyperammonemia
fikN
Asterixis
PKU
Tyrosine
BH, Tyrosine
Alkaptonuria Homoq
Phenylalanine
hydroxylase
isate
oxidase
'
hydroxylase
Albinism
DOPA
Maleylacetoacetic acid (Dihydroxyphenylalanine)
B6
Fumarate
DOPA
1
decarboxylase "
Dopamine
(TCA cycle )
Tyrosinase
Carbidopa
'
Epinephrine
SECTION II
Phenylketonuria
Vitamin C Dopamine
I |J-hydroxylase
Catechol O- methyl transferase
Norepinephrine
Phenylethanolamine W
SAM mclhyltransferase
80
Melanin
BIOCHEMISTRY
- Cortisol
- -
Metanephrlne
Revise
Figure
Normetanephrine
Vanillytmandelic acid
Homovamllic acid 0
BIOCHEMISTRY METABOLISM
Alkaptonuria
benign.
Findings: bluish - black connective tissue, ear cartilage, and sclcrac ( ochronosis ); urincj turns black on
prolonged exposure to air. May have debilitating arthralgias ( homogentisic acid toxic to cartilage).
!
i
Homocystinuria
Methionine <
Methionine
synthase
Homocysteine
Cystathionine
synthase
/ B,
Serine
> Cystathionine
Cysteine
BIOCHEMISTRY
Glycogen storage
diseases
BIOCHEMISTRY METABOLISM
SECTION II
DISEASE
FINDINGS
DEFICIENT ENZYME
COMMENTS
Glucose-6-phosphatase
(type 1)
Pompe disease
(type II)
hepatomegaly.
Cardiomegaly, hypertrophic-
cardlomvopaths, hypotonia
death.
Cori disease
(type III)
Debranching enzyme
( a-1,6-glucosidase)
Gluconeogenesis is intact
McArdle disease
( type V )
McArdle = Muscle
BIOCHEMISTRY METABOLISM
BIOCHEMISTRY
Lysosomal storage
diseases
DISEASE
Each is caused by a deficiency in one of the many lysosomal enzymes. Results in an accumulation
DEFICIENT ENZYME
ACCUMULATED SUBSTRATE
INHERITANCE
a-galactosidase A
Ceramide
trihexoside
XR
0 Glucocerebrosidase
(P-glucosidase); treat
Glueocerebroside
AR
AR
Sphingolipidoses
Fabry disease
m,
A
Most common.
Hepatosplenomegaly, pancytopenia,
osteoporosis, avascular necrosis of
femuj bone crises, Gaucher cells fl
( lipid-laden macrophages resembling
crumpled tissue paper ).
with recombinant
glucocerebrosidase
Progressive neurodegencration,
hepatosplenomegaly, foam cells
i lipid-laden macrophages) H,
cherry-red spot on macula Q.
Sphingomyelinase
Sphingomyelin
Tay-Sachs disease
Progressiv e neurodegencration,
developmental delay, cherry-red
spot on macula 0, lysosomes with
onion skin, no hepatosplenomegaly
( vs Niemann-Pick).
O HeXosaminidase
( "TAv-SaX "!
GM ganglioside
Krabbe disease
0 Gaiactocerebrosi-
Galactocerebroside, AR
psychosine
Arylsulfatase A
Cerebroside sulfate
AR
1Icparan sulfate,
dermatan sulfate
AR
1 Icparan sulfate,
dermatan sulfate
XR
Niemann-Pick disease
-*
rX% * t:l
&
'C
.
Metachromatic
leukodystrophy
dasc
AR
Mucopolysaccharidoses
Hurler syndrome
Hunter syndrome
a-L-iduronidase
Developmental delay, gargoylism,
airway obstruction, corneal clouding,
hepatosplenomegaly.
Mild Hurler + aggressive behavior, no Iduronate sulfatase
corneal clouding.
GM; Ceramide trihexoside
o,
GM,
Sulfatides
Gatactocerebroside
Glueocerebroside
Ceramide
Sphingomyelin 119
Jews.
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY
Degradation
( palmitate, a 16C
Malonyl-CoA
f--
Acetyl CoA
Cell cytoplasm
Mitochondrial
membranes
CO2 ( biotin )
JK
Citrate
Carnitine
shuttle
shuttle
II
SYtrate SYnthesis.
=
CARnitine = CARnage of fatty acids.
Fatty Acyl-CoA
ATP citrate
lyase
METABOLISM
Mitochondrial
matrix
hypoglycemia.
Citrate
Fatty Acyl-CoA
[i oxidation
(Acyl CoA
dehydrogenases)
Acetyl-CoA
/\ TCA
Ketone
bodies
cycle
87
SECTION II
BIOCHEMISTRY METABOLISM
BIOCHEMISTRY
4 kcal = lg GARB
7 kcal = lg ALCOHOL
9 kcal = lg FATTY ACID!
100% -
-z
\ //
\f
j\ .
V
2 sec
10 sec
.\
-\
-4-
Stored ATP
Creatme phosphate
Anaerobic metabolism
Aerobic metabolism
Overall performance
1min
Duration of exercise
2 hr
\a
Priorities are to supply sufficient glucose to the brain and RBGs and to preserve protein.
Fasting (between
meals)
Starvation days 1- 3
(minor ).
Starvation after
day 3
Protein
10-
S'
F-
Fat
6L
5 <Carbohydrate
1
4
3
5
Weeks of starvation
8
ta
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY METABOLISM
89
SECTION II
Major apolipoproteins
Chylomicron
Apolipoproteln
Function
E.
Activates LCAT
Chylomicron
VLDL
remnant
IDL
LDL
HDL
Mediates remnant
uptake (Everythinq
Except LDU
AT
Activates LCAT
C-ll.
Lipoprotein lipase
Cofactor that
Catalyzes Cleavaqe
B- 48
Mediates chylomicron
secretion into lymphatic
B-100
Lipoprotein functions
LDL is Lousy.
1 IDL is Healths
liver.
Cholesterol
Needed to maintain cell membrane integrity and to synthesize bile acid, steroids, and vitamin Dj
Chylomicron
VLDL
Delivers dietarv TGs to peripheral tissue. Delivers cholesterol to liver in the form of chylomicron
remnants, which are mostly depleted of their TGs. Secreted bv intestinal epithelial cells
Delivers hepatic TGs to peripheral tissue. Secreted by liver.
IDL
LDL
Delivers hepatic cholesterol to peripheral tissues. Formed by hepatic lipase modification of IDL in
the liver and peripheral tissue. Taken up by target cells via receptor-mediated endocytosis.
HDL
Mediates reverse cholesterol transport from periphery to liver. Acts as a repository for
apolipoproteins C and E (which arc needed for chylomicron and VLDL metabolism). Secreted
from both liver and intestine. Alcohol t synthesis.
Abetalipoproteinemla
Acanthocvtosis.
Treatment: Restriction of long-chain fattv acids, large doses of oral vitamin E.
1 76
SECTION II
IMMUNOLOGY
Immune system
organs
Follicle
Medulla
Paracortex
LYMPHOID STRUCTURES
LYMPHOID STRUCTURES
1 organs:
Lymph node
IMMUNOLOGY
IMMUNOLOGY
A 2 lymphoid organ that has many afferents, 1 or more efferents. Encapsulated , with trabeculae.
Functions are nonspecific filtration by macrophages, storage of B and T cells, and immune
response activation .
Afferent
lymphatic
Follicles IB celts)
1 follicle
Paracortex
(T cells)
Germinal cente
Mantle zone
Medullary cord
( lymphocytes,
plasma cells)
Vein
Postcapillary
venule
Artery
Capillary
supply
SS0
Trabecula
Capsule
efferent
lymphatic
Medullary sinus
( reticular cells,
macrophages)
IMMUNOLOGY
IMMUNOLOGY
LYMPHOID STRUCTURES
is
Revised
Fact
Capsule
Mantle zone
Marginal zone
Reticular fibrous
framework
Follicle ( B cells)
Penartenolar
lymphoid sheath
laeoi a
Germinal center
( PALS) (T cells )
Spleen
-s
Open
cifcu at on
osed
Pulp vein
Vein
am
m
Thymus
Artery
'
I' I
i'
ILS
T cells = Thymus
B cells = Bone marrow
Hypoplastic in DiGeorge syndrome and severe
combined immunodeficiency ( SC1D ).
of thymus,
IMMUNOLOGY
IMMUNOLOGY LYMPHOCYTES
SECTION II
IMMUNOLOGY -- LYMPHOCYTES
COMPONENTS
MECHANISM
Innate immunity
Adaptive immunity
RESISTANCE
RESPONSE TO PATHOGENS
Nonspecific
Occurs rapidly (minutes to hours ]
No memory response!
PHYSICAL BARRIERS
SECRETED PROTEINS
lymphocyte development
Microbial resistance not heritable
Highly specific, refined over time
Develops over long periods; memory response is
faster and more robust
Immunoglobulins
Memory cells: activated B and T cells;
subsequent exposure to a previously
encountered antigen stronger, quicker
immune response
180
SECTION II
Major
histocompatibility
IMMUNOLOGY
IMMUNOLOGY
LYMPHOCYTES
MI IC encoded by HLA genes. Present antigen fragments to T cells and bind T-cell receptors
( TCRs ).
complwjl and II
MHC II (2 letters)
MHC I (1 letter )
STRUCTURE
EXPRESSION
J \ PCs
LOCI
BINDING
Not on RBC 4
FUNCTION
ANTIGEN LOADING
T cells
ASSOCIATED PROTEINS
in RPR
after delivery via TAP ( transporter associated
with antigen processing )
(5,- microglobulin
groove
Peptide binding
<
I '1 '
p, rracroglobutm
! membrane
Cel
iQOQOQQOOOOboOOOOQl
CeL membrane
A3
Hemochromatosis
B8
B27
DQ2 / DQ8
Celiac disease!
Multiple sclerosis, hav fever, SLE ,
DR 2
Goodpasture syndrome!
DR 3
2-3, S- l .- K
DR 4
DR 5
Addison disease!
IMMUNOLOGY LYMPHOCYTES
IMMUNOLOGY
SECTION II
181
Use perforin and granzymes to induce apoptosis of vitally infected cells and tumor cells.
Lymphocyte member of innate immune system.
Activity enhanced by IL-2, IL-12, IFN-a, and IFN-P.
Induced to kill when exposed to a nonspecific activation signal on target cell and/or to an absence
of class 1 Ml IC on target cell surface.
Also kills via antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (CD16 binds Fe region of bound Ig,
activating the NK cell).
B cells (humoral
immunity!
]
T cells (cell-mediated
immunity)!
CD4+ 1 cells help B cells make antibodies and produce cytokines to recruit phagocytes and
activate other leukocytes.
CD8+ T cells directly kill virus-infected cells.
Delayed cell-mcdiatcd hypersensitivity ( type IV ).
Acute and chronic cellular organ rejection.
Rule of 8: MHC II x CD-I = 8; MHC I x CDS = 8.
Differentiation of T cells
Bone marrow
Lymph node
Thymus
CD8+ T cell
Th cell
( D t ( Dar
.
'
.
Teel
T cell precursor
Th, cell
CD4 tT cell
Helper T celt
ll - 4
-cell receptor
Y (Tbinds
MHCI
rCf.
Cortex
or MHC III
Medul
Th , cell
CD8
k
| CD4
Positive selection
Thymic cortex. T cells expressing TCRs capable of binding self-MHC on cortical epithelial cells
survive.
Negative selection
Thymic medulla. T cells expressing TCRs with high affinity for self antigens undergo apoptosis.
Tissue-restricted self-antigens are expressed in the thymus due to the action of autoimmune
regulator (AIRE); deficiency leads to autoimmune polycndocrinc syndromc-1.
1U <['] !
Helper T cells
I l lII MLliMaiMMWIillflSMBHMaaiailM
Thl cell
Th 2 cell
macrophages.
I Iclpcr T cells have CD4, which binds to Ml 1C II on AlCs
Cytotoxic T cells
Regulatory T cells
Help maintain specific immune tolerance bv suppressing CD4 and CD8 T-cell effector functions.
Identified by expression of CD?, CD4, CD2S. and FOXlL
Activated regulatory T cells ( Trees j produce anti-inflammatory cytokines (eg, IL-10, TGF-fJ).
IMMUNOLOGY
IMMUNOLOGY LYMPHOCYTES
SECTION II
183
Dendritic cell
m
1
Thcetl
ICD4+)
B7 (CD80/86)
Revised!
Figure [
Naive T cell
Bcell
IMMUNOLOGY
SECTION II
187
System of hepatieallv synthesized plasma proteins that play a role in innate immunity and
inflammation. Membrane attack complex (MAC) defends against gram bacteria.
Complement
ACTIVATION
microbe surface.
FUNCTIONS
C3b opsonization.
CTa, C4a, C5 a anaphylaxis.
C 5a neutrophil chemotaxis.
C5b 9 cytolysis by MAC.
complexes.
Inhibitors decay-accelerating factor ( DAF,
aka CD55 ) and Cl esterase inhibitor help
prevent complement activation on self cells
(eg, RBCs|.
HP1*
Alternative
C3 -
Spontaneous and
>
C3b
Bb
C3
C3bBb
C3bBb3b
IC5 convertasel
(C3 conwrtase)
microbial surfaces
Lectin
C5a
Cl-like
C5 .
C3b
complex
Microbial surfaces
leg. mannose)
C6-C9
fMACl (CSb- 9)
C4a
C4
Classic
Antigen antibody
complexes
Cl
C5a
C 46
clb
C2
*
Complement disorders
C 4b2b
lysis
cytotoxicity
C 4b2b3b
(C5 convertase)
(C3 convertase)
C3
C1 esterase inhibitor
deficiency
C3 deficiency
Increases risk of severe, recurrent pyogenic sinus and respiratory tract infections; t susceptibility to
type 111 hypersensitivity reactions.
Terminal complement deficiency increases susceptibility to recurrent Neisseria bacteremia.
C 5-C9 deficiencies
CD55 deficiency!
Also called decav-accelerating factor ( DAF) deficiency. Causes complement-mediated lysis of RBCs
and paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria
188
SECTION II
IMMUNOLOGY
Important cytokines
SECRETED BY MACROPHAGES
IL-1
IL- 6
IL-8
IL-12
TNF- ot
SECRETED BY ALLTCELLS
IL-2
IL-3
Interferon-y
IL- 4
IL-5
IL-10
T cells
Helper T cells
Cytotoxic T cells
Regulatory T cells
B cells
Macrophages
CD4, CD40L
CD8
CXCR4/CCR 5
CD4, CD25
Ig ( binds antigen)
CD19, CD20, CD21 (receptor for EBV), CD40
MHC II, B7
NK cells
Hematopoietic stem
cells
CD34
Anergy
State during which a cell cannot become activated by exposure to its antigen. T and B cells
become anergic when exposed to their antigen without costimulatory signal (signal 2). Another
mechanism of self-tolerance.
Effects of bacterial
toxins
Superantigens (S pyogenes and S aureus ) cross link the p region of the T-cell receptor to the MHC
class II on APCs. Can activate any CD4+ T cell massive release of cytokines.
Endotoxins/lipopolysaccharide (gram @ bacteria ) directly stimulate macrophages by binding to
endotoxin receptor TLR4/CD14; Th cells are not involved.
Antigenic variation
Classic examples:
Bacteria Salmonella ( 2 flagellar variants),
Borrelia recurrentis (relapsing fever).
N sionorrhoeae ( pilus protein )
Viruses-influenza , HIV, HCV
Parasites trypanosomes
IMMUNOLOGY
SECTION II
Passive
Active
MEANS OF ACQUISITION
ONSET
Rapid
Slow
DURATION
EXAMPLES
NOTES
Vaccination
antibody
After exposure to Tetanus toxin. Botulinum
toxin, HBV, Varicella,fiabies virus, or
diphtheria antitoxin, unvaccinated patients are
given preformed antibodies (passive) To Be
Mealed Very Rapidly"
VACCINE TYPE
DESCRIPTION
Live attenuated
vaccine
BCC, influenza
Rabies, Influenza
(injection) Polio
(Salk ), hepatitis A
( R.l.P. Always ).
Inactivated or killed
vaccine
PROS /CONS
EXAMPLES
( intranasal ), measles,
IMMUNOLOGY
Type III
l\
-it
A
IMMUNOLOGY
IMMUNE RESPONSES
193
SECTION II
Examples:
Arthus reaction
SLE
Polyarteritis nodosa
Poststreptococcal glomerulonephritis
Serum sickness
Most serum sickness is now caused by drugs
( not serum ) acting as haptens. Fever, urticaria,
arthralgia, proteinuria, Ivmphadenopathy
occur 5-10 days after antigen exposure.
Type IV
Examples:
Contact dermatitis (eg, poison ivy, nickel
allergy )
a
Graft-versus-host disease
Multiple sclerosis
Pernicious anemia
Granulomatous inflammation
JA
IMMUNOLOGY
PATHOGENESIS
CLINICAL PRESENTATION
TIMING
Allergic reaction
Urticaria, pruritus,
wheezing, fever. Treat with
antihistamines.
(Within 2- hours
Dyspnea, bronehospasm,
hypotension, respiratory
[Within minutes
Anaphylactic reaction
Febrile nonhemolytic
transfusion reaction
epinephrine.
Type II hypersensitivitv
reaction. Host antibodies
against donor HLA antigens
and WBCs
Tvpc II hvpcrsensitivitv
Acute hemolytic
transfusion reaction
reaction. Intravascular
incompatibility) or
hemolysis), jaundice
(
cxtravascular ).
Donor anti-leukocvte
antibodies against recipient
neutrophils and pulmonary
endothelial cells!]
edema]
[Within 6 hours
IMMUNOLOGY
Autoantibodies
SECTION II
AUTOANTIBODY
ASSOCIATED DISORDER
Anti-ACh reeeptoij
Myasthenia gravii
Goodpasture syndrome!
Anti-3 glycoproteiii
Anticardiolipin, lupus anticoagulant
Antiphospholipid syndrome!
Anticentromerel
Anti-desmoglcin (anti-dcsniosomcil
Type
1 diabetes mellituij
cvtoplasmic
antibodies
Antihemidesmosomej
Antisvnthetase (eg. anti-lo-1). anti-SRP. anti-
Bullous pemphigoid!
Poly myositis, dermatomyositii
'
lielicase (anti-Mi-2l
Uashimoto thvroiditi'j
peroxidase!
Antimitochrondrialj
1 biliars cirrhosi
Pernicious anemia|
Scleroderma (diffuse!
Anti-smooth muscle|
Sjiigren syndromej
Anti-TSH receptoij
Grases disease
transglutaminase!
MPO-ANCA/p-ANC.Ai
Celiac disease!
colitis!
Rheumatoid arthritii
Antinuclear (ANA!
SLPl
Anti-histone
Drug-induced lupus
with Sl Fi
196
SECTION I I
IMMUNOLOGY
Immunodeficiencies
DISEASE
DEFECT
PRESENTATION
FINDINGS
B- cell disorders
Selective IgA
deficiency
immunodcficiencv.
Common variable
immunodeficiency
1 plasma cells
1 immunoglobulins.
T- cell disorders
Thymic aplasia
(DiGeorge syndrome)
Tetany (hypocalcemia),
recurrent viral/fungal
infections (T-cell deficiency),
conotruncal abnormalities
(eg. tetralogy' of Fallot,
CXRJ
truncus arteriosus).
IL-12 receptor
deficiency
recessive.
Disseminated mycobacterial
l IFN-y.
and fungal infections; may
present after administration of
BCG vaccine
Autosomal dominant
hyper- lgE syndrome
( Job syndrome)
Chronic
mucocutaneous
candidiasis
t IgF, i IFN-y
Deficiency of Thl7 cells due to FATED: coarse Facies, cold
(noninflamed) staphylococcal
STAT5 mutation impaired
t eosinophils,
Abscesses, retained primary
recruitment of neutrophils to
sites of infection.
Teeth, t IgE, Dermatologic
problems (eczema).
Noninvasive Candida albicans Absent in vitro T-cell
T-cell dysfunction. Many
infections of skin and mucous
causes.
proliferation in response to
Candida antigens.
membranes.
Absent cutaneous reaction to
Candida antigens.
IMMUNOLOGY
IMMUNOLOGY
SECTION II
IMMUNE RESPONSES
Immunodeficiencies ( continued )
"
DISEASE
DEFECT
PRESENTATION
FINDINGS
Ataxia -telangiectasia
Wiskott-Aldrich
syndrome
circles ( TRFCs).
Absence of thymic shadow
(CXR), germinal centers
( lymph node biopsy), and
T cells ( flow cytometry ).
t AFP.
t IgA , IgG, and IgF.
Lymphopenia, cerebellar
atrophy.
t risk of Ivnrphoma and
leukemia .
Normal or t IgM.
it IgG, IgA, IgF,.
Failure to make germinal
centers.
1 to normal IgG , IgM.
t IgE, IgA.
Phagocyte dysfunction
Leukocyte adhesion
deficiency (type 1 )
Chediak- Higashi
syndrome
Chronic
granulomatous
disease
t neutrophils
Absence of neutrophils at
infection sites
Recurrent pyogenic
infections by staphylococci
and streptococci, partial
albinism, peripheral
neuropathy, progressive
neurodegeneration , infiltrat
lymphohistioevtosis.
t susceptibility to catalase
Abnormal dihydrorhodamine
(flow cytometry) test ( l green
fluorescence ).
Nitroblue tetrazolium dye
reduction test fails to turn
blue ( note, this test!is
obsolete!
organisms
198
SECTION II
IMMUNOLOGY
IMMUNOLOGY
IMMUNE RESPONSES
Infections in immunodeficiency
PATHOGEN
J!CELLS
JBCaLS
i GRANULOCYTES
l COMPLEMENT
Bacteria
Sepsis
F.neapsulated ( Please
SHINE mvSKiSi
Pseudomonas
aeruginosa,
Staphylococcus,
Burkholderia cepacia
Encapsulated species
with early component
Streptococcus
pneumoniae ,
Haemophilus
Influenzae type B,
Neisseria
Pseudomonas
aeruginosa , Serratia,
Nocardia
deficiencies
Neisseria with late
component { MAC )
deficiencies
meningitidis ,
Escherichia coli ,
Salmonella ,
Klebsiella
pneumoniae, group B
Group B
Viruses
CMV, EBV, JC
viru.' j VZV, chronic
infection with
respiratory/Gl viruses
Streptococcus
Entcroviral
encephalitis,
poliovirus
( live vaccine
contraindicated )
G1 giardiasis (no IgA)
N /A
N /A
Fungi / parasites
Grafts
Autograft
Syngeneic graft
( isograft )
From self.
From identical twin or clone.
Allograft
Xenograft
200
SECTION II
IMMUNOLOGY IMMUNOSUPPRESSANTS
IMMUNOLOGY
IMMUNOLOGY IMMUNOSUPPRESSANTS
Immunosuppressants
Agents that block lymphocyte activation and proliferation. Reduce acute transplant rejection by
suppressing cellular immunity Frequently combined to achieve greater efficacy with i toxicity.
Chronic suppression t risk of infection and malignancy.
DRUG
MECHANISM
USE
TOXICITY
Cyclosporine
Calcincurin inhibitor;
hinds cvclophilin.
Blocks T-cell
activation by
preventing IL-2
transcription.
Psoriasii rheumatoid
Nephrotoxicity
hypertension,
arthritis.
neurotoxicity;
gingival hyperplasia,
hirsutism.
mTORjmhibitor; binds
Blocks T-cell
activation and B-cell
differentiation by
preventing response
to IL-2
Kidney transplant
rejection prophy laxis
insulin resistance,
hyperlipidemia;
not nephrotoxic.
specifically!
Azathioprine
Antimetabolite
precursor of
6-mercaptopurine.
Inhibits Ivmphocvte
proliferation by
blocking nucleotide
synthesis.
Rheumatoidarthritis
Reversibly inhibits
Lupu nephritis.
.
glomerulonephritis.
.
Edema, hy pertension
tremor.
Pancytopenia
6-MP degraded by
Crohn disease
xanthine oxidase;
toxicity t by
allopurinol.
other autoimmune
conditions.
Pronounce azathiopurine.
GJ upset,
Associated with
invasive CMV
pancytopenia
hypertension,
infection.
hyperglycemia.
cells.
Inhibit NF KB.
Suppress both B- and
T-cell function by
i transcription of
many cytokines.
Induce apoptosis ofT
celU
and neurotoxicity;
Monoclonal antibodies;
block 1L-2R.
nephrotoxic.
nojgingival
PanSirtopcnia
(pancytopenia )
Daclizumab,
basiliximab
Corticosteroid
t risk of diabetes
hy perplasia or
FKBP.
mofetil
Similar to cyclosporine,
Both calcineurin
inhibitors are highly
hirsutism.
transcription.
Mycophenolate
hyperlipidemia
b\ preventing IL-2
Sirolimus (RapamycinU
NOTES
,
\ lanv Autoimmune
and inflammatory
disorders, adrenal
insufficiency, asthma.
('LL. non-!lodgkin
lvmphonni
Mav experience
Cushing syndrome
osteoporosis.
hyperglycemia
diabetes, amenorrhea,
adrenocortical
avascular necrosis
( femoral head ) ]
adrenal insufficiency
if stopped abruptly
after chronic usdi
IMMUNOLOGY
IMMUNOLOGY IMMUNOSUPPRESSANTS
SECTION II
Immunosuppression targets
Basiiiximab.
dadizumab
FKBP +
FKBP +
Tacrolimus
CD3
/
Cydophilln +
Cyclosporine
6- MP
"
mTOR
NFAT
PRPP
IMP
dehydrogenase
rogenase
Corticosteroids
i
i
t
THELPER
caL
Mycophenolate
1 Calcineurin N
NFAT-P
Azathioprine
IL- 2R
Srolimus
(rapamycinl
Proliferation
genes
Denovo
Inflammatory
cytokine genes
Purine
nucleotides
>
W - KB
amidotransferase
purine
DNA replication
synthesis
Recombinant
cytokines and clinical
uses
AGENT
CLINICAL USES
Aldesleukin (IL-2)
stimulating
SarGRAMOSTIMl(GM-CSF)1
IFN-a
IFN-P
IFN Y
Multiple sclerosis
Chronic granulomatous disease
Oprelvekin ( IL-ll )
Thrombocy topenia
Revised
Figure
202
SECTION II
IMMUNOLOGY
IMMUNOLOGY IMMUNOSUPPRESSANTS
Therapeutic antibodies
AGENT
TARGET
CLINICAL USE
NOTES
CD52
CLL, MS
"Alvmtuzumab chronic
Cancer therapy
Alemtuzumab
lymphocytic leukemia
Bevacizumab
VEGF
lung canceij
Cetuximab
ECFR
Rituximab
CD20
B-cell non-Hodgkin
lymphoma, CLL, rheumatoid
arthritis, ITP
Trastuzumab
HFR 2 /neu
HER: Iras2zumab
F tanercept is a decoy
TNF- a receptor and not a
monoclonal antibody
Soluble TNF-a
ankylosing spondylitis,
psoriasis
qolimumab,
infliximab!
Eculizumab
Complement protein C5
Natalizumab
a4-integrin
Paroxysmal nocturnal
hemoglobinuria
Multiple sclerosis, Crohn
disease
Ustekinumab
IL-12 /IL-2?
Other applications
Abciximab
undergoing percutaneous
coronary intervention
Digoxin
Omalizumab
IgE
Denosumab
RANKL
RSV F protein
infants
Ranibizumab,
bevacizumab
VEGF
Neovascular age-related
macular degeneration;
proliferative diabetic
retinopathy and macular
edema!
PaliVIzumab Virus
Abetalipoproteinemia
Acanthocvtosis.
Treatment: Restriction of long- chain fattv ac ids, large doses of oral vitamin E
90
SECTION I I
BIOCHEMISTRY
BIOCHEMISTRY METABOLISM
Familial dyslipidemias
TYPE
INHERITANCE
PATHOGENESIS
T BLOOD LEVEL
CLINICAL
AR
Lipoprotein lipase or
apoUpoprotein C-ll
deficiency
Chylomicrons, TC,
cholesterol
Pancreatitis,
Absent or defective
LDL receptors
Hyper-
chylomicronemia
l| Familial hyper
cholesterolemia
AD
VLDLJ
hepatosplenoinegaly, and
eruptive/pruritie xanthomas
( no t risk for atherosclerosis).
Creamy layer in supernatant.
Ileterozygotes (1:500) have
cholesterol = TOOmg/dL;
homozygotes (sen rare| have
cholesterol 700+ mg/dL.
Accelerated atherosclerosis (may
have Ml before age 20), tendon
(Achilles) xanthomas, and
cornea] arcus
III Dvsbetalipoproteinemia
AR
Defective ApoE
Chvlomicrons. VLDL
IV Hyper
AD
Hepatic
overproduction of
VLDL
VLDL TC
triglyceridemia
Premature atherosclerosis.
tuberoeruptive xanthomas,
xanthoma striatum palmare
:f;i :f.Tn:inuntVi
Mu
r.f
Bacterial structures
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
FUNCTION
Flagellum
Proteins.
Pilus/fimbria
Glycoprotein.
Motility.
Mediate adherence of bacteria to cell surface;
sex pilus forms during conjugation.
STRUCTURE
Appendages
Specialized structures
Gram only.
Survival: resist dehydration, heat, chemicals.
Spore
peptidoglycan DNA.
Cell envelope
Capsule
Glycocalyx
Outer membrane
Gram only.
Endotoxin: lipid A induces TMF and IL-I;
Periplasm
Cell wall
Cytoplasmic
membrane
membrane to exterior.
Cell walls
Unique to
gram
Unique to
gram 0
Common to both
Flagellum
Lipoteichoic acid
Pilus
jmsud
''WWV
Gfi i MNH
V-iPeptidoglycan
Gram (?)
outer
membrane
iRevis
Figu
Periplasmic space
((5- lactamase location)
Cytoplasmic
membrane "
Endotoxin /LPS
Ponn
Gram 0
>11 walls
Common to both
Unique to
gram
Lipoteichoic acfd
Flagellum
Unique to
gram 0
PH IS
IS
T
*
>
Ceil wall
Cytoplasmic
Gram
outer
membrane
Revised!
Figure |
P e n p l a s m i c space
- Penplasmic
((5-lactamase location)
i
Peptidoglycan
64kv. .
I - '-.
Endotoxin' /LPS
^
"
membrane "
Gram
<3
94
SECTION II
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
BASIC BACTERIOLOGY
Stains
Gram stain
First-line lab test in bacterial identification . Bacteria with thick peptidoglycan layer retain crystal
v iolet dye ( gram ); bacteria with thin peptidoglycan layer turn red or pink ( gram ) with
counterstain .
The bugs below do not Gram stain well.
These Microbes May Lack Real Color
Treponema Leptospira
Mycobacteria
Mycoplasma, Ureaplasma
Legionella, Rickettsia , Chlamydia , Bartonella ,
Ehrlichia , Anaplasma
Giemsa stain
Silver stain
Fluorescent antibody
stain
No cell wall.
Primarily intracellular; also, Chlamydia lack
classic peptidoglycan because of i muranuc
acid.
Certain Bugs Really Try my Patience.
aU
irv
Pf
Properties of growth
media
Selective media
Indicator (differential )
media
s.*
,
V
'
iD
The same type of media can possess both (or neither) of these properties.
Favors the growth of particular organism while preventing growth of other organisms, eg, ThaycrMartin agar contains antibiotics that allow the selective growth of Neisseria bv inhibiting the
growth of other sensitive organisms.
Yields a color change in response to the metabolism of certain organisms, eg, MaeConkey agar
contains a pi I indicator; a lactose fermenter like E coli will convert lactose to acidic metabolites
- color change.
SECTION II
MICROBIOLOGY
Intracellular bugs
Obligate intracellular
Salmonella , \eisseria , Brucella. Mycobacterium, Some Nasty Bugs May Five FacultativcLY.
Listeria, Francisella , Legionella, Yersinia pestis .
Facultative
intracellular
Encapsulated bacteria
'
Encapsulated bacteria
vaccines
Urease-positive
organisms
renal calculi]
Catalase- positive
organisms
Encapsulated bacteria
vaccines
Urease positive
organisms
PeeCHUNKSS.
renal calculi!
Catalase- positive
organisms
V
A.
V
MICROBIOLOGY
Pigment producing
bacteria
MICROBIOLOGY
BASIC BACTERIOLOGY
and
Acrugula is green .
S epidermidis
Viridans streptococci ( S mutans, S sanguinis)
Paeruginosa
Bacterial virulence
p\ overdin )
SECTION II
inimiinp resnnnsp
Spore forming
bacteria
jr
MV
j
MICROBIOLOGY
> MICROBIOLOGY
Bacillus anthracis
Bacillus cereus
Clostridium botulinum
Clostridium difficile
Anthrax
Food poisoning
Botulism
Pseudomembranous
colitis
BASIC BACTERIOLOGY
[l
Exotoxin
Endotoxin
SOURCE
Yes
Polypeptide
No
PROPERTY
CHEMISTRY
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Plasmid or bacteriophage
High ( fatal dose on the order of 1 pg )
CLINICAL EFFECTS
MODE OF ACTION
ANTIGENICITY
Poorly antigenic
VACCINES
LOCATION OF GENES
HEAT STABILITY
TYPICAL DISEASES
Bacterial chromosome
MICROBIOLOGY
101
SECTION II
TOXIN
MECHANISM
MANIFESTATION
Clostridium
perfringens
Alpha toxin
Phospholipase (Iccilhinase)
Streptococcus
pyogenes
Streptolysin O
glomerulonephritis)
Superantigens causing shock
Staphylococcus
aureus
Toxic shock
Streptococcus
Exotoxin A
syndrome toxin
( TSST-1)
pyogenes
Endotoxin
factor activation.
FNDOTOXINS:
Edema
N itric oxide
DIC/Death
Outer membrane
TNF-a
O-antigen + core polysaccharide + lipid A
eXtrcmcly heat stable
IL-1 and IL-6
Neutrophil chcmotaxis
Shock
Macrophage activation
(TLR4)
Endotoxin
(lipid A component)
Complement activation
rL
IL L IL-6
Fever
TNF-a
Nitric oxide
Hypotension
Cfc
C5a
j
8
Coagulation
cascade
Histamine release
Hypotension and edema
Neutrophil chemotaxis
DIC
104
SECTION II
Staphylococcus
saprophyticus
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
CLINICAL BACTERIOLOGY
E coli ).
Streptococcus
pneumoniae
4
T
t
'
Meningitis
Otitis media ( in children )
Pneumonia
Sinusitis
Viridans group
streptococci
Streptococcus
pyogenes ( group A
streptococci )
glomerulonephritis
Bacitracin sensitise, P-hemolytic, pvrrolidonyl
arylamidase I PVRi . Hsaluronie acid capsule
inhibits phagocytosis. Antibodies to M protein
enhance host defenses against S pyogenes but
can give rise to rheumatic feser.
ASO titer or anti - PNasc B antibodies indicate
recent S pyogenes infectioij
- -
fever):
Joints polyarthritis
--
v carditis
Nodules (subcutaneous)
Erythema marginatum
Sydenham chorea
Pharyngitis can result in rheumatic phever"
and glomerulonephritis.
Impetigo usually precedes glomerulonephritis.
Scarlet fever blanching, sandpaper-like body
rash , strawberry tongue, and circumoral
pallor in the setting of group A streptococcal
pharyngitis (erythrogenic toxin ).
Bacillus anthracis
Cutaneous anthrax
Gram . spore-forming rod that produces anthrax toxin . The only bacterium with a polypeptide
capsule (contains D-glutamate ). Microscopy show ' s long chains resembling "medusa heads."
Painless papule surrounded hy vesicles ulcer with black eschar ( Q) ( painless, necrotic !
uncommonly progresses to bacteremia and death.
jp
Pulmonary anthrax
Inhalation of spores flu -like symptoms that rapidly progress to fever, pulmonary hemorrhage,
mediastinitis, and shock . Also known as woolsorter 's disease
106
SECTION II
Bacillus cereus
MICROBIOLOGY
Clostridia ( with
exotoxins)
C tetani
C botulinum
C perfringens
C difficile
C difficile
I
MICROBIOLOGY CLINICAL BACTERIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
Corynebacterium
diphtheriae
arrhythmias.
Lab diagnosis based on gram rods with
metaehromatic ( blue and red) granules and
Elek test for toxin
SECTION II
Corynebacterium
Diphtheriae
Elongation Factor 2
Granules
Gram , facultativ e intracellular rod; acquired by ingestion of unpasteurized dairy products and
cold deli meats, via transplacental transmission, or by vaginal transmission during birth. Grows
well at refrigeration temperatures (4C-10C; cold enrichment "!
Forms rocket tails" (red in Q) via actin polymerization that allow intracellular movement and cellto-cell spread across cell membranes, thereby avoiding antibody. Characteristic tumbling motility'
in broth.
Can cause amnionitis, septicemia, and spontaneous abortion in pregnant women; granulomatosis
infantiseptica; neonatal meningitis; meningitis in immunocompromised patients; mild, selflimited gastroenteritis in healthy individuals.
Treatment: ampicillii)
Listeria
monocytogenes
V
Nocardia vs
Both are gram 0 and form long, brandling filaments resembling fungi.
Actinomyces
Nocardia
Actinomyces
Aerobe
Anaerobe
Found in soil
fV
w
T
Mycobacterium
'*' * * tuberculosa
i
i
Ghon
com pie*
Ghon locus -v
(usually mid /
lower lobes!
Primary tuberculosis
1
__
> 90X
}< m
Progressive primary tuberculosis
(AIDS malnutrition)
Healing by fibrosis
Calcification
(tuberculin )
Reactivation
2*
tuberculosis
Fibrocaseous
count!
Interferon-y release assay ( IGRA) has fewer false
positives from BCG vaccination .
Caseating granulomas with central necrosis
( upper left) and Langhan jgiant cells (arrow)
are characteristic of 2 tuberculosis.
Progressive
lung disease
Bacteremia
1/
cavitary lesion
'
( usually upper
V Milia
lobes)
M'
.vv
rcrabne
!
Localized destructive disease
Cavity
Caseation
Scar
-4
Lymph nodes
i rt 1 . . v
'
amm &
rJ
tubercu
Lungs
V , '
Liver
--1
'
1 rin .l
Mycobacteria
m>A
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
Leprosy ( Hansen
disease)
CLINICAL BACTERIOLOGY
SECTION II
Caused by Mycobacterium leprae , an acid-fast bacillus that likes cool temperatures ( infects skin
and superficial nerves "glove and stocking loss of sensation Q) and cannot be grown in vitro .
Diagnosed via skin biopsy or tissue FCHj Reservoir in United States: armadillos.
Hansen disease has 2 forms:
Lepromatous presents diffusely over the skin, with leonine ( lion-like) facies 0, and is
communicable; characterized by low cell-medialcd immunity with a humoral Th 2 response.
Lepromatous form can be lethal .
Tuberculoid limited to a few hypocsthetic, hairless skin plaques; characterized by high cellmediated immunity with a largely Th 1-type immune response.
Treatment: dapsone and rifampin for tuberculoid form ; clofazimine is added for lepromatous form .
Neisseria
Gonococci
Meningococci
No polysaccharide capsule
No maltose metabolized
No vaccine due to antigenic variation of pilus
proteins
Sexually or perinatally transmitted
Causes gonorrhea, septic arthritis, neonatal
conjunctivitis ( 2 5 days after birth!pelvic
inflammatory disease ( PID), and Fitz- HughCurtis syndrome
Polysaccharide capsule
Maltose fermentation
Vaccine ( type B vaccine not widely available)
Haemophilus
influenzae
Pneumonia.
Treatment: amoxicillin +/- clavulanate for
MICROBIOLOGY
Bordetella pertussis
MICROBIOLOGY
CLINICAL BACTERIOLOGY
SECTION II
Gram , aerobic coccobacillus. Virulence factors include pertussis toxin (disables Gj and tracheal
cytotoxin. Three clinical stages:
Catarrhal low -grade fevers, corvza .
Paroxysmal paroxysms of intense cough followed In inspirator! "w hoop" ( ''whooping cough " ) ,
posttussive vomiting.
Convalescent gradual recovery of chronic eouglj
Prevented by Tdap. DTaP vaccines. May be mistaken as viral infection due to lymphocytic
Ecthyma gangrenosum
UTIs
exotoxin A
Skin infections ( hot tub folliculitis)
piperacillin , ticarcillin )
Aeruginosa aerobic.
SECTION II
Escherichitjcoli
MICROBIOLOGY
Cram rod. coli virulence factors: fimbriae cystitis and pyelonephritis ( P-pili ); K capsulepneumonia neonatal meningitis; LPS endotoxin septic shock.
STRAIN
PRESENTATION
EIEC
ETEC
EPEC
EHEC
0157:H7 is most common serotype in US. Often Dysentery ( toxin alone causes necrosis and
transmitted via undercooked meat, raw leafs
inflammation).
Does not ferment sorbitol or produce
vegetables.
glucuronidase ( vs othciit' coli ).
Shiga-like toxin causes hemolytic- uremic
syndrome: triad of anemia, thrombocytopenia, Hemorrhagic, Hamburgers, Hemolytic-uremic
and acute renal failure due to microthrombi
syndrome.
forming on damaged endothelium
mechanical hemolysis (with schistocytes on
peripheral blood smear), platelet consumption,
and l renal blood flow.
Klebsiella
|As of KlebsiellA:
Aspiration pneumonia
Abscess in lungs and liver
Alcoholics
di-A-betics
liusc spms
UII d i i u o i i i c u ,
constipation, abdominal
pain , fever ); treat
with ceftriaxone or
sources
Antibiotics not
indicated
Gastroenteritis is
usually caused by non -
gallbladder colonization
typhoidal Salmonella
fluoroquinolone
Vibrio choierae
Yersinia enterocolitica
Gram rod . Usually transmitted from pet feces (eg, puppies), contaminated milk , or pork . Causes
acute diarrhea or pseudoappendicitis ( right lower abdominal pain due to mesenteric adenitis and /
or terminal ileitis).
11
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
CLINICAL BACTERIOLOGY
Helicobacter pylori
Curved , terminally flagellated ( motile ), gram ) ) rod [|that is triple : catalase , oxidase , and
urease ( can use urea breath test or fecal antigen test for diagnosis). Urease produces ammonia ,
creating an alkaline environment, which helps H pylori survive in acidic mucosa. Colonizes
mainly antrum of stomach ; causes gastritis and peptic ulcers (especially duodenal i . Risk factor for
peptic ulcer disease, gastric adenocarcinoma , and M ALI ' lymphoma .
Most common initial treatment is triple therapy: Amoxicillin ( metronidazole if penicillin allergy )
+ Clarithromycin + Proton pump inhibitor; Antibiotics Cure Pylori .
Spirochetes
Leptospira interrogans
Spirochete with hook-shaped ends found in water contaminated with animal urinejCausc 4
leptospirosis flu-like symptoms, myalgias (classically of calves), jaundice, photophobia with
conjunctival suffusion (erythema without exudate). Prevalent among surfers and in tropics ( eg,
BLT.
llorrelia is Big.
Hawaii ).
Weil disease ( ictcrohemorrhagic leptospirosis) severe form with jaundice and azotemia from liver
and kidney dysfunction, fever, hemorrhage, and anemia .
Lyme disease
MICROBIOLOGY
MTUUJDTUTUGT
1HIL 1i
Rickettsial diseases
and vector-borne
illnesses
RASH COMMON
Rocky Mountain
spotted fever
Typhus
RASH RARE
Ehrlichiosis
Anaplasmosis
Q fever
MEGA berry
Monocytes = Ehrlichiosis
Granulocytes = Anaplasmosis
B,
*'
4
118
SECTION II
Chlamydiae
MICROBIOLOGY
rul
1#
;i- _i
118
SECTION II
MICROBIOLOGY
Chlamydiae
Types A, B, and C
Types D- K
Mycoplasma
pneumoniae
s'
Pleomorphic Q.
Bacterial membrane contains sterols for stability.
Mycoplasmal pneumonia is more common in
patients < 30 years old.
Erequcnt outbreaks in military recruits and
prisons.
Mycoplasma gets cold w ithout a coat (cell wall).
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY MYCOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY MYCOLOGY
ystemic mycoses
DISEASE
Histoplasmosis
ENDEMIC lOCATIOIi|
PATHOtOGIC FEATURES
Macrophage filled
with Histoplasnia
( smaller than
RBC ) Q
^
Palatal /tonguc ulcers.
splenomegaly]
Coccidioidomycosis
determination of
urme /scruni antigen.
Kastern and
Central US
Broad-base budding
of Blastomyces ( same
size as RBC) fj.
nodules]
Southwestern US!
Coccidioides H.
*w
jiW
Inflammatory
SCC. Forms
granulomatous
California
Para
coccidioidomycosis
Blastomycosis
NOTES
Disseminates
to skin/bone.
Frslhema nodosum
( desert bumpsl
or multifonne.
Arthralgias (desert
rheumatism ). Can
Coccidio crowds
endospores.
cause meningitis!
Latin America!
Budding veast of
Iartjcoccidiodtrs with
captain's wheel
formation (much
larger than RBC j [ A .
Similar to
coccidiomvcosis
males > females]
Paracoccidio parasails
w ith the captain 's
wheel all the was to
Latin America.
'
120
SECTION II
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
MYCOLOGY
Cutaneous mycoses
Tinea is the clinical name given to dermatophyte ( cutaneous fungal ) infections. Dermatophytes
include Mictmporum, Trichophyton , and Epidermophyton. Branching septate hvphae visible on
KOH preparation with blue fungal stain . Associated with pruritu ' j
Tinea
(dermatophytes)
Tinea capitis
Tinea corporis
Tinea cruris
Occurs in inguinal area | ]. Often does not show the central clearing seen in tinea corporis.
Tinea pedis
Three varieties:
Interdigital Q; most common
Moccasin distribution Q
Vesicular type
Onychomycosis; occurs on nails.
Tinea unguium
Caused by Alalassesia spp. ( Pityrosporum spp.), a yeast-like fungus ( not a dermatophyte despite
being called tinea ). Degradation of lipids produces acids Ibat damage melanocytes and cause
hvpopigmcntcd 3. hvperpigmcnted , and /or pink patches. Weaker association with pruritu 4
Can occur any time of year, but more common in summer ( hot , humid weather). Spaghetti and
meatballs" appearance on microscopy Q.
Treatment: selenium sulfide, topical and/or oral antifungal medications.
Tinea ( pityriasis)
versicolor
jft.
Jit *
'
Jk
M
MICROBIOLOGY MYCOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
SECTION I I
Aspergillus
fumigatus
alba = white. Dimorphic; forms pseudohyphae and budding yeasts at 20C , germ tubes at
T7C O
Systemic or superficial fungal infection. Causes oral 0 and esophageal thrush in
immunocompromised (neonates, steroids, diabetes, AIDS), vulvovaginitis (diabetes, use of
antibiotics), diaper rash, endocarditis ( IV drug userst. disseminated candidiasis ( to any organ),
chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis.
Treatment; oral fluconazole/topical azole for vaginal nystatin, fluconazole, or caspofungin for oral /
esophageal; fluconazole, caspofungin, or amphotericin B for systemic,
Septate hvphae that branch at 45 Acute Angle [3- Produces conidia in radiating chains at end of
conidiophore 0.
Causes invasive aspergillosis in immunocompromised, patients with chronic granulomatous discascj
Can cause aspergillomas in pre-existing lung cavities, especially after TB infection.
Some species of Aspergillus produce Aflatoxin
Allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis ( ABPA): hypersensitivity response associated with
asthma and cystic fibrosis; may cause bronchiectasis and cosinophilia.
5-10 pm with narrow budding. Heavily encapsulated yeast. Not dimorphic.
Found in soil, pigeon droppings. Acquired through inhalation with hematogenous dissemination
to meninges. Culture on Sabouraud agar Highlighted with India ink ( clear halo Q) and
mucicarmine ( red inner capsule 0). Latex agglutination test detects polysaccharide capsular
antigen and is more specific.
Causes cryptococcosis, cryptococcal meningitis, cryptococcal encephalitis ( soap bubble" lesions
in brain), primarily in immunocompromised.
Treatment : amphotericin B + flucytosine followed bv fluconazole for cryptococcal meningitis.
Irregular, broad, nonseptate hvphae branching at w ide angles Q.
Mucormycosis. Causes disease mostly in ketoacidotic diabetic and/or neutropenic patients (eg
leukemia). Fungi proliferate in blood vessel walls, penetrate cribriform plate, and enter brain.
Rhinocerebral, frontal lobe abscess; cavernous sinus thrombosis Headache, facial pain, black
necrotic eschar on face; may have cranial nerve involvement.
Treatment: surgical debridement, amphotericin B.
Cryptococcus
neoformans
.
*
IV?
,<s
I O
7/o
fjMt
'
P
<
F
n
H
*%
.- v
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY PARASITOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY -PARASITOLOGY
rotozoa gastrointestinal infections
ORGANISM
DISEASE
Giardia lamblia
TRANSMISSION
DIAGNOSIS
TREATMENT
Cysts in water
Multinucleated
trophozoites Q or
cysts Q in stool
Metronidazole
Cysts in water
Metronidazole;
trophozoites (with
paromomycin or
engulfed RBCs
in the cytoplasm)
iodoquino! for
asymptomatic cyst
or cysts with up to
passerj
T nuclei in stool 1
Entamoeba Eats
Erythrocyte
Cryptosporidium
Oocysts on acid-fast
Oocysts in water
stain Q
Prevention i by
filtering city
water supplies);
nitazoxanide in
immunocompetent
hosts
>
124
SECTION II
MICROBIOLOGY PARASITOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
DISEASE
TRANSMISSION
DIAGNOSIS
TREATMENT
Toxoplasma
gondii
Congenital toxoplasmosis =
Serology, biopsy
( tachyzoite) Q
Sulfadiazine +
pyrimethamine
Amoebas in spinal
fluid Q
Amphotericin B has
been effective for a
few survivors
Trypomastigotc in
Naegleria fowleri
placenta ( pregnant
women should
avoid cats)
lesions on MRtfl
Rapidly fatal meningoencephalitis Swimming in
freshwater lakes
( think Nalgene
bottle filled
with fresh water
containing
Naegleria ); enters
via cribriform plate
Trypanosoma
brucei
somnolence, coma
Two subspecies: Trypanosoma
brucei rhodesiense Trypanosoma
brucei gambiense
blood smear El
( "I sure am
mellow when
I'm sleeping;
remember
melatonin helps
with sleep!
cr
C>
. I*
k
>1
V.
r
MICROBIOLOGY PARASITOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
SECTION II
1 27
Nematodes (roundworms)
ORGANISM
DISEASE
TREATMENT
TRANSMISSION
Intestinal
Enterobius vermicularis
(pinworml|
Ascaris lumbricoides
(giant roundworm)
May cause!obstruction at
Strongyloides
'
ileocecal valve
Pvrantcl pamoate or
bendazoles ( because
worms are bendy)
Bendazoles
under microscope!
stercoralis
(threadworm)
Ancylostoma
duodenale, Necator
americanus
( hookworms)
Ivermectin or
Bendazoles or pvrantel
intestinal \val|
bendazoles
pamoate
on contaminated beach
Trichinella spiralis
muscle
Fecal-ora!
Bendazole!
Fecal-oral
Bendazoles
Tissue
Toxocara canis
Onchocerca volvulus
Loa loa
Dicthylcarbamazinc
Wuchereria bancrofti
Female mosquito
Diethylcarbamazine
Ivermectin ( ivermectin
for river blindness)
to microfilaria possible
''m
128
SECTION II
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
PARASITOLOGY
Cestodes ( tapeworms )
ORGANISM
DISEASE
TRANSMISSION
TREATMENT
Taenia solium El
Intestinal tapeworm
Praziquantel
Albendazole
Cvsticercosis,
neurocysticcrcosis Q
Diphyllobothrium
latum
Vitamin Bp deficiency
(tapeworm competes for Bp
in intestine) megaloblastic
anemia
Echinococcus
granulosus Q
causing anaphylaxis
Praziquantel
feces
Sheep arc an intermediate host
mm
.
Trematodes (flukes )
ORGANISM
DISEASE
TRANSMISSION
TREATMENT
Schistosoma
Praziquantel
Undercooked fish
Praziquantel
Jt
f!
c
;o
Clonorchis sinensis
inflammation
Chronic infection with
S haematobium ( egg with
terminal spine O ) can lead
to squamous cell carcinoma
of the bladder ( painless
hematuria ) and pulmonary
hypertension
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
PARASITOLOGY
SECTION II
Ectoparasites
jSarcoptes scabie (
//
fediculus humanus/
Phthirus pubis(
Parasite hints
ASSOCIATIONS
Biliary
ORGANISM
anemia
Perianal pruritus
Portal hypertension
Vitamin
Bn deficiency
Clonorchis sinensis
Taenia solium ( neurocvsticercosis )
Schistosoma haematobium
Echinococcus granulosus
.\nc\lostoma ,\ecator
Tnchinella spiralis
Enterohius
Schistosoma mansoni Schistosoma japonicum
I 'iiplixllobothrium latum
130
SECTION II
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY VIROLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY VIROLOGY
Viral structure
general features
Surface
- protein
Capsid
Nucleic acid
tjgS /TV*
- Lipid
<:::
XK
V ,
V /
iZ bilayer
CapS d
Capsid
, ' s^ Nucleic'
\
acid
bilayer
Upid
Lipid blU
- Helical mnucleocapsid
integrated RNA ia
with into
Viral genetics
Recombination
Reassortment
Complementation
Phenotypic mixing
Exchange of genes between 2 chromosomes by crossing over within regions of significant base
sequence homology.
When viruses with segmented genomes ( eg, influenza virus) exchange genetic material. For
example, the 2009 novel H1N1 influenza A pandemic emerged via complex viral reassortment of
genes from human, swine, and avian viruses. lias potential to cause antigenic shift.
When I of 2 viruses that infect the cell has a mutation that results in a nonfunctional protein, the
nonnrutated virus complements the mutated one bv making a functional protein that serves
both v iruses. For example, hepatitis D virus requires the presence of replicating hepatitis B virus
to supply IIBsAg, the envelope protein for HDV.
Occurs with simultaneous infection of a cell with 2 v iruses. Genome of virus A can be partially or
completely coated (forming pseudovirion) with the surface proteins of virus B. Type B protein coat
determines the tropism (infectivity) of the hybrid virus. However, the progeny from this infection
have a type A coat that is encoded by its type A genetic material
Viral vaccines
Live attenuated
vaccines
I
Killed
Subunit
immunodeficiency.
SalK = Killed.
RIP Always.
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY VIROLOGY
SECTION I I
Purified nucleic acids of most dsDNA (except poxviruses and HBV) and strand ssRNA
( = mRNA) viruses are infectious. Naked nucleic acids of strand ssRNA and dsRNA viruses are
not infectious. They require polymerases contained in the complete virion.
Viral replication
DNA viruses
All replicate in the nucleus ( except poxvirus ). "Pox is out of the box (nucleus).
RNA viruses
Viral envelopes
DNA virus
characteristics
( hepevirus)
COMMENTS
Are icosahedral
polymerase).
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY VIROLOGY
SECTION II
133
Herpesviruses
VIRUS
ROUTE OF TRANSMISSION
CUNICAL SIGNIFICANCE
NOTES
Herpes
simplex
virus-1
Respirators
secretions, saliva
Gingivostomatitis, keratoconjunctivitis Q,
herpes labialis HI herpetic whitlow on finger
temporal lobe encephalitis, esophagitis,
'
aphasia.
erythema multiform
Herpes
simplex
virus-2
Sexual contact,
Respiratory
perinatal
Epstein- Barr
virus (HHV- 4)
secretions
Respiratory
teens, young
adults )
virus (HHV-5 )
herpetic neuralgia.
Mononucleosis fever, hcpatosplenomegaly,
secretions,
saliva; aka
"kissing disease,"
(common in
Cytomegalo
Congenital
transfusion,
sexual contact,
Mononucleosis ( Monospot ) in
immunocompetent patients; infection in
immunocompromised! especially pneumonia
in transplant patients; esophagitis; AIDS
Retinitis ( sightomcgalovirus"): hemorrhage,
saliva, urine,
transplant
Human
herpes
viruses 6
and 7
Saliva
Human
herpesvirus
8
Sexual contact
later.
IIIIV-7 less common cause of
roseola.
1
Kaposi sarcoma (neoplasm of endothelial cells).
Seen in HIV/AIDS and transplant patients.
Dark /violaceous plaques or nodules Q
representing vascular proliferations.
SLtfl
Sri
-L
S [
\
-
kl
te co
f
SECTION II
HSV identification
h\
*
rID
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY VIROLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY VIROLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
SECTION I I
RNA viruses
VIRALFAMILY
ENVELOP
RNA STRUCTURE
CAPSIOSYMMETRV
MEDICAL IMPORTANCE
Reoviruses
No
DS linear
10-12 segments
leosahedral
(double)
Picornaviruses
No
SS linear
leosahedral
No
SS linear
leosahedral
HEV
Caliciviruses
No
SS linear
leosahedral
Flaviviruses
Yes
SS linear
leosahedral
HCV
Yellow fever1
Dengue3
St. Louis encephalitis3
West Nile virus'1 ( meningoencephalitis)
Zika virus
Togaviruses
Yes
SS linear
leosahedral
Rubella
Western and Eastern euuine encephalitis^
Chikungunva viru4
Retroviruses
Yes
SS linear
2 copies
leosahedral
(HTLV),
complex
and conical
(HIV )
Coronaviruses
Yes
SS linear
Helical
Orthomyxoviruses
Yes
SS linear
Helical
Influenza virus
Helical
PaRaMyxovirus:
8 segments
Paramyxoviruses
Yes
SS linear
Nonsegmented
Parainfluenza croup
RSV bronchiolitis in babies; Rx ribavirin
Measles, Mumps
Rhabdoviruses
Yes
SS linear
Helical
Rabies
Filoviruses
Yes
SS linear
Helical
Arenaviruses
Yes
SS or
1 lelical
circular
2 segments
Bunyaviruses
Yes
SS circular
s segments
Helical
California encephalitis3
Sandfly/Rift Valley fevers'1
Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever 3
Hantavirus hemorrhagic fever, pneumonia
Delta virus
Yes
SS circular
Uncertain
'll
tmaU-itritvlMl-
rlruiKl<*.i:lrjnrlwl' (?)
n/ wiHvp
CPIIW
upoifii 'p
cpncP1
fm/EcrinilruAc Hr l'cl
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
Influenza viruses
Genetic shift/
antigenic shift
VIROLOGY
SECTION II
virus.
Reassortment
Genetic drift/
antigenic drift
Random
mutations '
v:
va
A togasirus. Causes rubella, once known as German ( s-dav i measles. Fever, postauricular and
other lymphadcnopathy. arthralgias, and fine, confluent rash that starts on face and spreads
centrifugally to involve trunk and extremities Q. Causes mild disease in children but serious
congenital disease (a ToRCHeS infection). Congenital rubella findings include blueberry
muffin" appearance due to dermal extramedullary hematopoiesis.
Rubella virus
Cl
Paramyxoviruses
Paramyxov iruses cause disease in children. They include those that cause parainfluenza (croup;
seal-like barking cough ), mumps, and measles as well as RSV, which causes respiratory tract
infection ( bronchiolitis, pneumonia ) in infants. All contain surface F ( fusion ) protein , which
causes respiratory epithelial cells to fuse and form multinuclcatcd cells. Palivizumab ( monoclonal
antibody against F protein ) prevents pneumonia caused by RSV infection in premature infants.
Palivizumab for Parainvxovirus ( RSV ) Prophvlaxis in Premies.
h 38
SECTION II
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY VIROLOGY
Measles (rubeola )
virus
Mumps virus
vaccine.
Symptoms: Parotitis d, Orchitis (inflammation
of testes), aseptic Meningitis, and Pancreatitis.
Can cause sterilitv (especially after pubertv).
T Cs of measles:
Cough
Coryza
Conjunctivitis
Vitamin A supplementation can reduce
morbidity and mortality from measles,
particularly in malnourished children.
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY VIROLOGY
Rabies virus
*
r:
SECTION II
Ebola virus
Zika virus
tor Zika virus
to come .
MICROBIOLOGY VIROLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
SECTION II
141
Anti-HAV (IgG)
IgG antibody indicates prior HAV infection and/or prior vaccination; protects against reinfection.
HBsAg
Anti-HBs
HBcAg
Anti- HBc
Antibody to HBcAg; IgM = acute/rcccnt infection; IgG = prior exposure or chronic infection. IgM
anti-HBc may be the sole marker of infection during window period.
HBeAg
Secreted by infected hepatocyte into circulation. Not part of mature HBV virion. Indicates active
viral replication and therefore high transmissibility.
Anti- HBe
Important
diagnostic
Incubation
Prodrome,
period
acute disease
Early
HBsAg
-HBc)
Anti-
Anti-HBs
HBc
land-HBc )
tests
HBsAg
Relative
concentration
of reactants
Convalescence
Late
(anti
Coat protein
IHBsAg)
Anti- HBc
DNA
polymerase
^ HBV particles^
Core (HBcAg)
3
i-
HBsAg
Anti - HBs
Window period
DNA genome
DNA polymerase
Anti-HBe
HBeAg
Virus particle
Level of
detection
V "7
Symptoms
exposure
tALT
HBsAg
Anti-HBs
a
HBeAg
/
Acute HBV
Window
Chronic HBV (high infectivity)
Months after
Anti- HBe
Anti-HBc
IgM
IgM
IgG
IgC
Recovery
IgG
Immunized
142
SECTION I I
MICROBIOLOGY VIROLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
HIV
Envelope proteins
acquired through budding from
host cell plasma membrane
gpl20
Docking
glycoprotein
Lipid envelope
gp 41
Transmembrane
: reopt m
wts
apsid protein
transcriptase
envelope glycoproteins.
gpl20 attachment to host CD4+ T cell.
gp4l fusion and entry.
gag (p24 and pl7] capsid and matrix
proteins, respectively.
po/ reverse transcriptase, aspartate protease,
integrase.
Reverse transcriptase synthesizes dsDNA from
genomic RNA; dsDNA integrates into host
genome.
HIV diagnosis
MICROBIOLOGY
Prions
MICROBIOLOGY
SYSTEMS
SECTION II
145
Prion diseases are caused by the conversion of a normal ( predominantly a-helical) protein termed
prion protein ( PrI*) to a (i-pleated form ( PrPsc ), which is transmissible via CNS- rclated tissue
( iatrogenic CJD ) or food contaminated bv BSE -infected animal products ( variant CJD). PrP'1
resists protease degradation and facilitates the conversion of still more PrP1 to PrP*c, Resistant to
standard sterilizing procedures, including standard autoclaving. Accumulation of PrP* results in
spongiform encephalopatlnjand dementia , ataxia , and death.
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease rapidlv progressive dementia , typically sporadic (some familial forms).
Bovine spongiform encephalopathy ( BSE) also known as mad cow disease."
Kuru acquired prion disease noted in tribal populations practicing human cannibalism .
MICROBIOLOGY- SYSTEMS
Normal flora:
dominant
LOCATION
MICROORGANISM
Skin
S epidermidis
Nose
Oropharynx
S mutans
B fragilis > E coli
Lactobacillus , colonized by E coli and group
Vagina
B strep
Neonates delivered by C-section have no flora but are rapidly colonized after birth.
Dental plaque
Colon
S aureus and B cereus food poisoning starts quickly and ends quickly.
MICROORGANISM
SOURC OF INFECTION
B cereus
C botulinum
MICROBIOLOGY
Prions
MICROBIOLOGY SYSTEMS
SECTION II
145
Prion diseases are caused by the conversion of a normal (predominantly a-helical ) protein termed
prion protein ( Prlx ) to a 3-pleated form ( PrP51), which is transmissible via CNS-related tissue
( iatrogenic CJD) or food contaminated bv BSE -infected animal products ( variant CJD ) . PrP't
resists protease degradation and facilitates the conversion of still more PrP to PrPc. Resistant to
standard sterilizing procedures, including standard autoclaving. Accumulation of PrPc results in
spongiform enccphalopathsjand dementia, ataxia, and death.
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease rapidly progressive dementia, typically sporadic isome familial forms).
Bovine spongiform encephalopathy ( BSE) also known as "mad cow disease."
Kuru acquired prion disease noted in tribal populations practicing human cannibalism.
MICROBIOLOGY SYSTEMS
Normal flora:
dominant
lOCAtlON
MICROORGANISM
Skin
S epidermidis
Nose
Oropharynx
Dental plaque
S mutant
Colon
Vagina
Neonates delivered by C-section have no flora but are rapidly colonized after birth
S aureus and B ccreus food poisoning starts quicklv and ends quickly.
MICROORGANISM
SOURCE OF INFECTION
B cereus
C botulinum
C perfringens
Reheated meat
Eco/i 0157:117
Undercooked meat
L monocytogenes
Salmonella
S aureus
aVvulnificus
Contaminated seafood
can also cause wound infections from contact with contaminated water or
shellfish.
148
SECTION I I
Urinary tract
infections
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY SYSTEMS
Cystitis presents with dysuria, frequency, urgency, suprapubic pain, and WBCs ( but not WBC
casts) in urine. Primarily caused by ascension of microbes from urethra to bladder. Males
infants with congenital defects, vesicoureteral reflux. Elderlv enlarged prostate. Ascension to
kidney results in pyelonephritis, which presents with fever, chills, flank pain, costovertebral angle
tenderness, hematuria, and WBC casts.
Ten times more common in women (shorter urethras colonized by fecal flora). Other predisposing
factors: obstruction, kidney surgery, catheterization, GU malformation, diabetes, pregnancy.
UTI bugs
SPECIES
FEATURES
Escherichia coli
Staphylococcus
saprophyticus
Klebsiella pneumoniae
Serratia marcescens
COMMENTS
Proteus mirabilis
Pseudomonas
aeruginosa
Enterococcus
Bacterial vaginosis
Trichomonas vaginitis
Candida vulvovaginitis
No inflammation
Inflammation ( strawberry
cervix)
Frothy, yellow-green, foul
smelling discharge
Inflammation
Thick, white, cottage cheese"
discharge Q
Motile trichomonads Q
pH > 4.5
Metronidazole
Treat sexual partner(s)
Pscudohyphae
pH normal (4.0-4.5)
TREATMENT
Clue cells
pH > 4.5
Metronidazole
I
-
'
\
-azoles
fv
SECTION II I MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY SYSTEMS
CLINICAL PRESENTATION
Coxsackievirus type A
Hand-foot-mouth disease
Human herpesvirus 6
Measles virus
Measles (rubeola)
infants
on buccal mucosa
Parvovirus B19
Rubella virus
lymphadenopathx
Streptococcus pyogenes
Scarlet fever
Chickenpox
150
SECTION I I
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SYNDROME/DISUSE
CLINICAL PRESENTATION
Coxsackievirus type A
Hand-foot-nioutli disease
Human herpesvirus 6
Measles virus
Measles Irubeola i
on buccal mucosa
Parvovirus B19
Rubella virus
Streptococcus pyogenes
Scarlet fever
lymphadenopathy
Erythematous, sandpaper-like rash Q with few
and sore throat
Varicella-Zoster virus
Chickcnpox
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY SYSTEMS
SECTION II
151
CLINICAL FEATURES
ORGANISM
AIDS
HIV
lymphoma
Chancroid
adenopathy
Chlamydia
Condylomata
acuminata
HPV-6 and - 11
Genital herpes
Gonorrhea
Neisseria gonorrhoeae
Granuloma inguinale
(donovanosis)
contact
Not common in US
Hepatitis B
Jaundice
Lymphogranuloma
venereum
Primary syphilis
Painless chancre
Secondary syphilis
Tertiary syphilis
Trichomoniasis
HBV
C trachomatis ( LI LA )
Treponema pallidum
Trichomonas vaginalis
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY SYSTEMS
SECTION II
153
FINDINGS/LABS
PATHOGEN
Rubella yirus
Dermatologic
Rash
postauricular lymphadenopathy
Beginning at head and moving down; rash
preceded by cough, conza. conjunctivitis, and
blue-white ( Koplik) spots on buccal mucosa
Measles virus
Neurologic
11 influenzae type B
Poliovirus
Epiglottitis
Pharyngitis
Meningitis
Respiratory
painful throat
CHARACTERISTIC
ORGANISM
disease )
(S pneumoniae H
N meningitidis )
Actinomyces israelii
Currant
jelly" sputum
Vasteurella multocida
Pediatric infection
Pseudomonas aeruginosa
S aureus
Sepsis/mcnmgitis in newborn
Group B strep
Surgical wound
S aureus
Clostridium perfringens
PAS
Rickettsia rickettsii
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
Penicillinase-sensitive
penicillins
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ANTIMICROBIALS
SECTION II
enterococci.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
MECHANISM OF RESISTANCE
Penicillinase- resistant
penicillins
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Antipseudomonal
penicillins
Use
Piperacillin, ticarcillin.
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
Pseudomonas spp. and gram rods; susceptible to penicillinase; use with P-lactamase inhibitors.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Hypersensitivity reactions.
^-
lactamase inhibitors
CAST.
155
56
SECTION II
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
ANTIMICROBIALS
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
MECHANISM Of RESISTANCE
MICROBIOLOGY
Tetracyclines
MECHANISM
MICROBIOLOGY
ANTIMICROBIALS
SECTION II
1 59
CLINICAL USE
Bonelia burgdorferi , M pneumoniae. Drugs' ability to accumulate intraccllularly makes them very
effective against Rickettsia and Chlamydia. Also used to treat acne. Doxvcveline effective against
ADVERSE EFFECTS
MECHANISM OF RESISTANCE
MRSAt
Chloramphenicol
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
MECHANISM OF RESISTANCE
Clindamycin
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
162
SECTION II
Fluoroquinolones
MECHANISM
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY
ANTIMICROBIALS
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
MECHANISM OF RESISTANCE
Daptomycin
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Myopathy, rhabdomvolysis.
Metronidazole
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
164
SECTION I I
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY ANTIMICROBIALS
Isoniazid
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
pyridoxine ( Bh ).
MECHANISM OF RESISTANCE
Pyrazinamide
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
lycobacterium tuberculosis.
Hyperuricemia, hepatotoxicitv.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
i\
Ethambutol
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
A lycobacterium tuberculosis.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Streptomycin
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
MICROBIOLOGY
Echinocandins
MECHANISM
MICROBIOLOGY ANTIMICROBIALS
SECTION II
167
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Griseofulvin
MECHANISM
Interferes with microtubule function; disrupts mitosis. Deposits in keratin-containing tissues (eg,
nails).
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
warfarin metabolism.
Antiprotozoan therapy
Anti-mite/louse
therapy
Chloroquine
MECHANISM
Blocks detoxification of heme into hemozoin. Heme accumulates and is toxic to plasmodia.
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Antihelminthic
therapy
168
SECTION II
MICROBIOLOGY ANTIMICROBIALS
MICROBIOLOGY
Antiviral therapy
HIV ANTIVIRAL
THERAPY
FUSION
ATTA< HMENI
Ml IV ' K
OTHER ANTIVIRAL
THERAPY
.- w a s
PRO
REVERSE
TRANSCRIPTASE
Receptor
binding
SYNTHESIS
PENETRATION
UMMM
transcription
^ V/x
DNA
integration
INTEGRASE
Transcription
Dolutegravif
Elviiegravir
Interferon -a
IHBV. HCV)
NRTIs
Abacavir IABCI
Didanosine (ddl)
Emtncrtabine IFTC]
Lamivudme (3TQ
Stavudine (d4T)
Tenofovir (TDF)
Zidovudine (ZDV,
formerly AZT )
Atazanavir
AS
Indnavir
Loplnavir
Ritonavir
Saquinavir
Packaging
and assombly
'
SYNTHESIS
^ ^1
Amarudlne 1LtorlBItefWdM
!l 0 yefuse !
J
n
. ..
Rimantadine
/
LL
vr.
tfavirenz
Ncv m me
Virion
assembly
PROTEASE
Darunavir
Fosamprenavir
y
NUCLEIC ACID
ftMMWII
Proteolytic
UNCOATING
NNR1 Detavirdme
v /x
Endo
cytosis
3
MAMMALIAN
CELL
CD 4 + T CELL
Guanosine analogs
Acyclovir, etc IHSV VZV)
Ganciclovir (CMV)
Cidolovir 1 HSV*
Foscarnet / CMV
Guanmcl
e nucleotide
synthesis
Ribavirin IRSv, HCVI
Acyclovir resistant
Neuraminidase inhibitors
Budding
Oseltarmvirl Inllucn
. ..
/ aA B
Zanamivit
.
Release
Oseltamivir, zanamivir
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
Treatment and prevention of both influenza A and B . Start within 4S hours of influenza symptom
onset.
CLINICAL USE
HSV and VZV. Weak activity against EBV No activity against CMV. Used for HSVmduced mucocutaneous and genital lesions as well as for encephalitis. Prophylaxis in
immunocompromised patients. No effect on latent forms of HSV and VZV. Valacyclovir, a
Obstructive crystalline nephropathy and acute renal failure if not adequately hydrated.
MECHANISM OF RESISTANCE
170
SECTION II
HIV therapy
MICROBIOLOGY
MICROBIOLOGY ANTIMICROBIALS
Highly active antiretroviral therapy (HAART): often initiated at the time of HIV diagnosis.
Strongest indication for patients presenting with AIDS defining illness, low CD4+ cell counts
(< 50( 1 cclls/nnn?), or high viral load. Regimen consists of 5 drugs to prevent resistance:
2 NRTIs and preferrablv an integrase inhibitor.
DRUG
MECHANISM
TOXICITY
NRTIs
Abacavir ( ABC)
Didanosine (ddl)
Emtricitabine (FTC)
Lamivudine ( 3TC)
Stavudine (d4T)
Tenofovir (TDF)
Zidovudine (ZDV,
formerly AZT)
'
hvperscnsitivitsl
NNRTIs
Delavirdine
Efavirenz
Nevirapine
Protease inhibitors
Atazanavir
Darunavir
Fosamprenavir
Indinavir
Lopinavir
Ritonavir
Saquinavir
Integrase inhibitors
Raltegravir
Elvitegravir
Dolutegravir
'
T creatine kinase.
Fusion inhibitors
Enfuvirtide
Maraviroc
MICROBIOLOGY
T7T
Interferons
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USt
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Glycoproteins normally synthesized by virus-infected cells, exhibiting a w ide range of antiviral and
antitumoral properties.
IFN-ot; chronic hepatitis B and C, Kaposi sarcoma, hairy cell leukemia, condyloma acuminatum,
renal cell carcinoma, malignant melanoma.
IK \ P: multiple sclerosis.
IFN-y: chronic granulomatous disease.
Flu-like symptoms, depression, neutropenia, myopathy.
Hepatitis C therapy
DRUG
MECHANISM
CUNICAL USE
Ribavirin
Sofosbuvir
Inhibits IICV RNA-dependent RNA polymerase Chronic IICV' in combination with ribavirin.
simeprevir. ledipasvir (NS5A inhibitor ).
acting as a chain terminator.
+/ peginterferon alfi
Do not use as monotherapy.
Adverse effects; fatigue, headache, nausea.
Simeprevir
replication.
Infection control
techniques
Goals include the reduction of pathogenic organism counts to safe levels (disinfection ) and the
inactiv ation of self-propagating biological entities ( sterilization)
Autoclave
Alcohols
Chlorhexidine
Hydrogen peroxide
Antimicrobials to
avoid in pregnancy
ANTIMICROBIAL
AOVERSE EFFECT
Sulfonamides
Kernicterus
Aminoglycosides
Fluoroquinolones
Clarithromycin
Ototoxicity
Cartilage damage
Tetracyclines
Einbryotoxic
Ribavirin
Teratogenic
Griseofulvin
Teratogenic
Chloramphenicol
I Pathology
Pathology
Friedrich Nietzsche
you
can
Richard Sclzer
Inflammation
204
Neoplasia
214
204
SECTION II
PATHOLOGY INFLAMMATION
PATHOLOGY
PATHOLOGY INFLAMMATION
ATP-dependent programmed cell death intrinsic andicxtrinsic pathway both pathways activate caspascs (cytosolic proteases) cellular
breakdown including cell shrinkage, chromatin condensation, membrane blebbing, and
formation of apoptotic bodies, w hich arc then ph igocvtoscd
Characterized by deeply eosinophilic cytoplasm and basophilic nucleus, pvknosis muelear
shrinkage ), and karvorrbexis ( fragmentation caused hv cndonuclease-mcdi,itct
|cleavagc).
Cell membrane typically remains intact without significant inflammation ( unlike necrosis ).
ONA laddering ( fragments in multiples of 180 bp) is a sensitive indicator of apoptosis ]
Apoptosis
Intrinsic
(mitochondrial )
pathway
2 pathways:
Ligand receptor interactions ( FasL binding to Fas [CD95 ] or TNF-ot binding to its receptoj)
Immune cell (cytotoxic T-cell release of perforin and granzyme B)
Fas-FasL interaction is necessary in thymic medullary negative selection. Mutations in Fas
t numbers of circulating self-reacting lymphocytes due to failure of clonal deletion.
Defective Fas-FasL interactions cause autoimmune lymphoproliferative syndrome.
Extrinsic (death
receptor) pathway
Intrinsic
Extrinsic
(mitochondrial) pathway
Fa$L /}
DNA damage
Radiation, ROS, toxins
Misfolded proteins
Hypoxia
r t
^ TNFu
J
Cytotoxic T cell
Granzyme
efforin
ospasa
pS 5 activation
ytoctirome C
BAXTBAK
be
KM
Execu m
caspases
.r
APAF-1
Macrophage
Initiator
caspases
ft
Wj/tefetal dispersion
rsion
Cytoplasmic
b eb
/ 2
,/
Ligands for
macrophage cell
receptors
_
Apoptotic
body
IA
H
i[
11 > 1
Figure
PATHOLOGY
PATHOLOGY
Necrosis
INFLAMMATION
TYPE
SEEN IN
DUE TO
Coagulative
Ischemia/infarcts in
most tissues (except
brain)
Ischemia or infarction ;
Liquefactive
Bacterial abscesses,
brain infarcti
Neutrophils release
lysosomal enzymes
that digest the
HISTOLOGY
205
SECTION II
intracellular
tissue H: enzymatic
Caseous
Fat
Enzymatic: acute
pancreatitis
(saponification of
peripancreatic fat )
Nonenzymatic:
traumatic (eg, breast
Damaged
cells release
lipase to break
down triglycerides.
liberating fatty acids
'
to bind calcium
-* saponification
injury )
Fibrinoid
Immune complexes
Immune reactions in
vessels ( eg. polvartcritis combine with
nodosa ) , preedampsia .
fibrin - vessel wall
malignant
damage ( type III
hypertension!
hypersensitivity
reaction!
Gangrenous
48 - .
'
w*
Coagulative
Liquefactive superimposed on coagulative
Dry: ischemia Q
Wet: superinfection
v
w
.**
>
-- -
'
\
*
K
Uv
: SW
r,
YVI
*
Cell injury
PATHOLOGY
PATHOLOGY INFLAMMATION
REVERSIBLE WITH 02
IRREVERSIBLE
Membrane blebbing
1 glycogen
Fatty change
Kibosomal/polysomal detachment Ii protein
synthesis)
Ischemia
llmaael
REGION
Brain
Heart
Subendocardium ( LV )
Kidney
Liver
I New I
Lysosomal rupture
Cali influx easpase activation - apoptosis
Colon
area in Ql
^Neurons most vulnerable to hypoxic-ischemic insults include Purkinje cells of the cerebellum and
pyramidal cells of the hippocampus and neocortex ( zones 3, 5 , 6|
PATHOLOGY
PATHOLOGY INFLAMMATION
SECTION II
207
Types of Infarct j
Red Infarct!
Pale (anemic) infarcts Q occur in solid organs with a single (end-arterial ) blood supply, such as
heart, kidney, and spleen.
Pale Infarcti
L-
Red ( hemorrhagic ) infarcts Q occur in venous occlusion and tissues with multiple blood supplies,
such as liver, lung, intestine, testes; reperfusion ( eg, after angioplasty ). Reperfusion injury is due to
damage by free radicals.
Red = reperfusion.
m
'
Inflammation
Characterized by rubor (redness), dolor (pain ), color ( heat), tumor ( swelling), and
Cellular component
Acute
Chronic
208
SECTION II
PATHOLOGY
PATHOLOGY
INFLAMMATION
Types of calcification
Dystrophic
calcification
m
i
&
Metastatic
calcification
1u.
Widespread ( ie, diffuse, metastatic) deposition of Ca-4 in normal tissue 2 to hypercalcemia (eg,
1 hyperparathyroidism, sarcoidosis, hvpervitaminosis D) or high calcium -phosphate product
levels (eg, chronic renal failure with 2 hyperparathyroidism, long-temi dialysis, calciphvlaxis,
multiple mvclom 4) .
Inhalationlinjury and
sequelae
PATHOLOGY
PATHOLOGY INFLAMMATION
Scar formation
70-807c of tensile strength regained at T months iwhcn type I collagen is replaced with type III
collagent little additional tensile strength will be regained afterward.
SCAR TYPE
Hypertrophic Q
Keloid
COLLAGEN SYNTHESIS
t ftvne I collagen!
COLLAGEN ORGANIZATION
Parallel
Disorganized
EXTENT OF SCAR
RECURRENCE
Frequent
PREDISPOSITION
None
\"
\
*YS
PATHOLOGY
Wound healing
Tissue mediators
PATHOLOGY
INFLAMMATION
SECTION II
MEDIATOR
ROLE
PDGF
TC F-P
cell migration
Stimulates fibroblast growth for collagen synthesis
Stimulates angiogenesis
Stimulates cell growth via tyrosine kinases (eg,
EGFR /ErbBi )
Angiogenesis, fibrosi .
Metalloproteinases
Tissue remodeling
FCF
EGF
VEGF
Stimulates angiogenesis
EFFECTOR CELLS
CHARACTERISTICS
Inflammatory (up to
3 days after wound)
Proliferative
(day 3-weeks after
wound )
Remodeling
( 1 week -6+ months
after wound )
Granulomatous
diseases
mmma
Fibroblasts
Bacterial :
1
infantiseptica )
Treponema pallidum ( 3 syphilis)
Fungal: endemic mycoses ( eg, histoplasmosis)
Parasitic: schistosomiasis
Chronic granulomatous disease
Autoinflammatory:
Sarcoidosis Q
Crohn disease
* Primary biliary cirrhosis
Subacute (de Quervain/granulomatous )
thyroiditis
Granulomatosis with polyangiitis ( Wegener)
Eosinophilic granulomatosis with
polyangiitis ( Churg-Strauss)
Giant cell ( temporal ) arteritis
Takayasu arteritis
Foreign material : berylliosis, talcosis,
hypersensitivity pneumonitis
Exudate vs transudate
Exudate
Transudatgl
Cellular (cloudy)
t protein ( > 2.9 e/dl .i
f LDH ( vs scrum )
Due to:
Lymphatic obstruction (chylous)
Inflammation /infection
- Malignancy
Hypocellular (clear)
i protein (< 2.5 g/dl
t LDH (vs serum )
Due to:
t
*
hydrostatic
retention )
i oncotic pressure ( eg, cirrhosis, nephrotic
syndrome )
Lights criteria
Diagnostic analysis comparing serum and pleural fluid protein and LDII levels.
If > 1 criterion is met * effusion is likelv exudative.
IfO criteria are met by definition , effusion is transudative.
1 . Pleural protein /seruin protein ratio > 0.5
2. Pleural LDH /scrum LDH ratio > 0.6
r Pleural LDH > of Hie upper limit of normal for serum LDH
Erythrocyte
sedimentation rate
Products of inflammation ( eg, fibrinogen ) coat RBCs and cause aggregation . The denser RBC
aggregates fall at a faster rale within a pipette tube. Often co-tested with CRP levels.
t ESR
i ESR
Most anemias
Infections
Inflammation (eg, giant cell [temporal] arteritis,
polymyalgia rheumatica )
Cancer (eg, metastases, multiple myeloma )
Renal disease (end-stage or nephrotic syndrome )
Pregnancy
PATHOLOGY INFLAMMATION
PATHOLOGY
kocyte
avasation
SECTION II
209
K-sclectin ( from
defective in
WeibcT -
Palade bodies!
LEUKOCYTE
P-selectin
GlyCAM-1, CD54
ICAM-1 (CD54)
defectivjin
Sialyl-Lewisx
Sialyl-Lewisx
L-selectin
VCAM-1 (CD106)
PECAM-1 (CD31)
PECAM-1 (CD31)
Chemotactic products
released in response
to bacteria: C5a, IL-8,
LTB4, kallikrein,
platelet-activating factor
Various
I MN
O Margination 6 rolling
Diapedesis Migration
Tight binding
Sialyl-Lewis'
Vesse
umet
PMN
PMN
E- - ei 1
LFA -1
JJ
Ijg
Endothelium
Interstitium
ICAM-1
PMN
^^
Ml
PMN
>
radical injury
Free radicals damage cells via membrane lipid peroxidation, protein modification, and DNA
breakage.
Initiated via radiation exposure (eg, cancer therapy), metabolism of drugs ( phaseI), redox reactions,
nitric oxide (eg inflammation)!transition metals, WBC (eg, neutrophils, macrophages) oxidative
burst.
Free radicals can be eliminated by scavenging enzymes (eg, catalase, superoxide dismutase,
glutathione peroxidase), spontaneous decay, antioxidants (eg, vitamins A, C,E), and certain metal
carrier proteins (eg, transferrin, ceruloplasmin)
Examples:
Oxygen toxicity: retinopathy of prematurity ( abnormal vascularization), bronchopulmonary
dysplasia, reperfusion injury after thrombolytic thcrapsl
* Drug/chemical toxicity: carbon tetrachloride and acetaminophen overdose (hepatotoxicitv)
Metal storage diseases: hemochromatosis (iron) and Wilson disease (copper)
PATHOLOGY
PATHOLOGY
INFLAMMATION
213
SECTION II
Abnormal aggregation of protcins (or their fragments ) into (3-plcatcd linear sheets damage
and apoptosis. Amyloid deposits visualized by Congo red stain Q, polarized light ( apple green
birefringence) Q, and I l&E stain (Q shows deposits in glomerular mesangial areas [white arrows],
tubular basement membranes [ black arrows] ).
Amyloidosis
COMMON TYPES
DESCRIPTION
AL ( primary )
Due to deposition of proteins from Ig Light chains. Can occur as a plasma cell disorder or
associated with multiple myeloma. Often affects multiple organ systems, including renal
( nephrotic syndrome), cardiac ( restrictive cardiomyopathy, arrhythmia), hematologic (easy
bruising, splenomegaly). G1 ( hepatomegaly), and neurologic ( neuropathy).
Seen with chronic inflammatory conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis, IBD,
spondyloarthropathy, familial Mediterranean fever, protracted infection . Fibrils composed of
serum Amyloid A. Often multisystem like AL amyloidosis.
Fibrils composed of [A -inicroglobulni in patients with FSRD and /or on long-term dialysis. May
present as carpal tunnel syndrome.
Heterogeneous group of disorders, including familial amyloid polyneuropathies due to transthyretin
gene mutation.
Due to deposition of normal ( wild- type) transthyretin (TTR ) predominantly in cardiac ventricles.
Slower progression of cardiac dysfunction relative to AL amyloidosis.
Amyloid deposition localized to a single organ . Most important form is amyloidosis in Alzheimer
disease due to deposition of fT-amyloid protein cleaved from amyloid precursor protein ( APP).
Islet amyloid polypeptide ( IAPP ) is commonly seen in diabetes mcllitus type 2 and is caused by
deposition of amylin in pancreatic islets.
Isolated atrial amyloidosis due to atrial natriuretic peptide is common in normal aging, which can
predispose to t risk of atrial fibrillatiorj
Amyloid deposition lo ventricular eiidinmocardiinii in restrictive cardiomyopathy
Calcitonin deposition in tumor cells in medullary carcinoma of the thvroid.
AA (secondary)
Dialysis- related
Heritable
Age - related (senile)
systemic
Organ - specific
mm
n
a
'
'
rf s
'-
i.
Lipofuscin
im
/.
mm
fa
i
tv
\w
"
-V\ .
-6
.
.
'
rN
* 1
j
A yellow -brown "wear and tear * pigment associated w ith normal aging.
Formed by oxidation and polymerization of autophagoevtosed organellar membranes.
Autopsy of elderly person will reveal deposits in heart , colon Cl, liv er, kidney, eye, and other organs.
214
SECTION II
PATHOLOGY
PATHOLOGY NEOPLASIA
PATHOLOGY NEOPLASIA
Cjellular changes
Hyperplasia!
t in number of cells. May be a risk factor for future malignancy (eg, endometrial hyperplasia | but
not considered premalignanl!
Hypertrophy
f in size of cells.
Atrophy
iin tissue mass due to l in size and/or number of cells. Causes inc lude disuse, denervation, loss of
blood supply, loss of hormonal stimulation, poor nutrition.
Dysplasia
Disordered, non-neoplastic cell growth Term used only with epithelial cells. Mild dysplasia is
usually reversible: severe dysplasia usually progresses to carcinoma in situ.
Metaplasial
Replacement of one cell type by another. Usually due to exposure to an irritant, such as gastric
acid or cigarette smoke. Reversible if the irritant is removed but may undergo malignant
transformation with persistent insult leg, Barrett esophagus esophageal adenocarcinoma )!
Neoplasial
Anaplasia
Differentiation!
Well-differentiated tumors ( often less aggressive) closely resemble t heir tissue of origin
Poorly differentiated tumors ( often more aggrcssivel look almost nothing like their tissue of
origiij
f * r>*\i
Hyperplasia
Reversible
Hypertrophy
Normal cells
Dysplasia
Reversible
Atrophy
Irreversible
Metaplasia
Change in
cell type
and structure
ntfffy i '
Neoplasia
Anaplasia
I New I
[Figure ]
PATHOLOGY NEOPLASIA
PATHOLOGY
SECTION II
215
Neoplastic
progression
Normal cells w ith hasal apical pol rritvi See cervical example Q, which shows normal cells and
spectrum of dysplasia, as discussed below
Normal cells
OMOIOM o;
MM
Abnormal proliferation of cells with loss of si/c, shape, and orientation (eg, koilocvtic change, arrow
in ijComparc vs hyperplasia l cells t in number ).
Dysplasia
'
Carcinoma in situ/
preinvasive
m
sst
Cells have invaded basement membrane using collagenases and hydrolases (metalloproteinases).
Cell-cell contacts lost by inactivation of f -cadhcrin.
Invasive carcinoma
Metastasis
theory of metastasis:
J
Blood Of
tympfutic
Normal
Mild dysplasia
Moderate dysplasia
Severe dysplasia/
carcinoma in situ
216
SECTION II
PATHOLOGY
PATHOLOGY NEOPLASIA
Grade
Stage
Tumor nomenclature
Carcinoma implies epithelial origin, whereas sarcoma denotes mesenchymal origin. Both terms
imply malignancy.
Terms for non-neoplastic malformations include hamartoma (disorganized overgrowth of tissues in
their native location, eg, Peutz -Jeghers polyps) and choristoma (normal tissue in a foreign location,
eg, gastric tissue located in distal ileum in Meckel diverticulum).
Benign tumor is usually well differentiated, well demarcated, low mitotic activity, no metastasis, no
necrosis.
Malignant tumor may show poor differentiation, erratic growth, local invasion, metastasis, and
1 apoptosis. Upregulation of telomerase prevents chromosome shortening and cell death.
CELL TYPE
BENIGN
MALIGNANT
Epithelium
Adenoma, papilloma
Blood vessels
Hemangioma
Angiosarcoma
Smooth muscle
Leiomyoma
Leiomyosarcoma
Mesenchyme
Leukemia, lymphoma
Blood cells
Striated muscle
Rhabdomyoma
Rhabdomyosarcoma
Connective tissue
Fibroma
Fibrosarcoma
Bone
Osteoma
Osteosarcoma
Fat
Lipoma
Melanocyte
Nevus/mole
Liposarcoma
Melanoma
Cancer epidemiology
Skin cancer ( basal > squamous melanoma) is the most common cancer ( not included in list).
MEM
Cancer incidencel
NOTES
1. Pros!
: i .iitil
r
Cancer mortality
WQME'A
1. Lung
2. Prostate
v Colon /rectum
l. Lung
2. Breast
3. Colon /rectum
1. Leukemia
2. Brain and CNS
3,
Neuroblastoma
PATHOLOGY
PATHOLOGY NEOPLASIA
Grade
leukemias!!
Stage
Tumor nomenclature
Carcinoma implies epithelial origin, whereas sarcoma denotes mesenchymal origin. Both terms
imply malignancy.
Terms for non-neoplastic malformations include hamartoma ( disorganized overgrow th of tissues in
their native location, eg, Peutz-Jeghers polyps) and choristoma (normal tissue in a foreign location,
eg, gastric tissue located in distal ileum in Meckel diverticulum ).
Benign tumor is usually well differentiated, well demarcated, low mitotic activity, no metastasis, no
necrosis.
Malignant tumor may show poor differentiation erratic grow th, local invasion, metastasis, and
t apoptosis. Uprcgulation of telomcrasc prevents chromosome shortening and cell death.
CELL TYPE
BENIGN
MALIGNANT
Epithelium
Adenoma, papilloma
Mesenchyme
Leukemia, lymphoma
Blood cells
Blood vessels
Hemangioma
Angiosarcoma
Smooth muscle
Leiomyoma
Leiomyosarcoma
Striated muscle
Rhabdomyoma
Rhabdomyosarcoma
Connective tissue
Fibroma
Fibrosarcoma
Bone
Osteoma
Osteosarcoma
Fat
Lipoma
Nevus/mole
Liposarcoma
Melanoma
Melanocyte
Cancer epidemiology
Cancer incidence!
Skin cancer ( basal > squamous melanoma) is the most common cancer (not included in list ).
NOTES
CHILDREN (AGE 0-14)
WOMEU
MEty
I. Prostate
1. Breast
1. Leukemia
Lung cancer incidence has
2. Brain and CNS
2. Lung
2. Lung
dropped in men, but has
'
5. Colon/rectum
3. Colon /rcctum
not changed significantly ii
. Neuroblastoma
women
Cancer mortality
1. Lung
2. Prostate
3. Colon /rcctum
1. Lung
2. Breast
3. Colon /rcctum
1. Leukemia
2. Brain and CNS
v
Neuroblastoma
PATHOLOGY
PATHOLOGY NEOPLASIA
SECTION II
217
Paraneoplastic syndromes
DESCRIPTION /MECHANISM
Acanthosis nigricans
Sign of Leser-Trelat
MANIFESTATION
Cutaneous
malignancies
Endocrine
Hypercalcemia
PTHrP
carcinomas
Cushing syndrome
t ACTH
Lymphoma
Small cell lung cancer
Hyponatremia (SIADH)
t ADH
Polycythemia
T Krythropoietin
Hematologic
Thymoma
Good syndrome
1 lypogammaglobulinemia
Thymoma
Trousseau syndrome
Nonbacterial
thrombotic (marantic)
endocarditis
Anti-NMDA receptor
encephalitis
Ovarian teratoma
Opsoclonusmyoclonus ataxia
syndrome
Paraneoplastic
cerebellar
degeneration
Paraneoplastic
encephalomyelitis
Lambert-Eaton
myasthenic syndrome
Myasthenia gravis
Neuromuscular
at NMJ
Thymoma
218
SECTION II
Oncogenes
PATHOLOGY NEOPLASIA
PATHOLOGY
Gain of function - t cancer risk. Need damage to only one allele of an oncogens
GENE
GENE PRODUCT
ASSOCIATED NEOPLASM
ALK
Lung adenocarcinoma
BCR- ABL
Tyrosine kinase
CML, ALL
BCL-2
BRAF
c- KIT
Cytokine receptor
c-MYC
Transcription factor
Burkitt lymphoma
JAK2
Tyrosine kinase
KRAS
GTPase
mat
MYCN
Transcription factor
Transcription factor
Neuroblastoma
RET
Tumor suppressor
genes
Loss of function
Lung tumor
t cancer risk; both ( trvni alleles of a tumor suppressor gene must be lost for
expression of disease
GENE
GENE PRODUCT
ASSOCIATED CONDITION
APC
BRCA1/BRCA2
CDKN2 A
DCC
. blocks G, -* S phase
DCC Deleted in Colon Cancer
DPC4/SMAD4
Pancreatic cancer
MEN!
Menin
MEN 1
NF1
Neurofibromatosis type 1
Columns
NF2
Neurofibromatosis type 2
2 & 3 were
PTEN
pi 6
- .
B lAKTl activation)
Rb
TPS3
-* S phase
. blocks Gi
S phase
Colon cancer
Retinoblastoma, osteosarcoma
TSC1
Hamartin protein
Tuberous sclerosis
TSC2
Tuberin protein
Tuberous sclerosis
VHL
WT 1{
220
SECTION II
Psammoma bodies
PATHOLOGY
PATHOLOGY NEOPLASIA
Laminated, concentric spherules with dystrophic calcification Q, PSaMMoma bodies arc seen in:
Papillary carcinoma of thyroid
Serous papillary cystadenocarcinoma of ovary
Meningioma
Malignant mesothelioma
T
Tumor markers should not be used as the 1 tool for cancer diagnosis or screening. T hey may be
used to monitor tumor recurrence and response to therapy, but definitive diagnosis is usually made
via biopsy.
MARKER
ASSOCIATED CANCER
Alkaline phosphatase
a- fetoprotein
PhCG
CA 15-3/CA 27-29
NOTES
CA 19- 9
Pancreatic adenocarcinoma.
CA 125
Ovarian cancer.
Calcitonin
..
lalone and in
MEN2 A MEN2B ) ]
CEA
Chromoaranin
Neuroendocrine tumors.
PSA
Prostate cancer.
Prostate-specific antigen
P-glycoprotein
Also known as multidrug resistance protein 1 MDR 1). Classically seen in adrenocortical
carcinom hut also expressed bv other cancer cells ( eg colon, liver). Used to pump out toxins
including chemotherapeutic agents ( one mechanism of l responsiveness or resistance to
chemotherapy over time).
i
PATHOLOGY
PATHOLOGY NEOPLASIA
SECTION II
Cachexia
Weight loss, muscle atrophy, and fatigue that occur in chronic disease (eg, cancer, AIDS, heart
failure, COPD). Mediated by TNF, IFN-y, IL-1, and IL-6.
Common metastases
Most sarcomas spread hematogenously; most carcinomas spread via lymphatics. However, four
carcinomas route hcmatogcnouslv: follicular thyroid carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, renal cell
carcinoma, and hepatocellular carcinoma!
SITE OF METASTASIS
1 TUMOR
Brain
221
NOTES
Liver
Bone
m
b.
m<
'
'
226
SECTION II
PHARMACOLOGY
Elimination of drugs
Zero- order
elimination
Capacity-limited elimination.
PEA . (A pea is round, shaped like the 0 in
zero-order.)
Elimination rate
2 U/h
Elimination rate
4 U/ h
.
!
Time of tw J,as
concentration J.
:ui
as concentration l
First ty2
2 U /h
lU/h
\ 2 U/ h
devisee
Figure
Second
^ = TYlirdti
Q 5 U/h
/j
Time (h)
Time (h)
Ionized species are trapped in urine and cleared quickly. Neutral forms can be reabsorbed.
Weak bases
S3
RCOO- + IP
(trapped )
Example: amphetamines, TCAs. Trapped in acidic environments. Treat overdose with ammonium
chloride to acidify urincj
RNH *
RNH:+ H+
( trapped )
(lipid soluble )
Drug metabolism
Phase 1
Phase II
metabolism.
228
SECTION I I
PHARMACOLOGY
Receptor binding
Agonist plus
competitive
antagonist
Agonist
alone
Agonist
al< ne
Effect of
antagonist
I 50
Lower
efficacy
Agonist
alone
Partial agonist
alone
"
Effect of
competitive
Agonist plus
noncompetitive
antagonist
antagonist
01
10
to
Agonist dose
100
1000
Ot
10
10
00
0.1
1000
Agonist dose
1.0
10
Agonist dose
100
1000
,1
AGONIST WITH
EFFECT
EXAMPLE
Competitive
antagonist
Noncompetitive
antagonist
Partial agonist
(alone)
Therapeutic index
independent variable.
Measurement of drug safety.
Efficacy
100
Therapeutic index
ED
Toxicity
ED = Effective dose
TD = Toxic dose
iu
0
Log (drug concentration)
E9
PHARMACOLOGY
SECTION I I
Medul a
* e r f
Parasympathetic
Pre (long)
V *-T
A
U
T
0
Spinal cord
Prc (short]
[ACh
Post (long)
| ACh
M Sweat glands
M
I
C
[ACh
Sympathetic
nerve terminals
fACh
Renal vasculature
smooth muscle
/*
-[ACh W,
r
Adrenal medulla
S..
Blood
Catecholamine
//
transmission
SOMATIC
[ACh
5
a, Cardiac
u.
l1:
muscle, vessels
Skeletal muscle
Neuromuscular
junction
Acetylcholine
Receptors
Nicotinic ACh receptors are ligand-gated Na*/K4 channels. Two subtypes: \N ( found in autonomic
ganglia, adrenal medulla) and NM (found in neuromuscular junction of skeletal muscle).
Muscarinic ACh receptors are G-protein-coupled receptors that usually act through 2nd
messengers. 5 subty pes: M| f o u n d in heart, smooth muscle, brain, exocrine glands, and on sweat
glands (cholinergic sympathetic).
PHARMACOLOGY
MAJOR FUNCTIONS
A
A
M2
M3
RECEPTOR
Sympathetic
Parasympathetic
Dopamine
Histamine
H2
v,
v2
Vasopressin
After qisses ( kisses), you get a qii| 1 kick) out of siq (sick ) sqs (super qinky sex ).
,..
Hj
Uj, Vj,
M Mj
Receptor
DAG
Phospholipase C
Lipids
H2 V2
Receptor
MJ. < / j. Dj
Receptor
IP
HAVe 1 M&M.
Protein
kinase C
I i<*V
ATP
Gs
G,
Adenylyl cyclase
f ia>x
i
cAMP
(heart)
Protein kinase A
Myosin light -chain
kinase (smooth
muscle)
MAD 2s.
Revised
Figure
PHARMACOLOGY
231
SECTION II
Autonomic drugs
CHOLINERGIC
NORADRENERGIC
AXON
AXON
Tyrosine
Choline
Tyrosine
Metyrosme
i N im
Choline *
Acetyl- CoA
Hemicholinium
Dopamine
LhAT
\o
Reserpine
&
Release -modulating
receptors
Vesamicol
Ca2+
NE
Ca 2+
AO
,
Amphetamine
impnc
ephedrine
Botulinum
orl
Reuptake
Cocaine, TCAs,
Choline +
&
AT II
-OO
amphetamine
cetate
Revised
NEQ
Figure
Diffusion,
metabolism
00 '
receptor
AChE inhibitors
Adrenoreceptors or p
AChE
POSTSYNAPTIC MEMBRANE
Grcie will) routing arrow repreient tramporlrrv Drug n ifaWcs are of historical iignificance.
POSTSYNAPTIC MEMBRANE
232
SECTION II
PHARMACOLOGY
Cholinomimetic agents
DRUG
ACTION
APPLICATIONS
Direct agonists
Bethanechol
bladder.
Carbachol
Methacholine
inhaled.
Pilocarpine
t ACh.
rivastiqminel
Edrophonium
t ACh
Neostigmine
t ACh.
Nco CNS - No CNS penetration (quaternary
amine)
Physostigmine
overdose.
Cholinesterase
inhibitor poisoning
DUMBBELSS.
Organophosphates are often components of
insecticides; poisoning usually seen in farmers.
Antidote atropine (competitive inhibitor ) +
pralidoxime ( regenerates AChE if given early).
PHARMACOLOGY
PHARMACOLOGY
AUTONOMIC DRUGS
SECTION II
23
Muscarinic antagonists
DRUGS
ORGAN SYSTEMS
APPLICATIONS
Atropine,
homatropine,
tropicamide
Eye
Benztropine
CNS
Cl, respiratory
Hyoscyamine,
dicyclomine
GI
Ipratropium,
tiotropium
Respiratory
Oxybutynin,
solifenacin,
tolterodine
Genitourinary
Scopolamine
CNS
Motion sickness.
trihexyphenidyl
Glycopyrrolate
secretions.
Atropine
NOTES
Eye
Airway
1 secretions
ORGAN SYSTEM
Stomach
J acid secretion
Gut
1 motility
Bladder
1 urgency in cystitis
t body temperature (due to t sweating);
rapid pulse; dry mouth ; dry, flushed skin ;
cycioplegia; constipation; disorientation
Can cause acute angle-closure glaucoma in
elderly ( due to mydriasis), urinary retention
in men with prostatic hyperplasia , and
hyperthermia in infants
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Side effects:
Hot as a hare
Drv as a bone
Red as a beet
Blind as a bat
Mad as a hatter
Jimson weed ( Datura) -* gardener's pupil
( mydriasis due to plant alkaloids)
PHARMACOLOGY
Rnd
ls
'
1$
Muscarinic antagonists
DRUGS
ORGAN SYSTEMS
APPLICATIONS
Atropine,
homatropine,
tropicamide
Eye
Benztropine
CNS
GI, respiratory
trihexyphenidyl
Glycopyrrolate
secretions.
Hyoscyamine,
dicyclomine
C1
Ipratropium,
tiotropium
Respiratory
Oxybutynin,
solifenacin,
Genitourinary
CNS
Motion sickness.
tolterodine
Scopolamine
Atropine
ORGAN SYSTEM
NOTES
Eye
Airway
i secretions
Stomach
i acid secretion
Gut
1 motility
Bladder
1 urgency in cystitis
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Side effects:
Hot as a hare
Dry as a bone
Red as a beet
Blind as a bat
Mad as a hatter
|imson weed ( Datura )
gardeners pupil
234
SECTION II
PHARMACOLOGY
PHARMACOLOGY
AUTONOMIC DRUGS
Sympathomimetic;
ACTION
APPLICATIONS
Albuterol, salmeterol
Pz > P,
Dobutamine
Pi > P;.
Dopamine
D| = D, > p > a
Epinephrine
P>a
DRUG
Direct sympathomimetics
Fenoldopam
Isoproterenol
P, = Pz
Midodrine
Mirabeqron
&
Norepinephrine
oi| >
Phenylephrine
ai > a:
a2 > P|
Indirect sympathomimetics
Amphetamine
Cocaine
Ephedrine
catecholamines
PHARMACOLOGY
Norepinephrine vs
isoproterenol
235
SECTION II
Nfcjt systolic and diastolic pressures as a result of aj-mediated vasoconstriction f mean arterial
pressure reflex bradycardia. I lowever, isoproterenol (no longer commonly used) has little a
effect but causes |J -mediated vasodilation, resulting in 1 mean arterial pressure and t heart rate
through P| and reflex activity.
Norepinephrine (a > p)
Widened
pulse
ptnswe
Epinephrine la p)
*\
\V~ Systole
Pi > ai
MAP
\ OMStohc
Isoproterenol ip > a)
/ ' \
ft
^
A
V* V
Reflex bxadycardu
p, >
CO < >
HR
MAP
PP
i
TT
T
CO
HR
MAP
PP
U n o p p o s e d P7
TT
TT
MAP i
PP TT
T
T
T
T
CO
HR
APPLICATIONS
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Clonidine, guanfacine
a- methyldopa
Hypertension in pregnancy
236
SECTION I I
PHARMACOLOGY
a-blockers
DRUG
APPLICATIONS
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Nonselective
Phenoxybenzaminel
Phentolamine|
Depression
a2 selective
Mirtazapine
a.
1
55
Systolic
>a
_y
1
Net depressor
effect
Unopposed fl2
MAP
Jj
Before a-blockade
\\
Net prr
eifKt
Phenylephrine
Alter u-blockade
Before u- blockade
ft
Pj Reftei tachycardia
\_
1
i
a.
Time
Suppression of
pressor effect
Net pressor
After a- blockade
Reflex bradycardia
Time
PHARMACOLOGY
PHARMACOLOGY
p- blockers
AUTONOMIC DRUGS
237
SECTION II
APPLICATION
ACTIONS
NOTES/EXAMPLES
Angina pectoris
Myocardial infarction!
consumption
1 mortality
Supraventricular
tachycardial
Hypertension
Heart failure
Glaucoma!
Variceal bleeding
Metoprolol , esmolol
antiarrhythmic)
1 cardiac output , 1 renin secretion (due to
Pj-receptor blockade on JGA cells)
i mortality ( bisoprolol , carvedilol , metoprolol )
l production of aqueous humoii
Timolol
Nadolol , propranolol
ADVERSE EFFECTS
SELECTIVITY
selective antagonists ( P
Pi -partial
agonist), atenolol ,
P(
esinolol metoprolol
Nonselective antagonists (P| = P-, ) nadolol ,
pindolol ( partial agonist ), propranolol timolol
Nonselective a- and (3-antagonists carvedilol .
labetalol
Nebivolol combines cardiac-selective
Pi -adrenergic blockade with stimulation
of P -receptors, which activate nitric oxide
synthase in the vasculature
,
238
SECTION I I
PHARMACOLOGY
SOURCE
ACTION
SYMPTOMS
TREATMENT
Tetrodotoxin
Pufferfish.
Nausea, diarrhea,
paresthesias,
weakness, dizziness,
loss of reflexes.
tjapportive.
Nausea, vomiting,
ijrpportive.
in cardiac /nerve
tissue, preventing
Ciguatoxin
Histamine
(scombroid
poisoning)
depolarization.
Opens Na+
channels, causing
depolarization.
Bacterial histidine
decarboxylase converts
histidine to histamine.
Frequently
misdiagnosed as fish
allergy .
diarrheal perioral
numbness;
reversal of hot and
cold sensations;
bradycardia, heart
block, hypotension!
Mimics anaphylaxis:
acute burning
sensation of mouth,
flushing of face,
erythema, urticaria,
itching. May progress
to bronchospasm,
angioedema
hypotension.
Antihistamines.
Albuterol and
epinephrine if needed.
Beers criteria
New
lEasil
Widely used criteria developed to reduce inappropriate prescribing and harmful polypharmacy in
the geriatric population. Includes > SO medications that should be avoided in elderly patients due
to 1 efficacy and/or t risk of adverse events. Examples include:
PHARMACOLOGY
SECTION II
239
Specific toxicity
TOXIN
TREATMENT
treatments
Acetaminophen
Arsenic
Digitalis (digoxin)
Dimercaprol, succimer
Fluinazenil
ropine, glucagon
100% O,, hyperbaric O,
Penicillamine, trientine ( Copper pennv)
Nitrite + thiosulfate, hydroxocobalamin
Anti- dig Fab fragments
Heparin
Protamine sulfate
Benzodiazepines
(J-blockers
Carbon monoxide
Copper
Cyanide
Iron
Lead
Mercury
Dimercaprol, succimer
Fomcpizole > ethanol, dialysis
Methylene blue, vitamin C
Methemoglobin
Opioids
NalOjtCjie
Salicylates
TCAs
NaHCO
Warfarin
CAUSAL AGENTS
Coronary vasospasm
Cutaneous flushing
Dilated
cardiomyopathy
Torsades de pointes
AntiArrhythmics (class L\, III), antiBiotics (eg, macrolides), antiCychotics ( eg, haloperidol ),
antiDepressants (eg, TCAs), antiEmetics (eg, ondansetron) (ABODE).
240
SECTION II
Drug reactions
DRUG REACTION
PHARMACOLOGY
PHARMACOLOGY
endocrine/ reproductive
Adrenocortical
insufficiency
Diabetes insipidus
Hot flashes
Hyperglycemia
CAUSAL AGENTS
NOTES
withdrawal
Lithium, demedocyclinc
Tamoxifen, clomiphene
Tacrolimus, Protease inhibitors Niacin, HCTZ, Taking Pills Necessitates Having blood
Corticosteroids
Hypothyroidism
SIADH
Drug
reactions
DRUG REACTION
gastrointestinal
CAUSAL AGENTS
Erythromycin
Diarrhea
Hepatitis
Pancreatitis
Pill -induced
esophagitis
Pseudomembranous
colitis
NOTES
Acute cholestatic
hepatitis, jaundice
Focal to massive
hepatic necrosis
Checked
Liver HAVAc
PHARMACOLOGY
SECTION I I
241
CAUSALAGENT 5
NOTES
Agranulocytosis
Aplastic anemia
Direct Coombs
positive hemolytic
anemia
eosinophilia and
systemic symptoms
( DRESS
Granulocytes
Cant Make New Blood Cells Properly
Chloramphenicol
Hemolysis in G6PD
deficiency
Hemolysis IS D PAIN
Megaloblastic anemia
drug!
Thrombocytopenia
Heparin
Thrombotic
complications
CAUSAL AGENTS
Fat redistribution
Gingival hyperplasia
Hyperuricemia (gout)
Myopathy
NOTES
Fat PiG
penicillamine, glucocorticoid!
Osteoporosis
Photosensitivity
5-FU
Teeth discoloration
Tetracyclines
Fluoroquinolones
Tendonitis, tendon
rupture, and
cartilage damage
242
SECTION I I
PHARMACOLOGY
CAUSAL AGENTS
NOTES
Cinchonismi
Quinidine, quinine!
*.
Seizures
Tardive dyskinesia
Antipsychotics, metodopramide
Parkinson-like
syndrome
CAUSAL AGENTS
Fanconi syndrome
Hemorrhagic cystitis
Interstitial nephritis
NOTES
tenofovid
Cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide
Penicillins, furosemide. NSA 1IX proton pump
inhibitors
CAUSAL AGENTS
Dry cough
ACE inhibitors
Pulmonary fibrosis
NOTES
CAUSAL AGENTS
Antimuscarinic
Disulfiram-like
reaction
Nephrotoxicity/
ototoxicity
Metronidazole!
Aminoglycosides, vancomycin, loop diuretics,
cisplatin. amphotericin Bil
NOTES
PHARMACOLOGY
Cytochrome P- 450
interactions ( selected )
SECTION II
Inducers (+)
Substrates
Inhibitors (-)
Anti-epilcptic!
Phenytoin
Phcnobarbital
Nevirapine
Rifampin
Griseofulvin
Carbamazepine
Theophylline
Warfarin
243
Grapefruit
Omeprazole
OCPs
Sulfonamides
Ouiiiidine
Cimetidine
Ritonavir
Amiodarone
Ciprofloxacin
Ketoconazole
Chronic alcoholics Steal
Phen-Phcn and Never
Refuse Greasy Garbs
Sulfa drugs
244
1
SECTION I I
PHARMACOLOGY
PHARMACOLOGY MISCELLANEOUS
PHARMACOLOGY MISCELLANEOUS
Drug names
ENDING
CATEGORY
EXAMPLE
Antimicrobial
- azole
- bendazole
-cillin
Ketoconazole
Mebendazole
Ampicillin
Tetracycline
Oseltamivir
-cycline
-ivir
Ritonavir
Ilalothanc
Thioridazine
Barbiturate
Local anesthetic
Phenobarbital
Lidocaine
- etine
SSRI
-ipramine, -triptyline
TCA
5-HTIB/ID agonist
Benzodiazepine
Fluoxetine
Imipramine, amitriptyline
-navir
-ovir
-thromycin
Acyclovir
Azithromycin
CNS
- ane
-azine
-barbital
- caine
-triptan
-zepam, -zolam
Sumatriptan
Diazepam, alprazolam
Autonomic
-olol
Cholinergic agonist
Nondepolarizing paralytic
P-blocker
- stigmine
AChE inhibitor
- chol
-curium, -curonium
Bethanechol, carbachol
Atracurium, vecuronium
-terol
P;-agonist
Propranolol
Neostigmine
Albuterol
-zosin
aj-antagonist
Prazosin
Cardiovascular
- afil
- dipine
-pril
- sartan
- statin
- xaban
Other
- dronate
- glitazone
-prazole
-prost
PDE 5 inhibitor
Sildenafil
Amlodipine
Captopril
Bisphosphonatc
PPAR-y activator
Proton pump inhibitor
Prostaglandin analog
-antagonist
Losartan
Atorvastatin
Apixaban, edoxaban rivaroxaban
Alendronate
Rosiglitazone
Omeprazole
Latanoprost
-tidine
Cimetidinc
-tinib
Imatinib
-tropin
Pituitary hormone
Somatotropin
-ximab
Chimeric monoclonal Ab
1Iumanized monoclonal Ab
Basiliximab
Daclizumab
-zumab
268
SECTION I I I
CARDIOVASCULAR EMBRYOLOGY
CARDIOVASCULAR
Fetal circulation
To brain (high
02)
Ductus
arteriosus
To lungs
(high resistance)
\
Foramen ovale
To lungs
(high resistance)
Pulmonary
V
l
artery
'.
O Ductus
venosus
Aorta
Portal vein
Umbilical vein
To placenta
Umbilical
ft
arteries
From placenta
Fetal-postnatal derivatives
AllaNtois -* urachus
Ductus arteriosus
Ligamentum arteriosum
Ductus venosus
Ligamentum venosum
Foramen ovale
Fossa ovalis
Notochord
Nucleus pulposus
UmbiLical arteries
Umbilical vein
the livcrll
CARDIOVASCULAR
CARDIOVASCULAR ANATOMY
269
SECTION I I I
CARDIOVASCULAR ANATOMY
Coronary artery anatomy
Right coronary artery ( RCA)
of interventricular septum,
anterolateral papillary muscle,
and antenor surface of left ventricle
Revised
Figure
Right (acute)
marginal artery
supplies right
ventncle
from RCA.
Left-dominant circulation (8%) = PDA arises
from LCX.
Codominant circulation ( 7%) = PDA arises
from both LCX and RCA.
Coronary artery occlusion most commonly
occurs in the LAD.
Coronary blood flow peaks in early diastole.
The most posterior part of the heart is the left
atrium; enlargement can cause dysphagia (due
to compression of the esophagus) or hoarseness
(due to compression of the left recurrent
laryngeal nerve, a branch of the vagus)
Pericardium consists of 5 layers ( from outer to
inner);
Fibrous pericardium
Parietal layer of serous pericardium
Visceral layer of serous pericardium
Pericardial cavity lies behveen parietal and
visceral layers.
CARDIOVASCULAR
CARDIOVASCULAR
PHYSIOLOGY
SECTION III
271
Stroke volume
SV CAP.
A failing heart has l SV (systolic and /or diastolic
dysfunction )
Contractility
Myocardial oxygen
demand
Preload
volume.
Afterload
EDV ESV
EDV
Left ventricular EF is an index of ventricular
contractility; normal EF is > 55%.
hr
SV
= EDV =
P urc x radms
2 x wall thickness
272
SECTION I I I
CARDIOVASCULAR
Starling curve
CARDIOVASCULAR PHYSIOLOGY
Eercise
(preload).
t contractility with catecholamines, positive
inotropcs (eg, digoxin).
I contractility with loss of myocardium ( eg, MI ),
P-blockcrs (acutely),non-dihvdropyridine Ca*+
Ml t DM
I
E
'-' V '
-.
ll
. f.
=igure |
HF + digoxin
>
<
v
Resistance, pressure,
flow
AP = Q x R
Capillaries have highest total cross-sectional
Similar to Ohms law: AV = IR
area and low est flow velocity.
Volumetric flow rate ( Q ) = flow velocity (v ) x
JPressure gradient drives flow from high pressure
to low pressure.
cross-scctional area ( A)
Arterioles account for most of TPR. Veins
Resistance
_ driving pressure (AP) _ 8r|(viscosity ) x length provide most of blood storage capacity.
Viscosity depends mostly on hematocrit
flow ( Q )
rtf
Viscosity t in hvpcrprotcinemic states (eg,
Total resistance of vessels in scries:
multiple myeloma ), polycy themia
R| Rj + R, + R . . .
V iscosity I in anemia
Total resistance of vessels in parallel:
1
1
1 I
T ~ Rj + R2 + R 1
276
SECTION III
CARDIOVASCULAR
CARDIOVASCULAR
PHYSIOLOGY
Aortic area:
Pulmonic area :
Systolic murmur
Aortic stenosis
Flow murmur
(eg. physiologic murmur )
Aortic valve sclerosis
Tricuspid area:
Holosystolic murmur
Tricuspid regurgitat on
Ventncular septal defect
Diastolic murmur
Tricuspid stenosis
Atnal septal defect (T flow
across tricuspid valve)
T
M
Diastolic murmur
Mitral stenosis
ia
BEDSIDE MANEUVER
EFFECT
murinuri
cardiomyopathy
CARDIOVASCULAR
CARDIOVASCULAR
PHYSIOLOGY
SECTION III
277
Heart murmurs
Systolic
Aortic stenosis
S2
SI
LAAAAAAAAAMAMMM I
.
S2
St
LAAMAAAAAAAAAAAAAJ
late systolic crescendo murmur with midsystolic click ( MC; due to sudden tensing
of chordae tendineae). Most frequent valvular lesion . Best heard over apex. Loudest
just before S2. Usually benign . Can predispose to infective endocarditis. Can be
caused by myxomatous degeneration ( 1 or 2 to connective tissue disease such as
Marfan or Ehlers-Danlos syndrome), rheumatic fever , chordae rupture.
MC
S2
L/rtl
SI
LVWMAAAAAAAAAAI
Diastolic
Aortic regurgitation
S2
SI
Lv /
' /M w y u
Mitral stenosis
SI
..
Follows opening snap ( OS; due to abrupt halt in leaflet motion in diastole, after
rapid opening due to fusion at leaflet tips) . Delayed rumbling mid-to-latc diastolic
niurimnjff interval between S2 and OS correlates with t severity ). LA L.V
S2 OS
I LMIW
aim
*.*
Continuous
Patent ductus arteriosus
S2
LAAAAMAAAAAAAAIAAAA
Continuous machine like murmur . Loudest at S2. Often due to congenital rubella
or prematurity. Best heard at left infraclavicular area .
CARDIOVASCULAR
Electrocardiogram
CARDIOVASCULAR PHYSIOLOGY
5 mm
0 2 seconds
Aorta
Superior
vena cava
SA node
N.
Bachmann
bundle
AV node
S-T
PR
segment
+05
segment
/ po re
Left bundle
branch
+1.0
u
0 m\
Bundle of His
--
interval
Right bundle
branch
Purkinje fibers
an
interval
Left anterior
fascicle
|_
Atm!
- Left postenor
fascicle
O T interval
VcntncuUr
depoUnzattor depounzaccm
-0.5
J
VCTtncuU
repoianrauon
fi
282
SECTION I I I
CARDIOVASCULAR
CARDIOVASCULAR PHYSIOLOGY
ECG tracings
RHYTHM
DESCRIPTION
Atrial fibrillation
EXAMPLE
RR ,
Ventricular
fibrillation
RR,
x RR ,
RR ,
RR.
RR.
RR,
41 sawtooth pattern
AWVA/V
No discernible rhythm
AV block
Firstjdeqree
Seconcjdegree
Mobitz type I
( Wenckebach)
irregular).
Mobitz type II
Thirdjdegree
(complete )
pg
jr'
^
^PR
* PR(J =
'
"
PR
^PR
<
<
' PR
i4PR,
^
P wave absent QRS
The atria and ventricles beat independently of each other. P waves and QRS complexes not rhythmically
associated. Atrial rate > ventricular rate. Usually treated with pacemaker. Can be caused by Lyme
disease.
RR,
RR,
PP = PP, = PP, = PP
Pwave
CARDIOVASCULAR
AFFERENT
Solitary nucleus
Mi au a
Vagus
nerve
- chain
y Sympathetic
'
Parasympathetic
vagus nerve
COfd
Receptors:
Aortic arch transmits via vagus nerve to solitary nucleus of
medulla (responds to i and t in BP).
Carotid sinus ( dilated region at carotid bifurcation) transmits via
glossopharyngeal nerve to solitary nucleus of medulla ( responds
to i and t in BP).
Baroreceptors:
- P n:t
Carotid body
chemoreceptor
Sympathetic
nerves
Aortic
baroreceptor
SAnode
Blood
vessels
Avnode
Aortic
chemoreceptor
283
Released from ventricular myocytes in response to t tension. Similar physiologic action to ANP,
with longer half-life. B \ P blood test used for diagnosing HF ( very good negative predictive value).
Available in recombinant form (nesiritidc) for treatment of HK
B- type (brain )
natriuretic peptide
Carotid sinus
baroreceptor
SECTION I I I
Released from atrial myocytes in response to t blood volume and atrial pressure. Acts via cGMP.
Causes vasodilation and i Na* reabsorption at the renal collecting tubule. Dilates afferent renal
arterioles and constricts efferent arterioles, promoting diuresis and contributing to "aldosterone
escape mechanism.
Atrial natriuretic
peptide
IX:
Glossopharyngeal
nerve
CARDIOVASCULAR PHYSIOLOGY
induccd bradycardia.
Chemoreceptors:
CARDIOVASCULAR
Capillary fluid
exchange
Interstitial fluid
l
CARDIOVASCULAR PHYSIOLOGY
SECTION I I I
'
P n
Capillary
Pc
Kf
285
CARDIOVASCULAR PATHOLOGY
CARDIOVASCULAR
SECTION III
287
Ventricular septal
defect
O'
rJ
Patent ductus
arteriosus
LF
PA
Eisenmenger
syndrome
LV
VSD
RVII
OTHER ANOMALIES
Coarctation of the
aorta
Aortic narrowing near insertion of ductus arteriosus ( juxtaductal) Associated with bicuspid aorticvalve, other heart defects, and Turner syndrome. Hypertension in upper extremities and weak,
delayed pulse in lower extremities (brachial-femoral delay). With age, intercostal arteries enlarge
due to collateral circulation; arteries erode ribs notched appearance on CXR. Complications
include HF, t risk of cerebral hemorrhage ( berry aneurysms), aortic rupture, and possible
endocarditis.
288
SECTION III
Congenital cardiac
defect associations
CARDIOVASCULAR PATHOLOGY
CARDIOVASCULAR
DISORDER
DEFECT
Down syndrome
Marfan syndrome
Ebstein anomaly
Turner syndrome
Williams syndrome
22qll syndromes
Hypertension
RISK FACTORS
t age, obesity, diabetes, physical inactivity, excess salt intake, excess alcohol intake, family history;
African American > Caucasian > Asian.
FEATURES
90% of hypertension is 1 (essential ) and related to t CTO or t TPR; remaining 10% mostly 2
to renal/renovascular disease (eg, atherosclerosis, fibromuscular dvsplasiaj [ string of beads"
appearance Q], usually found in younger women) and 1 hyperaldosteronism
Hypertensive urgency severe (> 180/> 120 mm Hg) hypertension without acute end-organ
damage.
Hypertensive emergency severe hypertension with evidence of acute end- organ damage (eg,
encephalopathy, stroke, retinal hemorrhages and exudates, papilledema, MI, HF, aortic dissection,
kidney injury, microangiopathic hemolytic anemia, eclampsia).
CAD, LVH, HF, AF; aortic dissection, aortic aneurysm; stroke; chronic kidney disease
( hypertensive nephropathy) Q; retinopathy.
PREDISPOSES TO
9}
tv^
* '
CARDIOVASCULAR
Aortic dissection
CARDIOVASCULAR PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
291
Longitudinal intimal tear forming a false lumen EJ. Associated with hypertension, bicuspid aortic
valve, inherited connective tissue disorders ( eg, Marfan syndrome). Can present with tearing
chest pain, of sudden onset, radiating to the back +/- markedly unequal BP in arms. CXR shows
mediastinal widening. Can result in organ ischemia, aortic rupture, death. Two types:
Stanford type A (proximal): involves Ascending aorta. May extend to aortic arch or descending
aorta. May result in acute aortic regurgitation or cardiac tamponade. Treatment: surgery.
Stanford type B ( distal ): only involves descending aorta ( Below liganrcntum arteriosum). No
ascending aorta involvement. Treat medically with {{-blockers, then vasodilators.
Chest pain due to ischemic myocardium 2 to coronary artery narrowing or spasm; no myocyte
necrosis.
Stable usually 2 to atherosclerosis; exertional chest pain in classic distribution (usually with
ST depression on KCG), resolving with rest or nitroglycerin.
Variant (Prinzmetal) occurs at rest 2 to coronary artery spasm; transient ST elevation on
ECC. Known triggers include tobacco, cocaine, and triptans, but trigger is often unknown.
Treat with Ca 2* channel blockers, nitrates, and smoking cessation (if applicable).
Unstable thrombosis with incomplete coronary artery occlusion; +/- ST depression and/or
T-wave inversion on ECG but no cardiac biomarker elevation ( unlike NSTEMI); t in frequency
or intensity of chest pain or any chest pain at rest.
:
Coronary steal
syndrome
Chronic ischemic
heart disease
Myocardial infarction
Distal to coronary stenosis, vessels are maximally dilated at baseline. Administration of vasodilators
(eg, dipyridamole, regadenoson) dilates normal vessels and shunts blood toward well-perfused
areas i flow and leads to ischemia in poststenotic regions Principle behind!pharmacologic
stress tests.
Death from cardiac causes within 1 hour of onset of symptoms, most commonly due to a lethal
arrhythmia (eg. VF). Associated with GAD (up to 70% of cases), cardiomyopathy ( hypertrophic,
dilated), and hereditary ion channelopathies ( eg, long QT syndrome, Brugada syndrome). Prevent
with implantable cardioverter-defibrillator (ICD).
Progressive onset of HF over many years due to chronic ischemic myocardial damage.
Most often acute thrombosis due to rupture of coronary artery atherosclerotic plaque, t cardiac
biomarkers (CK-MB, troponins) are diagnostic.
ST- segment elevation Ml ( STEMI)
Transmural infarcts
Full thickness of myocardial wall involved
ST elevation on EGG, Q waves
Subendocardial infarcts
vulnerable to ischemia
'
ST depression on ECG
V5
CARDIOVASCULAR
CARDIOVASCULAR PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
Cardiomyopathies
Dilated
cardiomyopathy
*>
Hypertrophic
cardiomyopathy
transplant.
60-70% of cases are familial, autosomal
fibrosis.
Obstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
(subset ) asymmetric septal hypertrophy
and systolic anterior motion of mitral valve
outflow obstruction dyspnea, possible
syncope.
closure.
Treatment: cessation of high-intensity athletics,
use of 0 -blocker or non-dihydropyridine Ca-+
channel blockers (eg, verapamil). ICD if
patient is high risk.
Restrictive/infiltrative
cardiomyopathy
Diastolic dysfunction ensues. Can have loss voltage ECG despite thick myocardium
(especially amyloid).
SECTION III
Heart failure
HI
CARDIOVASCULAR PATHOLOGY
CARDIOVASCULAR
Clinical syndrome of cardiac pump dysfunction -* congestion and low perfusion. Symptoms
include dyspnea, orthopnea, fatigue; signs include Ss heart sound, ralej jugular venous distention
(J\'D), pitting edema Q.
Systolic dysfunction reduced EF, t EDY; J contractility often 2 to isehemia/MI or dilated
cardiomyopathy.
Diastolic dysfunction preserved EF, normal EDY; 1 compliance often 2 to myocardial
hypertrophy.
Right HF most often results from left HF. Cor pulmonale refers to isolated right HF due to
pulmonary cause.
ACE inhibitors or angiotensin 11 receptor blockers. [Yblockers ( except in acute decompensated HF ),
and spironolactone 1 mortality. Thiazide or loop diuretics are used mainly for symptomatic relief.
Hydralazine with nitrate therapy improves both symptoms and mortality in select patients.
Orthopnea
Pulmonary edema
Pulmonary
Jtrra
Pulmonary venous
lRv output
tmm
ettema
Hepatomegaly
(nutmeg liver)
Jugular venous
distention
t venous pressure.
Peripheral edema
t venous pressure
Shock
T PretoMl * cardoc
output 'compensation;
Hemorrhage, dehydration
burns
teauorpdon
f IV
.i-'i-i;of
* Sytnptfnetc
id fly
SVR
SKIN
(PRELOAD)
CO
(AFTERLOAD)
TREATMENT
Cold.
11
IV fluids
clammy
dysfunction, arrhythmia
Obstructive
T Renal Na*
wdHO
Inadequate organ perfusion and delivery of nutrients necessary for normal tissue and cellular
function. Initially may be reversible but life-threatening if not treated promptly.
PCWP
Cardiogenic
fluid transudation.
CAUSED BY
Hypovolemic
Reno
..
It (t( XM
1 Carctac
congestion
Cardiac tamponade
pulmonary embolism,
tension pncumothora 4
Inotropes, diuresis
Cold
clammy
11
Relieve obstruction
Warm
Dry
l
l
11
11
IV fluids, pressors
Distributive
Sepsis, anaphylaxis
CNS injury
CARDIOVASCULAR
CARDIOVASCULAR PATHOLOGY
Bacterial endocarditis
SECTION III
.
/i
c
a
297
7m
298
SECTION III
Rheumatic fever
if *J
term
'
.;
CARDIOVASCULAR
CARDIOVASCULAR PATHOLOGY
Acute pericarditis
Inflammation of the pericardium [ O, red arrows!. Commonly presents with sharp pain, aggravated
by inspiration, and relieved by sitting up and leaning forward. Often complicated by pericardia]
effusion [white arrow in O]. Presents with friction rub. ECG changes include widespread STsegment elevation and/or PR depression.
Causes include idiopathic (most common; presumed viral), confirmed infection (eg,
Coxsackievirus), neoplasia, autoimmune (eg, SLE, rheumatoid arthritis), uremia, cardiovascular
(acute STEMI or Dressier syndrome), radiation therapy.
Cardiac tamponade
Compression of the heart by fluid (eg, blood, effusions [arrows in 0] in pericardial space) I CO.
E q u i l i b r a t i o n of diastolic pressures in all 4 chambers.
Findings: Heck tri nl ( Inpotension. distended in i k wins, distant heuit sounds ;, I IK pulsus
p.uudoMJs ECO slums low voltage (JRS and eleetiR .ll ultcm.uis due
heart in large effusion).
Syphilitic heart
disease
CARDIOVASCULAR
Cardiac tumors
Myxomas
CARDIOVASCULAR PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
299
Rhabdomyomas
Kussmaul sign
Most frequent 1 cardiac tumor in children (associated with tuberous sclerosis ). I listology:
hamartomous growths.
300
SECTION III
CARDIOVASCULAR PATHOLOGY
CARDIOVASCULAR
Vasculitides
EPIDEMI010GY/PRESENTATI0N
PATHOLOGY/LABS
Takayasu arteritis
Kawasaki disease
(mucocutaneous
lymph node
syndrome )
Buerger disease
(thromboangiitis
obliterans)
middle-aged males]
1 lepatitis It seropositivity in W/ of patients.
Fever, weight loss, malaise, headache.
GI: abdominal pain, melena.
Hypertension, neurologic dysfunction,
cutaneous eruptions, renal damage.
Usually
Small-vessel vasculitis
Granulomatosis
with polyangiitis
( Wegener )
Triad:
Focal necrotizing vasculitis
* Necrotizing granulomas in the lung and
upper airway
Necrotizing glomerulonephritis
PR > -ANCA/c-ANCA Q (anti-proteinase 3).
CXR: large nodular densities.
Treat with cyclophosphamide, corticosteroids.
Microscopic
polyangiitis
No granulomas.
MPO-ANCA /p-ANCAd (anti
myeloperoxidase).
Treat with cyclophosphamide, corticosteroids.
Vasculitides (continued )
PATHOLOGV/ WBS
EPIDEMIOLOGY/ PRESENTATION
Eosinophilic
granulomatosis with
polyangiitis (ChurgStrauss)
Henoch-Schonlein
purpura
disease).
Arthralgias
3
i t
Y 4
ni
o)
'A
C
c
3?
is
02
SECTION III
CARDIOVASCULAR PHARMACOLOGY
CARDIOVASCULAR
CARDIOVASCULAR PHARMACOLOGY
Hypertension treatment
Hypertension with
heart failure
Hypertension with
diabetes mellitus
Hypertension in
pregnancy
Primary ( essential)
hypertension
Calcium channel
blockers
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
Hydralazine
MECHANISM
t cGMP
CLINICAL USE
Severe hypertension (particularly acute), III' ( with organic nitrate). Safe to use during pregnancy.
Frequently coadministered with a P-blocker to prevent reflex tachycardia.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Hypertensive
emergency
Nitroprusside
Short acting; t cGMP via direct release of NO. Can cause cyanide toxicity (releases cyanide)
Fenoldopam
Dopamine D| receptor agonist coronary, peripheral, renal, and splanchnic vasodilation, t BP,
t natriuresis. Also used postoperatively as an antihypertensive. Can cause hypotension and
tachycardia.
CARDIOVASCULAR
CARDIOVASCULAR
Nitrates
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
PHARMACOLOGY
Reflex tachycardia (treat with (3-blockers), hypotension, flushing, headache, Monday disease in
industrial exposure: development of tolerance for the vasodilating action during the work week
and loss of tolerance over the weekend tachycardia, dizziness, headache upon reexposure.
Contraindicated in right ventricular infarction.
Antianginal therapy
303
SECTION III
COMPONENT
NITRATES
p- BLOCKERS
No effect or t
Blood pressure
Contractility
No effect
Little/no effect
NITRATES p- BLOCKERS
No effect or 4
Heart rate
T (reflex response)
No effect or 4
Ejection time
L ittle/no effect
MVO2
Inhibits the late phase of sodium current thereby reducing diastolic wall tension and oxygen
consumption. Does not affect heart rate or contractility.
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Selective PDE- 3
inhibitor
MECHANISM
Milrinone
Selective PDK -3 inhibitor; 1 cAMP breakdown t Qu entry into cardiac mvocvtes and vascular
smooth muscle cells t inotropv, t peripheral arterial/venous vasodilation .
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
CARDIOVASCULAR
CARDIOVASCULAR
PHARMACOLOGY
Lipid-lowering agents
DRUG
LDl
HDl
TRIGLYCERIDES
MECHANISMS OF ACTION
ADVERSE EFFECTS/PROBLEMS
Hi
Hepatotoxicity (T LFTs),
myopathy (esp. when used
with fibrates or niacin )
Slightly t
Slightly t
Ezetimibe
Fibrates
Gemfibrozil,
bezafibrate,
fenofibrate
tt
(eg, lovastatin,
pravastatin )
Gl upset, 1 absorption of
other drugs and fat-soluble
vitamins
111
Upregulate LPL t TG
clearance
Activates PPAR-a to induce
HDL synthesis
Hyperglycemia
Hyperuricemia
PCSK9 inhibitors
alirocumab,
evolocumab
111
Myalgias, delirium.
degradation , increasing
dementia , other
neurocognitive effects
Enterocyte
Blood
Intestinal lumen
Acetyl CoA
HMG -CoA
ApoE
receptc i
HMG - CoA
CHOLESTEROL
Lymphatics
LHl
ABSORPTION
Ht
CHY
IC. dUC
rem
Mevalonate
/ Triacylglyceride
1 / /n
to esterol
MEVALONATE
SYNTHESIS
t L
/'
Niacin
Statins
Lovastatin
Pravastatin
Simvastatin
Atorvastatin
>
c+>-i
FFA
FFA
Lipolysis
Adipose tissue
LDL
receptor
LDL
LPL UPREGULATION
--
Cholesterol
FA
Bile acids
BILE ACID
REABSORPTION
Bile acid resins
HDL
Rosuvastatin
Cholesterol
FFA
Bile acids
receptor
HOL )
VLDL
LPt *
HDL
E20 - i be
*
FFA
'
pool
Fibrates
gemfibrozil
bezafibrate
fenofibrate
*
V. ADIPOSE LIPOLYSIS
cholestyramine
colestipol
colesevelam
B 06
SECTION I I I
Antiarrhythmics
sodium channel
blockers ( class I)
CARDIOVASCULAR
CARDIOVASCULAR PHARMACOLOGY
Slow or block ( t ) conduction (especially in depolarized cells). I slope of phase 0 depolarization. Are
state dependent ( selectively depress tissue that is frequently depolarized [eg, tachycardia] ).
Class IA
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Class IB
Class IA
/X
Slope of
phase 0
effects
Class IB
Mexican Tacos."
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Class 1C
Slope of
phase 0
ADVERSE EFFECTS
r\
Class 1C
Please.
r\
Vv
depression.
MECHANISM
Slope of
phase 0
308
SECTION III
CARDIOVASCULAR
Verapamil, diltiazem .
Antiarrhythmics
CARDIOVASCULAR
PHARMACOLOGY
calcium channel
blockers ( class IV )
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Constipation , flushing, edema, cardiovascular effects ( HF, AV block, sinus node depression ).
Class IV
60 i
1:
i
Slow rise of
action potential
- 30
Threshold
-60 |
- 90
Prolonged
repolarization
latAV node )
100
200
potential
500 400
Time ( ms)
500
600
r
700
Other antiarrhythmics
Adenosine
Mg 2 +
t K+ out of cells -* hvpcrpolarizing the cell and 1 1, decrease AV node conduction . Drug of
choice in diagnosing/terminating certain forms of SVT. Very short acting (~ 15 sec). F,ffects
blunted by theophylline and caffeine ( both arc adenosine receptor antagonists). Adverse effects
include flushing, hypotension, chest pain , sense of impending doom , bronchospasm .
Effective in torsades de pointes and digoxin toxicity .
Ivabradlne
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Selective inhibition of funny sodium channels Ilf I. prolonging slow depolarization phase I phase f ).
1 SA node firing; negative chronotropic effect without inotropv. Reduces cardiac O, requirement .
Chronic stable angina who cannot take [5-blockcrs. Chronic heart failure with reduced ejection
fraction.
Luminous phenomcna /visual brightness, hypertension , bradycardia .
Endocrine
Embryology
310
Anatomy
310
Physiology
312
Pathology
321
Pharmacology
338
you
Hilary
Mantel
309
310
SECTION I I I
ENDOCRINE EMBRYOLOGY
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE EMBRYOLOGY
Thyroid development
Foramen cecum
Persistent
thyroglossal
duct
Thyroid
gland
Trachea
present.
Thyroglossal duct cyst Q presents as an anterior
midline neck mass that moves with swallowing
Thymus
ENDOCRINE ANATOMY
Adrenal cortex and
medulla
Adrenal cortex (derived from mesoderm) and medulla (derived from neural crest ).
ANATOMY
iff ,
Zona Glomerulosa
SECRETORY PRODUCTS
Renin -angiotensin
Mineralocorticoids (aldosterone)
ACTH. CRH
Glucocorticoids (cortisol)
ACTH. CRH
'itVvSi
CORTEX
Zona Fasciculate
Revised
)
Reticularis
3V
'
imaffin cells
Figure
SECTION III
ENDOCRINE PHYSIOLOGY
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE PHYSIOLOGY
Insulin
SYNTHESIS
SOURCE
FUNCTION
C peptide
Promsulm
ii
'
p-chan
REGULATION
n-
Glucose is the major regulator of insulin release, t insulin response w ith oral vs IN glucose because of
incrctins such as elucagon-like peptide 1 ( GLIM ) and glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide
( GIPi which are released after meals and t P cell sensitivity to glucose.
Glucose enters P cells t ATP generated from glucose metabolism closes K+ channels (target
of sulfonylureas 0 and depolarizes P cell membrane O. Voltage-gated Ca-+ channels open
Ca-+ influx Q and stimulation of insulin exocytosis
Insulin
ATP-sensitive
K* channels close
prasphonWnii
voltage -gited
Ca; chan: i -i
i
ATP
|/
'. v
-#
Depolarization
larization
-V
PtKxpborosilide- 3
knase pathway
GLUI 4
Glucose
:
an way
i
A MV
GLUT -2
Glucose
/Glycolysis
, \
C3 Glucose
Glycogen
protein
lipid, proie
thesis
bo
of insulin
e
vesicles
containing
GLUT 4
Cell growth
DNA
synthesis
Irsu n
Bii i I
vessel
314
SECTION III
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE
PHYSIOLOGY
Prolactin
SOURCE
FUNCTION
REGULATION
--
Sight/cry of baby
Hypothalamus
~~
S
Medications
Chest wall injury (via ANSI
Nipple stimulation
T Plasma T3FT4
TRH
Dopamine
Posterior
pituitary
Anterior
pituitary
-0
Estrogen
SV FSH
--
Prolactin
Renal failure
Via reduced
prolactin elimination
iGnRH
S LH
'
<
Milk production
- Pregnancy
Ovulation
Spermatogenesis
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE PHYSIOLOGY
SECTION III
315
REGULATION
feedback by somatomedin.
Appetite regulation
Ghrelin
Leptin
Endocannabinoids
Antidiuretic hormone
SOURCE
FUNCTION
REGULATION
hvpovolemiaj
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE PHYSIOLOGY
SECTION III
313
Glucagon
SOURCE
REGULATION
FUNCTION
CUNICAL NOTES
CRH
Dopamine
1 prolactin, TSH
GHRH
t GH
GnRH
t FSH LH
Suppressed by hyperprolactinemia
Tonic GnRH suppresses 1liG axis
Pulsatile GnRH leads to puberty, fertility
Prolactin
l GnRH
Somatostatin
t GH, TSH
TRH
t TSH, prolactin
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE PHYSIOLOGY
SECTION III
315
FUNCTION
REGULATION
Ghrelin
Leptin
Appetite regulation
Endocannabinoids
production.
Act at cannabinoid receptors in hypothalamus
and nucleus aceumbens, two key brain areas
for the homeostatic and hedonic control of
food intake - t appetite.
Antidiuretic hormone
SOURCE
FUNCTION
REGULATION
hvpovolemiai
i 1
Cholesterol
Anastrorole. exemeslsne
Cholesterol desmoUtse
Pregnenolone
l n i/ li
17 - hydroxypregnenolone
SJJ- hydroxysteroid
dehydrogenase
Progesterone
17u-hydroxylase
17-hydroxyprogesterone
21-hydroxylase
11-deoxycorticosterone
Aromatasc
Aromatase
Androstenedione
Testosterone
5-reductase
Cortisol
Corticosterone
11
Aldosterone synthase
ll-deoxycortiso(
Dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA)
Estrone
Estradiol
Dihydrotestosterone
IDHT1
Glycyrrhetic acid
Aldosterone
Cortisone
ZONAGLOMERUIOSA
ZONA FASCICULATA
Glucocorticoids
Finasteride
Angiotensin II
Mineralocorticoids
ZONA RETICULARIS
Androgens
Estrogens DHT
Adrenal cortex
ENZYME DEFICIENCY
8
Q 17u-hydroxylase
MINERALOCORTICOIDS
CORTISOL
SEX
HORMONES
BP
[K+]
LABS
PRESENTATION
i androstenedione
XV: ambiguous
genitalia,
undescended testes
XX: lacks 2 sexual
development
21-hydroxylase
t renin activity
t 17 hvdroxy
progeslerone
0 lip-hydroxylase8
i aldosterone
t 11 deoxycorti
1 renin activity
Most common
Presents in infancy Is;
wasting) or childhoc
i precocious puberty
XX: virilization
XX: virilization
costerone
(results in
t BP)
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE PHYSIOLOGY
SECTION III
317
Cortisol
SOURCE
FUNCTION
t Blood pressure:
prostaglandins
Inhibits WBC adhesion - neutrophilia
Blocks histamine release from mast cells
F osinopenia, lvinphopeiiial
Calcium homeostasis
t in piI
Vitamin D|
SOURCE
kidnevj
FUNCTION
,_.
t l,25-(OH),
production.
l,25-(OH) j feedback inhibits its own
production.
'>-
,,
ENDOCRINE PHYSIOLOGY
ENDOCRINE
Calcitonin
SOURCE
FUNCTION
REGULATION
Thyroid hormones
( T3 /T4 )
SOURCE
T functions
FUNCTION
contractility
production.
lBs:
REGULATION
Brain maturation
Bone growth
(l-adrcncrgic effects
Basal metabolic rate t
Thyroxine-binding globulin (TBG) hinds most
T;/Tj in blood; only free hormone is active,
i TBG in hepatic failure, steroids; t TBG in
pregnancy or OCP use (estrogen t TBG ).
Tj is major thyroid product; converted to T in
peripheral tissue by >'-deiodinasc.
T binds nuclear receptor w ith greater affinity
than T4
Thyroid peroxidase is the enzyme responsible
for oxidation and organification of iodide as
well as coupling of monoiodots rosine (MIT)
and di-iodotvrosinc ( Dl l ). 1111' + 1111 = Tg.
DIT + MIT = TV
Propylthiouracil inhibits both thyroid peroxidase
and 5'-dciodinasc. Methimazolc inhibits
thyroid peroxidase only. Glucocorticoids
inhibit peripheral conversion of 1 to IT
'
Hypothalamus
--
Blood
Peripheral tissue
Follicular lumen
TRH
TG
TG
Thyroglobuiin
l V.-
Anterior pituitary \
Q
"
S
Somatostatin
TSH
Downstream thyroid
function
Thyroid
Deiodinase
l
Thyroid follicular ceils
iv
TJ,
J
;+
Effector organs
- Oxidation
on,
Na*
peroxidase
,*
T
T
5 -dciodinasc
TyTj
( to circulation)
Thyroid
peroxidase
MIT. DiT
TSI
Organification
of I
-orr
Tr
TG
Coupling reaction
Thyroid peroxidase
DIT
"
MIT
- DIT
,
.
tndocytosis
Tr
TG
DIT
MIT
MIT
320
SECTION I I I
ENDOCRINE PHYSIOLOGY
ENDOCRINE
cAMP
cGMP
P3
BAD GraMPa
Tliink vasodilators
GOAT HAG
Gastrin
Intracellular receptor
Receptor tyrosine
kinase
Nonreceptor tyrosine
kinase
Signaling pathway of
steroid hormones
PET CAT on TV
Cytoplasm
Nucleus
(WW
H
Transformation of
receptor to expose DNA
binding domain
Bmding to receptor
located in nucleus or
in cytoplasm
H) Hormone
I
^Pre-mRNA
mRNA
mRNA
I
I
I
1
BWBE
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
321
ENDOCRINE PATHOLOGY
Cushing syndrome
ETIOLOGY
FINDINGS
DIAGNOSIS
Exogenous corticosteroids result in i ACTH, bilateral adrenal atrophy. Most common cause.
Primary adrenal adenoma, hyperplasia, or carcinoma result in t ACTH, atrophy of
uninvolved adrenal gland. Can also present with pseudohyperaldosteronism.
ACTH-sccrcting pituitary adenoma (Cushing disease); paraneoplastic ACTH secretion (eg,
small cell lung cancer, bronchial carcinoids) result in t ACTH, bilateral adrenal hyperplasia.
Cushing disease is responsible for the majority of endogenous cases of Cushing syndrome.
Hypertension, weight gain, moon facies Q, abdominal striae Q and truncal obesity, buffalo hump,
skin changes icg. thinning, striadl. osteoporosis, hyperglycemia (insulin resistance), amenorrhea,
immunosuppression.
Screening tests include: t free cortisol on 24-hr urinalysis, t midnight salivary cortisol, and no
suppression with overnight low - dose dexamethasone test. Measure serum ACTH. If I, suspect
adrenal tumor or exogenous glucocorticoids. If t, distinguish between Cushing disease and
ectopic ACTH secretion with a high-dose|dexamethasone suppression test and CRH stimulation
test. Ectopic secretion w ill not decrease with dexamethasone because the source is resistant to
negative feedback: ectopic secretion will not increase with CRH because pituitary ACTH is
suppressed.
Measure ACTH
v
Elevated
Suppressed
1
ACTH - independent
Cushing syndrome
ACTH-dependent
Cushing syndrome
r
or adrenal tumor (consider
MRI to confirm)
L
Adequate
suppression =
Cushing disease
No suppression =
ectopic ACTH
secretion
t ACTH. cortisol =
Cushing disease
1
.
No f ACTH cortisol =
ectopic
ACTH secretion
22
ENDOCRINE
Adrenal insufficiency
ENDOCRINE PATHOLOGY
Primary adrenal
insufficiency
A
i
V7
s- l
/3
developing world).
Secondary adrenal
insufficiency
Hyperaldosteronism
Increased secretion of aldosterone from adrenal gland. Clinical features include hypertension, 1 or
normal K+, metabolic alkalosis. No edema due to aldosterone escape mechanism.
Primary
hyperaldosteronism
Seen with adrenal adenoma (Conn syndrome) or bilateral adrenal hyperplasia! t aldosterone,
1 renin.
Secondary
hyperaldosteronism
Seen in patients w ith renovascular hypertension, juxtaglomerular cell tumor (due to independent
activation of rcnin-angiotensin-aldostcrone system), t aldosterone, t renin. Kdeina mav be seen 2
to causes such as heart failure or cirrhosis.
324
SECTION III
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE PATHOLOGY
Pheochromocytoma
ETIOLOGY
7
SYMPTOMS
Rule of 10's:
10% malignant
10% bilateral
10% extra-adrenal ( eg bladder wall, organ of
Zuckcrkandl1
10% calcify
10% kids
my
Pressure ( t BP)
Pain ( headache)
Perspiration
Palpitations ( tachycardia)
Pallor
FINDINGS
TREATMENT
and plasma.
Irreversible a-antagonists (eg,
phenoxybenzamine) followed by (1-blockers
prior to tumor resection, a-blockade must be
achieved before giving [5-blockcrs to avoid a
hypertensive crisis.
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
325
Hypothyroidism vs hyperthyroidism
SKiNS / SYMPTOMS
Hypothyroidism
Hyperthyroidism
depressed rnooq
Constipation
t reflexes (delayed/slow relaxing)
Hypothyroid myopathy ( proximal muscle
weakness, t CK )
Myxedema ( facial/periorbital )
Iivperdefecationl
t reflexes ( brisk )
LAB FINDINGS
t TSH (if 1)
A TSH (if 1)
t free T, and T+
expression)
Causes of goiter
Smooth/diffuse
Nodular
Graves disease
Hashimoto tliyroiditis
Iodine deficiency
TSH-sccreting pituitary adenoma
'loxic
multinodular goiter
Thyroid adenoma
Thyroid cancer
Thyroid cyst
326
SECTION III
ENDOCRINE PATHOLOGY
ENDOCRINE
Hypothyroidism
Hashimoto thyroiditis
Congenital
hypothyroidism
(cretinism)
Severe fetal hypothyroidism due to maternal hypothyroidism, thyroid agenesis, thyroid dysgenesis
(most common cause in US), iodine deficiency, dyshormonogenetic goiter.
Findings: Pot-bellied, Pale, Puffy-faced child with Protruding umbilicus Protuberant tongue, and
Poor brain development: the 6 Ps Q Q.
Subacute
granulomatous
thyroiditis (de
Quervain)
Riedel thyroiditis
Thyroid replaced by fibrous tissue with inflammatory infiltrate 0. Fibrosis may extend to local
structures (eg, trachea, esophagus), mimicking anaplastic carcinoma. A are hypothyroid.
Considered a manifestation of IgG -related systemic disease (eg, autoimmune pancreatitis,
^ aortitis).
retroperitoneal fibrosis, noninfectious
(
Findings: fixed, hard rock-like), painless goiter.
Iodine deficiency Q, goitrogens (eg, amiodarone, lithium), Wolff-Chaikoff effect (thyroid gland
downregulation in response to t iodide).
Other causes
m
m mm
&
BC
Before treatment
f t. j
Mm i\
After treatment
mmMX .
- r-V
."
ENDOCRINE PATHOLOGY
ENDOCRINE
SECTION III
329
Diagnosis of
parathyroid disease
l hy perparathyroidism
Ihypi rplasia, adenoma,
carcinoma ) :
2 hyperparathyroidism
( vitamin D deficiency,
chronic re lal failure)
jL. ,
,
Normal
1 hypoparathyroidism
(surgica resection,
autoi nmune)
PT H- independent
ypercalcemi
10
12
14
16
18
Hypoparathyroidism
20
0
330
SECTION III
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE
PATHOLOGY
Hyperparathyroidism
Primary
hyperparathyroidism
mI
Secondary
hyperparathyroidism
Tertiary
hyperparathyroidism
Familial hypocalciuric
He
hypercalcemia
located
Fact
Defective G-coupled Ca = sensing receptors in multiple tissues (eg, parathyroids, kidneys). Higher
than normal Ca levels required to suppress PTIT . Excessive renal Ca reuptake -* mild
hypercalcemia and hvpocalciuria with normal to t PTH levels.
Pituitary adenoma
Benign tumor, most commonly prolactinoma (arises from lactotrophs). Adenoma Q may be
functional ( hormone producing) or nonfunctional (silent). Nonfunctional tumors present with
mass effect ( bitemporal hemianopia , hypopituitarism , headache). Functional tumor presentation
is based on the hormone produced .
Prolactinoma symptoms: females present with galactorrhea , amenorrhea , and 1 bone density due
to suppression of estrogen . Males present with low libido and infertility. Treatment includes
dopamine agonists (eg, bromocriptine, cabergoline), transsphenoidal resectioij
Nelson syndrome
332
SECTION III
Diabetes insipidus
ETIOLOGY
FINDINGS
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE
PATHOLOGY
Characterized by intense thirst and polyuria with inability to concentrate urine due to lack of ADH
(central ) or failure of response to circulating ADH (nephrogenic).
Central Dl
Nephrogenic Dl
iADH
Urine specific gravity < 1.006
Serum osmolality > 290 mOsm/kg
Hyperosmotic volume contraction
Syndrome of
inappropriate
antidiuretic
fiormone secretion
Characterized by:
Excessive free water retention
Euvolemic hyponatremia with continued
urinary Na + excretion
Urine osmolality > serum osmolality
Body responds to water retention with
1 aldosterone and t ANP and BNP
t urinary Na+ secretion -* normalization
of extracellular fluid volume euvolemic
hyponatremia. Very low serum Na+ levels
can lead to cerebral edema , seizures. Correct
slowly to prevent osmotic demyelination
syndrome (formerly known as central pontine
myelinolysis).
J
Causes include:
* Ectopic ADH (eg, small cell lung cancer)
CNS disorders/head trauma
Pulmonary disease
Drugs (eg, cyclophosphamide)
Treatment: fluid restriction, salt tablets, IV
hypertonic saline, diuretics, conivaptan,
5
tolvaptan, demeclocycline.
336
SECTION III
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE
PATHOLOGY
Hyperosmolar
hyperqlycemid
nonketotic syndrome
State of profound hyperglycemia induced dehydration and t serum osmolalihl classically seen
in elderly type 2 diabetics with limited ability to drink . Hyperglycemia excessive osmotic
diuresis dehydration -* eventual onset of HHNS. Symptoms: thirst , polyuria , lethargy, focal
neurological deficits ( eg, seizures), can progress to coma and death if left untreated . Labs:
hyperglycemia (often > 600 mg /dL ), T serum osmolalihi (> 320 mOsm/kg), no acidosis ( pH >
7.3, ketone production inhibited by presence of insulin ). Treatment: aggressive IV fluids, insulin
therapy.
Glucagonoma
Insulinoma
Somatostatinoma
Carcinoid syndrome
mm
Zollinger- Ellison
syndrome
Rule of l /3s:
1/ 3 metastasize
1/ 3 present with 2 nd malignancy
1 / 3 are multiple
Most common malignancy in the small
intestine.
338
SECTION III
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE PHARMACOLOGY
ENDOCRINE PHARMACOLOGY
Diabetes mellitus
drugs
Treatment strategies:
Type 1 DM low-carbohydrate diet, insulin replacement
Type 2 DM dietary modification and exercise for weight loss; oral agents, non-insulin injectables,
insulin replacement
Gestational DM (GDM) dietary modifications, exercise, insulin replacement if lifestyle
modification fails
CLINICAL USE
ACTION
RISKS/CONCERNS
Hypoglycemia, lipodystrophy,
rare hypersensitivity reactions.
Inhibits hepatic
gluconeogenesis and
the action of glucagon.
1 gluconeogenesis,
t glycolysis, t peripheral
glucose uptake ( t insulin
DRUG CLASSES
Insulin preparations
stress hyperglycemia.
Insulin, intermediate
acting
NPH
Insulin, long acting
Detemir,
glargine
Sulfonylureas
First generation:
Stimulate release of
endogenous insulin in
type 2 DM. Require some
islet function, so useless in
chlorpropamide,
tolbutamide
Second generation:
glimepiride,
glipizide,
glyburide
Glitazones/
thiazolidinediones
Pioglitazone,
rosiglitazone
typeJi JDM.
Used as monotherapy in
typeJ2JDM or combined with
above agents. Safe to use in
renal impairment.
sensitivity).
Close IC channel in 3-cell
Risk of hypoglycemia t in renal
membrane cell depolarizes
failure, weight gain.
-* insulin release via t Ca
First generation: disulfiram-like
influx.
effects.
Second generation:
hypoglycemia.
insulin sensitivity in
peripheral tissue. Binds to
PPAR-Y nuclear transcription
regulator.-
ENDOCRINE PHARMACOLOGY
ENDOCRINE
SECTION III
339
CLINICAL USE
ACTION
RISKS /CONCERNS
Stimulate postprandial
insulin release by binding
to Kt channels on (3 -cell
membranes (site differs from
sulfonvlureas).
Used as monotherapy in
type 2 DM or combined with
GLP- 1 analogs
Type 2 DM.
metformin.
Exenatide,
liraglutide (sc injection)
DPP- 4 inhibitors
Type 2 DM.
Linagliptin,
saxagliptin,
sitagliptin
t glucose-dependent insulin
release, 1 glucagon release,
1 gastric emptying, t satiety.
Amylin analogs
Pramlintide
(sc injection)
Sodium- glucose
co -transporter 2
( SGLT 3D inhibitors
Canagliflozin,
dapagliflozin,
empagliflozin
Type 2 DM.
a- glucosidase
inhibitors
Acarbose,
miglitol
Type 2 DM.
nausea.
GI disturbances.
a-glucosidases.
Delayed carbohydrate
hydrolysis and glucose
absorption -* 1 postprandial
hyperglycemia.
aGenes activated by PPAR-y regulate fatty acid storage and glucose metabolism. Activation of PPAR-y t insulin sensitivity and
levels of adiponectin.
Thionamides
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
340
SECTION III
ENDOCRINE
ENDOCRINE PHARMACOLOGY
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
CLINICAL USE
ADH antagonists
(conivaptan,
tolvaptan)
Desmopressin acetate
GH
Oxytocin
Somatostatin
(octreotide)
Demeclocycline
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
SIADH.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Fludrocortisone
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Cinacalcet
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
1 or 2 hyperparathyroidism.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Hypocalcemia.
1 PTH.
HIGH- YI E LD SYSTEMS
Gastrointestinal
good set of bowels is worth more to a man than any quantity of brains
Man
Embryology
342
Anatomy
343
Physiology
354
Pathology
357
Pharmacology
379
josh Billings
should strive to have his intestines relaxed all the days of his life
Moses Maimonides
Is life worth living? It all depends on the liver
William James
341
342
SECTION III
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL EMBRYOLOGY
GASTROINTESTINAL EMBRYOLOGY
Normal
gastrointestinal
embryology
'
Midgut development:
" 6th week physiologic midgut herniates through umbilical ring
10 th week returns to abdominal cavity + rotates around superior mesenteric artery (SMA),
total 270 counterclockw ise
1
gastroschisis
Caudal fold closure bladder exstrophy
or amnioij
peritoneum Q.
form of
Tracheoesophageal
anomalies
Esophageal atresia (EA) with distal tracheoesophageal fistula (TEF) is the most common (85%).
Polyhydramnios in utero. Neonates drool, choke, and vomit with first feeding. TEF allows air to
enter stomach (visible on CXR). Cyanosis is 2 to laryngospasm (to avoid reflux-related aspiration).
Clinical test: failure to pass nasogastric tube into stomach.
In Il-type, the fistula resembles the letter H. In pure EA the CXR shows gasless abdomen .
Esophagus
Tracheoesophageal
fistula
Trachea
1
S
V Esophageal
&
1
Normal anatomy
Pure EA
( atresia or stenosis)
Intestinal atresia
Pure TEF
(H- type)
atresia
E)
Presents w ith bilious vomiting and abdominal distension within first 1-2 days of life.
Duodenal atresia failure to recanalize dilation of stomach and proximal duodenum ( double
bubble on x-ray O). Associated with Down syndrome.
Jejunal and ileal atresia disruption of mesenteric vessels ischemic necrosis segmental
resorption (bowel discontinuity or apple peel ). lejunal atresia commonly associated with triple
bubble" sign on x-rav.
GASTROINTESTINAL ANATOMY
GASTROINTESTINAL
SECTION III
343
Hypertrophic pyloric
stenosis
Most common cause of gastric outlet obstruction in infants ( 1:600). Palpable olive mass in
epigastric region, visible peristaltic waves!and nonbilious projectile vomiting at ~ 2-6 weeks old.
More common in firstborn males; associated with exposure to macrolides. Results in hypokalemic
hypochloremic metabolic alkalosis ( 2 to vomiting of gastric acid and subsequent volume
contraction). Treatment is surgical incision ( pyloromyotomy).
Pancreas derived from foregut. Ventral pancreatic buds contribute to uncinate process and main
pancreatic duct. The dorsal pancreatic bud alone becomes the body, tail, isthmus, and accessory
pancreatic duct. Both the ventral and dorsal buds contribute to pancreatic head.
Annular pancreas ventral pancreatic bud abnormally encircles 2nd part of duodenum; forms a
ring of pancreatic tissue that may cause duodenal narrowing Q and Vomiting.
Pancreas divisum ventral and dorsal parts fail to fuse at 8 weeks. Common anomaly; mostly
asymptomatic, but may cause chronic abdominal pain and/or pancreatitis.
Spleen arises in mesentery of stomach (hence is mesodermal) but has foregut supply (celiac trunk
splenic artery).
embryology
Gallbladder
Accessory
pancreatic duct
Pancreat c
duct
Minoi
oapilla
Dorsal
pancreatic
bud
Major papilla
Ventral
pancreatic bud
Uncinate
Main
pancreatic
duct
process
GASTROINTESTINAL ANATOMY
Retroperitoneal
structures
space.
Right
'
Ascending
colon
Av\
Duodenum
Kidneys
Esophagus (thoracic portion) [not shown]
Rectum ( partially) [not shown]
Peritoneum
Pancreas
^ MML .
Transversalis fascia
Left
Descending
renal
space
Kidney
Aorta
SAD PUCKER:
Suprarenal (adrenal) glands [not shown]
Aorta and IVC
Duodenum (2nd through 4th parts)
Pancreas (except tail)
Ureters [not shown]
Colon (descending and ascending)
GASTROINTESTINAL ANATOMY
GASTROINTESTINAL
Digestive tract
anatomy
SECTION III
345
Tunica muscularis
Mucosa
- pithelium
Lamina propria
Muscularis mucosa
externa
Tunica submucosa
Mesentery
Intestinal villi
m
-
submucosal
Vein
Artery
Submucosa
Lymph vessel
Epithelium
Lumen
Muscularis mucosa
>v Yv
' >
Iperitoneuml
Submucosal nerve
plexus (Meissner)
Muscularis
Inner circular layer
Myenteric nerve plexus
(Auerbach)
- Tunica serosa
Enlarged view
cross-section
Submucosal gland
Esophagus
Stomach
Gastric glands.
Duodenum
Jejunum
Ileum
Colon
Peyer
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL ANATOMY
Celiac trunk
Left gastric artery
Esophageal branch of
left gastric artery .
Celiac artery
Proper hepatic
artery
Spleen
artery
Left gastroepiploic
artery
Splenic artery
Right gastroepiploic artery
-Posterior superior
Anterior superior
pancreaticoduodenal
arteries
pancreaticoduodenal artery
SECTION III
347
GASTROINTESTINAL
Pectinate ( dentate )
line
lemormoKK
J
r
S II
if
5
.
==
as
'amj$
External
Pect irate
lemorrhoid
line
ANATOMY
SECTION III
349
internal hemorrhoids,
adenocarcinoma .
Arterial supply from superior rectal artery
( branch of IMA) .
Venous drainage: superior rectal vein inferior
Above pectinate line
Internal
GASTROINTESTINAL
mesenteric vein
system!
splenic vein
portal
GASTROINTESTINAL ANATOMY
GASTROINTESTINAL
Biliary structures
SECTION III
351
Gallstones ( filling defects, red arrows in Q) that reach the confluence of the common bile and
pancreatic ducts at the ampulla of Vater can block both the common bile and pancreatic ducts
(double duct sign), causing both cholangitis and pancreatitis, respectively.
Tumors that arise in head of pancreas (usually ductal adenocarcinoma) can cause obstruction of
enlarged gallbladder with painless jaundice (Courvoisier sign!
common bile duct
Cystic duct
Liver
Gallbladder
^
1
0
Accessory
Ned
Ron
pancreatic duct
Pancreas
Head
Sphincter of Oddi
Femoral region
Femoral triangle
Femoral sheath
ORGANIZATION
'
Femoral Nerve
Inguinal
ligament
Femoral Artery
Sartorius
.ymphatics
Femoral Vein
muscle
Femoral ring-site of
femoral hernia
Revised
Figure
Femoral
sheath
Adductor longus
muscle
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL ANATOMY
SECTION III
353
Hernias
Diaphragmatic hernia
Indirect inguinal
hernia
spermatic fascia.
Femoral hernia
Inguinal
(Poupart)
ligament.
Indirect
inguinal hernia
Femoral artery
.m
Inferior
epigastric vessels
Femoral hernia
Femoral vein
356
SECTION III
Pancreatic secretions
GASTROINTESTINAL
ENZYME
GASTROINTESTINAL PHYSIOLOGY
high HCO -.
NOTES
a- amylase
Starch digestion
Lipases
Fat digestion
Proteases
Protein digestion
Trypsinogen
Only monosaccharides ( glucose, galactose, fructose) are absorbed by enterocytes. Glucose and
galactose are taken up by SGLT1 (Na+ dependent). Fructose is taken up by facilitated diffusion by
GLUT-5. All are transported to blood by GLUT-2.
D-xylose absorption test: distinguishes GI mucosal damage from other causes of malabsorption.
Carbohydrate
absorption
Vitamin/mineral absorption
Iron
Folate
b2
Peyer patches
Wm
m
A&lMf
Bile
Composed of bile salts (bile acids conjugated to glycine or taurine, making them water soluble),
phospholipids, cholesterol, bilirubin, water, and ions. Cholesterol 7a-hydroxylase catalyzes
rate-limiting step of bile acid synthesis.
Functions:
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
357
Bilirubin
Excreted in urine as
Kidney
90
mterohepatic
20%
Macrophages
Bloodstream
Gut
Liver
Albumin
RBCs
Heme
Unconjugated
bilirubin
JDP -
Conjugated
bilirubin
glucuronosyltransferase
Indirect bilirubin
( water insoluble)
Urobilinogen
'
Direct bilirubin
[ water soluble )
i'
bat ana
80 %
Excreted in feces as
stercobilin ( brown
color of stool)
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
Salivary gland tumors
wmm
mm g
-
Most commonly benign and in parotid gland. Tumors in smaller glands more likely malignant.
Typically present as painless mass/swelling. Facial pain or paralysis suggests malignant
involvement of CN VII.
Pleomorphic adenoma ( benign mixed tumor) most common salivary gland tumor Q.
Composed of chondromyxoid stroma and epithelium and recurs if incompletely excised or
ruptured intraoperativelv.
Mucoepidermoid carcinoma most common malignant tumor, has mucinous and squamous
components.
Warthin tumor (papillary cystadenoma lymphomatosum) benign cystic tumor with germinal
centers . Typically found in white smokers . Bilateral in 10%; malignant in 107c .
360
SECTION III
Gastritis
Acute gastritis
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL
protection
Burns (Curling ulcer ) hypovolemia
-* mucosal ischemia
Brain injury (Cushing ulcer) t vagal
stimulation t ACh t H + production
Chronic gastritis
H pylori
Autoimmune
Menetrier disease
PATHOLOGY
Gastric hyperplasia of mucosa hypertrophied rugae ( looking like brain gyri Cl), excess
mucus production with resultant protein loss and parietal cell atrophy with I acid production .
Precancerous.
A
Gastric cancer
L <$
wr
i t f.
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
363
Crohn disease
Ulcerative colitis
LOCATION
GROSS MORPHOLOGY
MICROSCOPIC MORPHOLOGY
COMPLICATIONS
INTESTINAL MANIFESTATION
EXTRAINTESTINAL MANIFESTATIONS
aggregates.
Malabsorption /malnutrition, colorectal cancer
( t risk with pancolitis).
Fistulas (eg, enterovesical fistulae, which can
cause recurrent UTI and pneumaturia ),
phlegmon /abscess, strictures (causing
obstruction ), perianal disease.
Diarrhea that may or may not be bloody.
Bloody diarrhea.
Rash ( pyoderma gangrenosum , erythema nodosum ), eye inflammation (episcleritis, uveitis), oral
ulcerations (aphthous stomatitis), arthritis ( peripheral, spondylitis).
adalimumab.
For Crohn , think of a fat granny and an old
crone skipping down a cobblestone road away
from the wreck ( rectal sparing ).
Sclerosing cholangitis
<
2,-
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
Zenker diverticulum
SECTION III
365
Elderly
Males
Inferior pharyngeal constrictor
Killian triangle
Esophageal dysmotility
Halitosis
Meckel diverticulum
Umbilicus
t?
Meckel diverticulum
Hirschsprung disease
Anomaly of midgut rotation during fetal development improper positioning of bowel , formation
of fibrous bands ( Ladd bands). Can lead to volvulus, duodenal obstruction.
Malrotation
L v ei
Ladd
rands
Small
Large
intestine
366
SECTION III
Volvulus
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL
PATHOLOGY
I New 1
llmagel
Intussusception
fl
::
>
cfflMfiSl
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
GASTROINTESTINAL
SECTION III
367
Acute mesenteric
ischemia
Critical blockage of intestinal blood flow (often embolic occlusion of SMA) -* small bowel necrosis
-* abdominal pain out of proportion to physical findings. May see red currant jelly stools.
Chronic mesenteric
ischemia
Colonic ischemia
Reduction in intestinal blood flow causes ischemia. Crampv abdominal pain followed by
hematochezia. Commonly occurs at watershed areas (splenic flexure, distal colon). Typically
Angiodysplasia
Tortuous dilation of vessels -* hematochezia. Most often found in the right- sided colori More
common in older patients. Confirmed by angiography.
Adhesion
Fibrous band of scar tissue; commonly forms after surgery; most common cause of small bowel
obstruction. Can have well-demarcated necrotic zones.
Ileus
affects elderly.
Meconium ileus
Necrotizing
enterocolitis
Seen in premature, formula-fed infants with immature immune system. Necrosis of intestinal
mucosa ( primarily colonic) with possible perforation, which can lead to pneumatosis intestinalis,
free air in abdomen, portal venous gas.
368
SECTION III
Colonic polyps
HISTOLOGIC TYPE
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
GASTROINTESTINAL
Growths of tissue within the colon Q. May be neoplastic or non-neoplastic. Grossly characterized
as flat, sessile, or pedunculated (on a stalk) on the basis of protrusion into colonic lumen.
Generally classified by histologic type.
CHARACTERISTICS
Generally non-neoplastic
Hamartomatous
Solitary lesions do not have significant risk of transformation. Growths of normal colonic tissue
with distorted architecture. Associated with Peutz- Jeghers syndrome and juvenile polyposis.
Mucosa)
Small, usually < 5 mm. Look similar to normal mucosa. Clinically insignificant
Result of mucosal erosion in inflammatory bowel disease. When in clusters may be associated with
dysplasia]
Inflammatory
pseudopolypst
Submucosal
Hyperplastic
Generally smaller and predominantly located in the rectosigmoid region. May occasionally evolve
into serrated polyps and more advanced lesions.
Malignant potential
Adenomatous
Neoplastic, via chromosomal instability pathway with mutations in APC and KRAS . Tubular |
histology has less malignant potential than villous H; tubulovillous has intermediate malignant
potential. Usually asymptomatic; may present with occult bleeding.
Serratedl
Premalignant, via CpG hypermethylation phenoty pe pathway with microsatellite instability and
mutations in BRAF. Saw-tooth pattern of crypts on biopsy. Up to 20% of cases of sporadic CRC J
"
Polyp
*
-
nm.
Essa
a
Polyposis syndromes
Familial adenomatous
polyposis
Autosomal dominant mutation of APC tumor suppressor gene on chromosome 5q. 2-hit hypothesis.
Thousands of polyps arise starting after puberty; pancolonic; always involves rectum. Prophylactic
colectomy or else 100% progress to CRC.
Gardner syndrome
FAP + osseous and soft tissue tumors, congenital hypertrophy of retinal pigment epithelium,
impacted/supernumerary teeth.
Turcot syndrome
Peutz-Jeghers
syndrome
Juvenile polyposis
syndrome
Autosomal dominant syndrome in children (typically < 5 years old) featuring numerous
hamartomatous polyps in the colon, stomach, small bowel. Associated with t risk of CRC.
GASTROINTESTINAL
Lynch syndrome
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
369
Colorectal cancer
EPIDEMIOLOGY
RISK FACTORS
PRESENTATION
family history.
bacteremia.
Iron deficiency anemia in males (especially > 50
years old) and postmenopausal females raises
suspicion.
Screen patients > 50 years old with
colonoscopy Q, flexible sigmoidoscopy, fecal
occult blood test, or fecal DNA test.
Apple core lesion seen on barium enema
x-ray Q.
CEA tumor marker: good for monitoring
recurrence, should not be used for screening.
DIAGNOSIS
Molecular
pathogenesis of
colorectal cancer
Chromosomal instability pathway: mutations in APC cause FAP and most sporadic CRC (via
adenoma-carcinoma sequence; (firing) order of events is AK-53).
Microsatellite instability pathway: mutations or methylation of mismatch repair genes (eg, MLH 1 )
cause Lynch syndrome and some sporadic CRC (via serrated polyp pathway). Overexpression of
CQX-2 has been linked to colorectal cancer, NSAIDs may be chemopreventive.
Colon at risk
KRAS mutation
Adenoma
Unregulated
intracellular
signaling
fffi
'
Carcinoma
T tumorigenesis
!
41
&
370
SECTION III
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
Cirrhosis diffuse bridging fibrosis (via stellate cells) and regenerative nodules (red arrows in EJ;
whitqarrow shows splenomegaly) disrupt normal architecture of liver; t risk for hepatocellular
carcinoma (HCC ). Etiologies include alcohol (60-70% of cases in the US), nonalcoholic
steatohepatitis, chronic viral hepatitis, autoimmune hepatitis, biliary disease, genetic/metabolic
disorders.
Portal hypertension t pressure in portal venous system. Etiologies include cirrhosis (most
common cause in Western countries), vascular obstruction (eg, portal vein thrombosis, BuddChiari syndrome), schistosomiasis.
Es
(- hematemesis)
Gastric varices
(-* melena)
Hematologic
Thrombocytopenia
Anemia
Coagulation disorders
Metabolic
Hyperbilirubinemia
Hyponatremia
Gynecomastia
Amenorrhea
Cardiovascular
Cardiomyopathy
- Peripheral edema
Primary / spontaneous
bacterial peritonitis
Idiopathic infection of ascites fluid. Often asymptomatic, but can cause fevers, chills, abdominal
pain, ileus, or worsening encephalopathy. Most common pathogens are gram negatives, especially
E coli .
Diagnosis: Paracentesis with absolute neutrophil count ( ANC ) > 250 cells/mm
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
371
Aspartate
aminotransferase
and alanine
aminotransferase
Alkaline phosphatase
y- glutamyl
t in various liver and biliary diseases ( just as ALP can), but not in bone disease; associated with
transpeptidase
alcohol use
Bilirubin
t in various liver diseases (eg, biliary obstruction, alcoholic or viral hepatitis, cirrhosis), hemolysis
Albumin
Prothrombin
t in advanced liver disease (i production of clotting factors, thereby measuring the livers synthetic
Platelets
function)
Reye syndrome
Rare, often fatal childhood hepatic encephalopathy. Findings: mitochondrial abnormalities, fattyliver (microvesicular fatty change), hypoglycemia, vomiting, hepatomegaly, coma. Associated with
viral infection (especially VZV and influenza B) that has been treated with aspirin. Mechanism:
aspirin metabolites 1 P-oxidation by reversible inhibition of mitochondrial enzymes. Avoid aspirin
in children, except in those with Kawasaki disease.
372
SECTION III
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
Hepatic steatosis
Alcoholic hepatitis
Alcoholic cirrhosis
gg-
Nonalcoholic fatty
liver disease
.V.
-I
aim
.w
si
gP &ai|
i
SB
m m1
i
i
m .
7 -:
Hepatic
encephalopathy
bacteria).
X ..
372
SECTION III
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
Hepatic steatosis
Alcoholic hepatitis
Alcoholic cirrhosis
gg-
Nonalcoholic fatty
liver disease
.V.
-I
aim
.w
si
gP &ai|
i
SB
m m1
i
i
m .
7 -:
Hepatic
encephalopathy
bacteria).
X ..
GASTROINTESTINAL
Hepatocellular
carcinoma / hepatoma
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
373
syndrome.
SECTION III
Ev * :I'#'
v
hematogenously.
Diagnosis: t a-fetoprotein ; ultrasound or
contrast CT/MRI Q, biopsy.
Common , benign liver tumor Q; typically occurs at age 30-50 years. Biopsy contraindicated
because of risk of hemorrhage.
Cavernous
hemangioma
7.
-y:
A
mi
Hepatic adenoma
Rare, benign liver tumor, often related to oral contraceptive or anabolic steroid use; may regress
spontaneously or rupture (abdominal pain and shock).
Angiosarcoma
Malignant tumor of endothelial origin; associated with exposure to arsenic, vinyl chloride.
GI malignancies, breast and lung cancer. Most common overall ; metastases rarely solitanj
Metastases
-antitrypsin
^deficiency
!m v
374
SECTION III
Jaundice
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
Hemolysis
Obstruction
Tumor
Liver disease
conjugation, excretion).
Unconjugated
(indirect )
hyperbilirubinemia
Conjugated (direct)
hyperbilirubinemia
Biliary tract obstruction: gallstones, cholangiocarcinoma, pancreatic or liver cancer, liver fluke.
Biliary tract disease:
1 sclerosing cholangitis
1 biliary cholangitij
Excretion defect: Dubin-Johnson syndrome Rotor syndrome .
Hepatitis, cirrhosis.
Mixed (direct
and indirect)
hyperbilirubinemia
Physiologic
neonatal jaundice
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
GASTROINTESTINAL
Hereditary
hyperbilirubinemias
O Gilbert syndrome
Crigler- Najjar
syndrome, type I
Dubin-Johnson
syndrome
SECTION III
375
Kupffer cell
(macrophage)
Endothelial celt
Space of Disse
Hepatocyte
.
BILIRUBIN
UPTAKE
Unconjugated bilirubin
f
I2
o CONJUGATION
0
Conjugated bilirubin
(bilirubin diglucuronide water soluble)
INTRACELLULAR
TRANSPORT
-\
Bile
canaliculus
lumen
Sfas/ s
Bite low
Hepatocyte
Obstructive jaundice
( downstream)
0
376
SECTION III
Wilson disease
( hepatolenticular
degeneration )
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
copped
Presents before age 40 with liver disease (eg, hepatitis, acute liver failure, cirrhosis), neurologic
disease (eg, dysarthria, dystonia, tremor, parkinsonism), psychiatric disease, Kayser-Fleischer rings
(deposits in Descemet membrane of cornea) Q, hemolytic anemia, renal disease (eg, Fanconi
syndrome).
Treatment: chelation with penicillamine or trientine, oral zinc.
Hemochromatosis
Recessive mutations in HFE gene (C282Y > H63P, chromosome 6, associated with HLA-A j)
-* abnormal iron sensing and t intestinal absorption ( t ferritin, t iron, 1 TIBC -* t transferrin
saturation). Iron overload can also be 2 to chronic transfusion therapy (eg, (3-thalassemia major).
Iron accumulates, especially in liver, pancreas, skin, heart, pituitary, joints. Hemosiderin (iron)
can be identified on liver MRI or biopsy with Prussian blue stain Q.
Presents after age 40 when total bod}' iron > 20 g; iron loss through menstruation slows progression
in women. Classic triad of cirrhosis, diabetes mellitus, skin pigmentation ( bronze diabetes ). Also
causes restrictive cardiomyopathy ( classic ) or dilated cardiomyopathy ( reversibid), hypogonadism,
arthropathy (calcium pyrophosphate deposition; especially metacarpophalangeal joints). HCC is
common cause of death.
Treatment: repeated phlebotomy, chelation with deferasirox, deferoxamine, oral deferiprone.
May present with pruritus, jaundice, dark urine, light-colored stool, hepatosplenomegaly. Typically
with cholestatic pattern of LFTs ( t conjugated bilirubin, t cholesterol, t ALP).
Primary sclerosing
cholangitis
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
PATHOLOGY
EPIDEMIOLOGY
fibrosis - alternating
strictures and dilation with
beading of intra- and
extrahepatic bile ducts on
ERCP, magnetic resonance
cholangiopancreatography
(MRCP).
Primary biliary
cholanqitisi
Secondary biliary
cholanaitisi
Autoimmune reaction
-* lymphocytic infiltrate
+ granulomas -* destruction
of intralobular bile ducts.
Classically in middle-aged
women.
Anti-mitochondrial antibody ,
t IgM. Associated with other
autoimmune conditions
(eg, Sjogren syndrome,
Hashimoto thyroiditis,
CREST, rheumatoid arthritis,
celiac disease).
May be complicated by
Extrahepatic biliary obstruction Patients with known
-* t pressure in intrahepatic
obstructive lesions ( gallstones,
ascending cholangitis.
ducts -* injury/ fibrosis and
biliary strictures, pancreatic
bile stasis.
carcinoma).
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
GASTROINTESTINAL
SECTION III
377
Gallstones
( cholelithiasis)
RELATED PATHOLOGIES
CHARACTERISTICS
Biliary colic
Uncomplicated disease associated with nausea /vomiting and dull right upper quadrant ( RUQ) pain.
Neurohormonal activation (eg, by CCK after a fatty meal ) triggers contraction of gallbladder,
forcing stone into cystic duct. Labs are normal, ultrasound shows cholelithiasis.
Choledocholithiasis
Presence of gallstone(s) in common bile duct, often leading to elevated ALP, GGT, direct bilirubin,
and/or AST/ALT.
Cholecystitis
'
Porcelain gallbladder
tJ
Ascending cholangitis
Calcified gallbladder due to chronic cholecystitis; usually found incidentally on imaging [].
Treatment: prophylactic cholecystectomy due to high rates of gallbladder cancer (mostly
adenocarcinoma).
Infection of biliary tree usually due to obstruction that leads to stasis/bacterial overgrowth.
Charcot triad of cholangitis:
Jaundice
Fever
RUQ pain
Reynolds pentad adds:
Altered mental status
a
Shock
378
SECTION III
GASTROINTESTINAL PATHOLOGY
Acute pancreatitis
GASTROINTESTINAL
'Art
*
Chronic pancreatitis
Chronic inflammation, atrophy, calcification of the pancreas Q. Major causes are alcohol abuse
and idiopathic. Complications include pancreatic insufficiency ( also a problem in cystic fibrosis)
and pseudocystfr
Pancreatic insufficiency may manifest with steatorrheaL fat-soluble vitamin deficiency, diabetes
mellitus.
Amylase and lipase may or may not be elevated (almost always elevated in acute pancreatitis).
rr,
Pancreatic
adenocarcinoma
>
'
...fW.
V V;/
.' r r V'
Very aggressive tumor arising from pancreatic ducts (disorganized glandular structure with cellular
infiltration Q); often metastatic at presentation, with average survival ~ 1 year after diagnosis.
Tumors more common in pancreatic head Q (-* obstructive jaundice). Associated with CA 19-9
tumor marker (also CEA, less specific).
Risk factors:
Tobacco use
Chronic pancreatitis (especially > 20 years)
Diabetes
Age > 50 years
Jewish and African-American males
Often presents with:
Abdominal pain radiating to back
Weight loss (due to malabsorption and anorexia)
Migratory thrombophlebitis redness and tenderness on palpation of extremities (Trousseau
syndrome)
* Obstructive jaundice with palpable, nontender gallbladder (Courvoisier sign)
Treatment: Whipple procedure, chemotherapy, radiation therapy.
a
GASTROINTESTINAL PHARMACOLOGY
GASTROINTESTINAL
GASTROINTESTINAL
SECTION III
379
PHARMACOLOGY
Vagus nerve
G cells
H stam ne
A h
Atropine
-0
TT
HCOj (
alkaline tide"- T blood pH
after gastric acid secretion
(eg , after meals, vomiting )
"
NpY
l1
V
, receptor
LCK
ptor
HCO, t H*
"
_
_AT
H 2 blockers
s,
Ct
cAMP :
ADVERSE EFFECTS
-- &
Gastric
parietal
Cq+ H,
CLINICAL USE
|Carbonic anhydrase
MECHANISM
H , receptor
'
H2 blockers
Prostaglandins
Somatostatin
cell
ATPase
j [ ]*
e
^
|*
Misoprostol
Sucralfate,
Lumen
bismuth
ADVERSE EFFECTS
GASTROINTESTINAL PHARMACOLOGY
GASTROINTESTINAL
SECTION III
381
Loperamide
MECHANISM
Agonist at p- opioid receptors; slows gut motility. Poor CNS penetration ( low addictive potential).
CLINICAL USE
Diarrhea.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Constipation, nausea.
Ondansetron
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Metoclopramide
MECHANISM
D,- receptor antagonist, t resting tone, contractility. LES tone, motility, promotes gastric emptying
Does not influence colon transport time.
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Orlistat
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
Weight loss.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Laxatives
TYPE
MECHANISM
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Bulk-forminq
Bloating
(eq, psyllium,
methylcellulose)
Emollients (eq,
docusate)
Aprepitant
I Fact
i
MECHAN ) SM
CLINICAL USE
Hematology
and Oncology
Of all that is written , I love only what a person has written with his own
Anatomy
384
Physiology
387
Pathology
392
Pharmacology
411
blood .
Friedrich Nietzsche
I used to get stressed out , but my cancer has put everything into
perspective."
Delta
The best blood will at some time get into a fool or a mosquito.
Goodrem
Austin OMalley
Christopher
Hitchens
383
384
SECTION III
Thrombocyte
( platelet )
Leukocyte
Eosinophils (~
Basophils (~ YXj)
Neutrophil
L5
385
V# %/
A
* w
Macrophage
Hi
ISwappedl
Eosinophil
Q
r
SECTION III
WJocFb
Image
ANATOMY
Monocyte
antibody complexes.
Neoplasia
Asthma
Allergic processes
Chronic adrenal insufficiency
Parasites ( invasive)
Basophil
Mast cell
>
386
SECTION III
Highly phagocytic APC Q. Functions as link between innate and adaptive immune systems.
Expresses MHC class II and Fc receptors on surface. Called Langerhans cell in the skin.
Dendritic cell
&
Lymphocyte
90 'p
Om
Refers to B cells, T cells, and NK cells. B cells and T cells mediate adaptive immunity. NK cells are
part of the innate immune response. Round, densely staining nucleus with small amount of pale
cytoplasm Q.
OaA
Bcell
CD20
CD19
CD21
...
'- '
LI
T cell
4 4
B = Bone marrow,
T is for Thymus.
CD4+ helper T cells are the primary target of
HIV.
MHC x CD = 8 (eg, MHC 2 x CD4 = 8, and
MHC 1 x CD8 = 8).
388
SECTION III
Blood groups
Rh classification
ABO classification
RBC type
Group antigens on
RBC surface
Antibodies in plasma
Clinical relevance
lift
&
Anti- B
Anti- A
JOCC
YV
AX*
IgM
IgM
Receive B or AB
- hemolytic
Receive A or AB
- hemolytic
reaction
reaction
-fv
AB
A&B
()
NONE
Rh (D)
Anti- A
NOBE
Rh
0
Anti-B
yXc
Receive any non-0
- hemolytic
reaction
Universal donor
of RBCs; universal
recipient of plasma
NONE
Anti- D
NONE
IgM
Universal recipient
of RBCs; universal
donor of plasma
Rh
Y
IgG
Universal recipient
of RBCs
Rh hemolytic disease
of the newborn
Most common form. Usually occurs in a type O mother with a type A, B, or AB fetus. Can occur in
a first pregnancy as maternal anti-A and/or anti-B IgG antibodies are formed early in life. Does not
worsen with future pregnancies. Presents as mild jaundice in the neonate within 24 hours of birth;
treatment is phototherapy or exchange transfusion.
389
SECTION III
Hemoglobin electrophoresis
Origin
AA -^ Normal adult
1 T
^Normal newborn
AS Sickle cell trait
AF
i
AC
>Hb C trait
>Hb SC disease
CC Hb C disease
xx
Cathode
SC
F
Anode
y'
Kallikrein
activated platelets
Contact
activation
(intrinsic)
pathway
(extrinsic)
V|
Tissue factor
li
XIla
XI
t Permeability
- *-
jVHIa
VIII
with vWF)
pathway
ANTICOAGULANTS: factor Xa
- LMWH (greatest efficacy)
- heparin
- direct Xa inhibitors (apixaban, rivaroxaban)
- fondaparinux
Pain
Kinin cascade
Xla
Vila
Prothrombin Thrombin
Plasminogen
is
T Vasodilation
Bradykinin $;
XII
IX
Ticcu firtnr
Tissue
factor
HMWK
--
tPA
Plasmin
Combined
pathway
>
,THROMBOLYTICS:
alteplase, reteplase,
streptokinase, tenecteplase
Aminocaproic acid
Fibrinolytic system
Xllla
Fibrin degradation
products
Fibrin mesh stabilizes
platelet plug
390
SECTION III
PHYSIOLOGY
Procoagulation
Oxidized
vitamin K
Epoxide
reductase
reduced
vitamin K
(acts as
cofactor )
Anticoagulation
Thrombin-thrombomodulin complex
Protein
{endothelial cells)
S
Protein C
cleaves and inactivates Va, Villa
activated protein C
tPA
Plasminogen
plasmin
Fibrinolysis:
1. cleavage of fibrin mesh
2. destruction of coagulation factors
factor Xa.
Factor V Leiden mutation produces a factor V
resistant to inhibition by activated protein C.
tPA is used clinically as a thrombolytic.
SECTION I I I
391
o
INJURY
Endothelial damage
-* transient
vasoconstriction via
neural stimulation reflex
and endothelm (released
from damaged cell)
.!
St
EXPOSURE
vWF binds to exposed
collagen
vWF is from Weibel-Palade
bodies of endothelial
cells and a-granules of
platelets
(J)
ADHESION
Platelets bind vWF via Gplb
receptor at the site of injury
only (specific ) platelets
undergo conformational
change
AGGREGATION
Fibnnogen binds Gpllb /llla receptors and links platelets
ACTIVATION
Balance between
Pro-aggregation factors:
Anti- aggregation factors:
TXA2 (released PGI2 and NO (released
by platelets) by endothelial cells)
i blood flow T blood flow
T platelet aggregation i platelet aggregation
atelets adhere
ADP helps platelets
to endothelium
urn
2* hemostasis
Coagulation cascade
Thrombogenesis
Clopidogrel, prasugrel,
ticlopidine
Platelet
(vWR
Aspirin
platelets
(fibrinogen)
Fibrinogen
Arachidonic
ADP receptor
COX
TXA
Platelet phospholipid
Kir:
syndrome.
)Gpllb/ llla
Abciximab,
n s e i on
0
Subendothel al
:ollagen
Thrombomodulin
Willebrand
lisease
Activated
protein C
Protein C
Inside
endothelial
cells
|
|(vWF + factor VIII)
thromboplastin
tPA, PGI,
392
SECTION III
EXAMPLE
ASSOCIATED PATHOLOGY
NOTES
Acanthocyte
("spur cell")JO
Vj
Liver disease,
Acantho = spiny.
Basophilic stippling Q
Dacrocyte
("teardrop cell") jg
Degmacyte
("bite cell")J0
yo
Mi
w1
abetalipoproteinemia (states of
cholesterol dysregulation).
G6PD deficiency.
Echinocyte
("burrceinjg
Elliptocyte
W* SS*
*00
deficiency.
Macro- ovalocyteJO
? So!
smaller.
PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
393
EXAMPLE
QV
"
'
ASSOCIATED PATHOLOGY
NOTES
iW
DO
Schistocyte jj
Sickle cellJJJ
Spherocyte SJJ
Si
f%
Target celljQ
target.
EXAMPLE
Heinz bodies Q
ASSOCIATED PATHOLOGY
NOTES
Image
v .
_
(V
t
w . qi
PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
393
EXAMPLE
QV
"
'
ASSOCIATED PATHOLOGY
NOTES
iW
DO
Schistocyte jj
Sickle cellJJJ
Spherocyte SJJ
Si
f%
Target celljQ
target.
EXAMPLE
Heinz bodies Q
ASSOCIATED PATHOLOGY
NOTES
Image
v .
_
(V
t
w . qi
394
SECTION III
Anemias
ANEMIAS
1
MCV 80-100 fL
(Normocytic )
MCV < 80 fL
(Microcytic)
NONHEMOLYTIC
HEMOLYTIC
(Reticulocyte count
(Reticulocyte count t )
NON MEGALOBLASTIC
MEGALOBLASTIC
normal or i)
INTRINSIC
[ Sideroblastic anemia3
C
(
ACD (late)
X
I
Lead poisoning
Thalassemias
J (
I r o n deficiency (early)
D C
ACD (early)
] (
Aplastic anemia
) (
EXTRINSIC
Autoimmune
F o l a t e deficiency
I
B deficiency
' '
J (
L i v e r disease
) (
Alcoholism
Orotic aciduria
] (
Diamond-Blackfan anemia
( Macroangiopathic ) f
Keetons
HbC disease
J(
'
( Microangiopathic ) (
""
Paroxysmal nocturnal
hemoglobinuria
( SALTI)
On a peripheral blood smear, a lymphocyte nucleus is approximately the same size as a normocytic RBC. If RBC is larger than lymphocyte nucleus, consider macrocytosis; if RBC is smaller,
consider microcytosis.
aCopper deficiency can cause a microcytic sideroblastic anemia .
I iron due to chronic bleeding (eg, GI loss, menorrhagia), malnutrition, absorption disorders, GI
surgery (eg, gastrectomy! or t demand (eg, pregnancy) t final step in heme synthesis.
Labs: i iron, t TIBC, i ferritin, l transferrin saturation . Microcytosis and hypochromasia (central
pallor) ElSymptoms: fatigue, conjunctival pallor Q, pica (consumption of nonfood substances), spoon nails
(koilonychia).
May manifest as glossitis, cheilosis] Plummer-Vinson syndrome (triad of iron deficiency anemia,
esophageal webs, and dysphagia).
a- thalassemia
'
P-thalassemia
SECTION III
395
Point mutations in splice sites and promoter sequences i p-globin synthesis. Prevalent in
Mediterranean populations.
P-thalassemia minor ( heterozygote): p chain is underproduced. Usually asymptomatic. Diagnosis
confirmed by t HbA2 (> 3.5%) on electrophoresis.
P-thalassemia major ( homozygote): P chain is absent severe microcytic, hypochromic
anemia with target cells and increased anisopoikilocytosis Q requiring blood transfusion
( 2 hemochromatosis). Marrow expansion ( crew cut on skull x-ray) skeletal deformities.
Chipmunk facies . Extramedullary hematopoiesis hepatosplenomegaly. t risk of parvovirus
B19-induced aplastic crisis t HbF (a2y2). bF is protective in the infant and disease becomes
symptomatic only after 6 months, when fetal hemoglobin declines.
HbS/ p-thalassemia heterozygote: mild to moderate sickle cell disease depending on amount of
P-globin production.
Lead poisoning
PATHOLOGY
Lead inhibits ferrochelatase and ALA dehydratase -* i heme synthesis and t RBC protoporphyrin .
Also inhibits rRNA degradation RBCs retain aggregates of rRNA ( basophilic stippling ).
Symptoms of LEAD poisoning:
Lead Lines on gingivae ( Burton lines) and on metaphyses of long bones Q] on x-ray.
Encephalopathy and Erythrocyte basophilic stippling.
* Abdominal colic and sideroblastic Anemia .
* Drops
wrist and foot drop. Dimercaprol and EDTA are 1st line of treatment .
Succimer used for chelation for kids ( It sucks to be a kid who eats lead ).
Exposure risk t in old houses with chipped paint .
1
>
Sideroblastic anemia
y.:
0O% O n
> Oft tt
[Causes: genetic (eg, X-linked defect in A-ALA synthase gene), acquired!( myelodvsplastic
syndromes), and reversible (alcohol is most common ; also lead , vitamin B6 deficiency, copper
deficiency, isoniazid ).
Lab findings: t iron , normal / i TIBC , t ferritin . Ringed sideroblasts ( with iron-laden, Prussian
blue-stained mitochondria ) seen in bone marrow Q. Peripheral blood smear: basophilic stippling
of RBCs.
Treatment: pyridoxine ( B6, cofactor for 5-ALA synthase).
2P 0rS5
m
q
396
SECTION III
PATHOLOGY
FINDINGS
Folate deficiency
Vitamin B12
(cobalamin )
deficiency
Megaloblastic anemia
4Q
o^
0
Orotic aciduria
Nonmegaloblastic
anemia
Diamond - Blackfan
anemia
neutrophils.
Normocytic,
normochromic anemia
SECTION III
397
Intravascular
hemolysis
Extravascular
hemolysis
Anemia of chronic
disease
FINDINGS
>
m
?
X
t.
398
SECTION III
FINDINGS
Hereditary
spherocytosis
G6PD deficiency
hemolysis.
X-linked recessive.
Defect in G6PD 1 glutathione t RBC
susceptibility to oxidant stress. Hemolytic
anemia following oxidant stress (eg, sulfa
drugs, antimalarials, infections, fava beans).
Pyruvate kinase
deficiency
HbC disease
cells.
Paroxysmal nocturnal
hemoglobinuria
hemoglobinuriaj
v
*
^
thalassemias).
stroke.
PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
399
Autoimmune
hemolytic anemia
FINDINGS
etiology.
Patient component
Reagent( s)
Result
( agglutination )
!
I
X/
-<
A x
0 Result
(no agglutination )
-C A
j*
Y
0Result
Anti-RBC Ab present
Result
Anti-RBC Ab absent
K
Donor blood
.Sx
Anti-human globulin
(Coombs reagent)
Result
Anti-donor RBC Ab present
Y
Result
Anti-donor RBC Ab absent
Microangiopathic
anemia
Macroangiopathic
anemia
Infections
Heme synthesis
porphyrias, and lead
poisoning
SECTION III
401
The porphyrias are hereditary or acquired conditions of defective heme synthesis that lead to the
accumulation of heme precursors. Lead inhibits specific enzymes needed in heme synthesis,
leading to a similar condition.
CONDITION
AFFECTED ENZYME
ACCUMULATED SUBSTRATE
Lead poisoning
Ferrochelatase and
ALA dehydratase
PRESENTING SYMPTOMS
Acute intermittent
porphyria
Porphobilinogen
deaminase
Porphobilinogen,
5-ALA,
coporphobilinogen
Symptoms ( 5 Ps):
Painful abdomen
Port wine-colored urine
0
Polyneuropathy
Psychological disturbances
Precipitated by drugs (eg, cytochrome P-450
inducers), alcohol, starvation
Treatment: glucose and heme, which inhibit
ALA synthase. Exacerbated with alcohol
consumption.
(urine)
Porphyria cutanea
tarda
Uroporphyrinogen
decarboxylase
alcohol consumption.
V
Location
Enzymes
Intermediates
Diseases
Glucose, heme
Mitochondria
Glycine + succinyl-CoA
B
u
I'
Lead poisoning
^
^
Uroporphyrinogen decarboxylase
Ferrochelatase
Lead poisoning
5-aminolevulinic acid
^
(
Porphobilinogen
Porphobilinogen deaminase
Hydroxymethylbilane
Cytoplasm
Uroporphyrinogen III
Coproporphyrinogen III
Mitochondria
-A
Protoporphyrin
f
Heme
402
SECTION III
Iron poisoning
High mortality rate with accidental ingestion by children (adult iron tablets may look like candy).
MECHANISM
SYMPTOMS/SIGNS
TREATMENT
Coagulation disorders
PT tests function of common and extrinsic pathway (factors I, II, V, VII, and X ). Defect t PT.
INR (international normalized ratio) calculated from PT. 1 = normal, > 1 = prolonged. Most
common test used to follow patients on warfarin.
PIT tests function of common and intrinsic pathway (all factors except VII and XIII). Defect
t PTT.
Coagulation disorders can be due to clotting factor deficiencies or acquired inhibitors. Diagnose
with a mixing study, where normal plasma is added to patient s plasma. Clotting factor
deficiencies are corrected, whereas factor inhibitors are not corrected.
PTT
Hemophilia A , B, or C
Vitamin K deficiency
DISORDER
_PT
Platelet disorders
PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
403
DISORDER
PC
BT
Bernard -Soulier
-H
syndrome
Glanzmann
thrombasthenia
"
Hemolytic- uremic
syndrome
Immune
thrombocytopenia
Thrombotic
thrombocytopenic
purpura
PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
405
DOSAGE EFFECT
CLINICAL USE
Packed RBCs
Platelets
prothrombin complex
concentrate)
Cryoprecipitate
Leukemia vs lymphoma
Leukemia
Lymphoid or myeloid neoplasm with widespread involvement of bone marrow. Tumor cells are
usually found in peripheral blood.
Lymphoma
Discrete tumor mass arising from lymph nodes. Presentations often blur definitions.
Hodgkin vs
non - Hodgkin
lymphoma
Hodgkin
Non - Hodgkin
lineage.
diseases.
Hodqkin lymphomal
if
I riC A
. -4
Contains Reed-Sternberg cells: distinctive tumor giant cells; binucleate or bilobec with the 2 halves
as mirror images ( owl eyes Q). 2 owl eyes x 15 = 30. RS cells are CD15+ and CD30+ B -cell
origin. Necessary but not sufficient for a diagnosis of Hodgkin lymphoma.
SUBTYPE
NOTES
Nodular sclerosis
Lymphocyte-rich
Most common
Mixed cellularity
Lymphocyte depleted
Best prognosis
patients
406
SECTION III
- Edit to fit?
Non-Hodgkin lymphoma
TYPE
OCCURS IN
GENETICS
COMMENTS
t(8;14) translocation
Adolescents or young
adults
Follicular lymphoma
Adults
Adult males
(arrows in Q).
Associated with EBV.
Jaw lesion [j] in endemic form in Africa; pelvis
or abdomen in sporadic form.
Alterations in Bcl-2,
Most common type of non-Hodgkin lymphoma
in adults.
Bcl-6
t(14;18) translocation Indolent course; Bcl-2 inhibits apoptosis.
of heavy-chain Ig ( 14)
Presents with painless waxing and waning
and BCL-2 (18)
lymphadenopathv. Follicular architecture:
small cleaved cells ( grade 1), large cells ( grade
3), or mixture ( grade 2).
translocation
t ( 11;14)
Very aggressive, patients typically present with
late-stage disease.
of cyclin D1 ( 11) and
heavy-chain Ig ( 14),
CD 5+
Associated with chronic inflammatorv diseases
tf 11,18)
( Sjogren syndrome, chronic gastritis [ MALT
lymphoma]).
Considered an AIDS-defining illness. Variable
Most commonly
associated with HIV/
presentation: confusion, memory loss,
AIDS; pathogenesis
seizures. Mass lesion(s) on MRI, needs to be
involves EBV
distinguished from toxoplasmosis via CSF
infection
analysis or other lab tests.
Marqinal cell
lymphoma
Adults
Primary central
nervous system
lymphoma
Adults
Adults
Mycosis fungoides/
Sezary syndrome
Adults
Caused by HTLV
(associated with IV
drug abuse)
fc
Multiple myeloma
M spike ;
Albumin
q 02
SECTION III
Think CRAB:
HyperCalcemia
Renal involvement
Anemia
Bone lytic lesions/Back pain
containing immunoglobulin.
Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined
significance (MGUS) monoclonal expansion
of plasma cells (bone marrow < 10%
monoclonal plasma cells), asymptomatic,
may lead to multiple myeloma. No CRAB
findings. Patients with MGUS develop
multiple myeloma at a rate of 1-2% per year.
&
. Ar/\
<
Myelodysplastic
syndromes
407
chemotherapy,
408
SECTION III
PATHOLOGY
Unregulated growth and differentiation of WBCs in bone marrow -* marrow failure -* anemia
( A RBCs), infections ( 1 mature WBCs), and hemorrhage ( 1 platelets). Usually presents with
t circulating WBCs ( malignant leukocytes in blood ); rare cases present with normal /1 WBCs.
Leukemic cell infiltration of liver, spleen, lymph nodes, and skin ( leukemia cutis) possible.
Leukemias
TYPE
NOTES
Lymphoid neoplasms
Acute lymphoblastic
leukemia / lymphoma
Chronic lymphocytic
leukemia /small
lymphocytic
lymphoma
Most frequently occurs in children; less common in adults (worse prognosis). T-cell ALL can
present as mediastinal mass ( presenting as SVC-like syndrome). Associated with Down syndrome.
Peripheral blood and bone marrow have 111 lymphoblasts Q.
TdT+ ( marker of pre-T and pre- B cells), CD10 + ( marker of pre- B cells).
Most responsive to therapy.
May spread to CNS and testes.
t (12;21) better prognosis.
Age: > 60 years. Most common adult leukemia. CCD20 +, CD2 > 4 j CD 5+ B-cell neoplasm .
Often asymptomatic, progresses slowly; smudge cells Q in peripheral blood smear; autoimmune
hemolytic anemia. CLL = Crushed Little Lymphocytes (smudge cells).
Richter transformation SLL /CLL transformation into an aggressive lymphoma , most commonly
diffuse large B-cell lymphoma ( DLBCL).
Age: Adult males. Mature B-cell tumor. Cells have filamentous, hair-like projections
(fuzzy appearing on LM H ).
Causes marrow fibrosis -* dry tap on aspiration . Patients usually present with massive splenomegaly
and pancytopenia!
Stains TRAP (tartrate-resistant acid phosphatase) . TRAP stain largely replaced with flow
cytometry.
Treatment: cladribine, pentostatin.
Myeloid neoplasms
Acute myelogenous
leukemia
Median onset 65 years. Auer rods 0; myeloperoxidase cytoplasmic inclusions seen mostly in
APL ( formerly M 3 AML); 111 circulating myeloblasts on peripheral smear; adults.
Risk factors: prior exposure to alkylating chemotherapy, radiation , myeloproliferative disorders,
Down syndrome. APL: t ( 15;17 ), responds to all-trans retinoic acid ( vitamin A ), inducing
differentiation of promyelocytes; D1C is a common presentation!
Chronic myelogenous
leukemia
Occurs across the age spectrum with peak incidence 45-85 years, median age at diagnosis 64 years
Defined by the Philadelphia chromosome (t[9;22], BCR-ABL ) and myeloid stem cell proliferation .
Presents with dysregulated production of mature and maturing granulocytes (eg, neutrophils,
metamyelocytes, myelocytes, basophils Q) and splenomegaly. May accelerate and transform to
AML or ALL ( blast crisis ).
Very low LAP as a result of low activity in malignant neutrophils (vs benign neutrophilia
[ leukemoid reaction], in which LAP is t ).
Responds to bcr-abl tyrosine kinase inhibitors (eg, imatinib).
<
m
^
:
9
La?0
Chronic
myeloproliferative
disorders
409
SECTION III
Polycythemia vera
Essential
thrombocythemia
Myelofibrosis
Obliteration of bone marrow with fibrosis H due to t fibroblast activity. Often associated with
massive splenomegaly and teardrop RBCs Q. Bone marrow is crying because its fibrosed and
is a dry tap.
RBCs
WBCs
PLATELETS
PHILADELPHIA CHROMOSOME
M2 MUTATIONS
Polycythemia vera
Essential
thrombocythemia
e
e
( 30-50%)
Myelofibrosis
Variable
Variable
( 30-50%)
CML
ro
^
^
9G
Polycythemia
PLASMA VOLUME
Relative
EPO LEVELS
ASSOCIATIONS
02 SATURATION
-
Dehydration, burns.
RBCMASS
Appropriate absolute
Inappropriate absolute
carcinoma), hydronephrosis.
Due to ectopic EPO
secretion.
Polycythemia vera
tt
410
SECTION III
PATHOLOGY
Chromosomal translocations
TRANSLOCATION
t(8;14)
t (9;22) (Philadelphia
chromosome)
ASSOCIATED DISORDER
overexpressed .
DISEASE
SURFACE MARKERS
markers
ALL
CD 10
CLL
CD 5, 19, 20, 23
AML
CD 13. 15, 64
t( ll;14)
t(14;18)
t(15;17 )
CML
Langerhans cell
histiocytosis
Hodgkin Lymphoma
CD 15. 30
CD 5 (Mantlet CD 20
g&at
am
' MS
fcfsjfi
i3
V i
'
PHARMACOLOGY
411
SECTION III
PHARMACOLOGY
Heparin
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
Immediate anticoagulation for pulmonary embolism ( PE ), acute coronary syndrome, MI, deep
venous thrombosis ( DVT ). Used during pregnancy (does not cross placenta ). Follow FIT.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
NOTES
thrombocytopenia .
Direct thrombin
inhibitors
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Bleeding; reverse dabigatran with idaruci /. umab. Can attempt to use activated prothrombin
complex concentrates ( PCC ) and/or antifibrinolytics (eg, tranexamic acid ) if no reversal agent
available!
412
SECTION III
Warfarin
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Heparin vs warfarin
ROUTE OF ADMINISTRATION
Heparin
Warfarin
Oral
SITE OF ACTION
Blood
Liver
ONSET OF ACTION
Rapid (seconds)
MECHANISM OF ACTION
DURATION OF ACTION
Hoursj
Protamine sulfate
MONITORING
CROSSES PLACENTA
No
Yes (teratogenic)
Direct factor Xa
inhibitors
SECTION III
413
ApiXaban, rivaroXaban.
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
Treatment and prophylaxis for DVT and PEj stroke prophylaxis in patients with atrial fibrillation.
Oral agents do not usually require coagulation monitoring.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Bleeding. Not easily reversible. Experimental reversal agents (eg, andexanet alfa) in development
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Thrombolytics
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Cilostazol, dipyridamole
MECHANISM
vasodilators.
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
aspiring
MECHANISM
Bind to the glycoprotein receptor Ilb/IIIa on activated platelets, preventing aggregation. Abciximab
is made from monoclonal antibody Fab fragments.
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Bleeding, thrombocytopenia.
NEUROLOGY PATHOLOGY
487
SECTION III
Movement disorders
DISORDER
PRESENTATION
CHARACTERISTIC LESION
NOTES
Athetosis
Writhing, snake-like
movement.
Chorea
Chorea = dancing.
Akathisial
Asterixis
movements
Dystonia
Essential tremor
High-frequency tremor
with sustained posture
(eg, outstretched arms),
worsened with movement or
when anxious
Hemiballismus
Contralateral subthalamic
nucleus (eg, lacunar stroke)
Intention tremor
Cerebellar dysfunction
Myoclonus
Pronounce Half-of-body
ballistic."
Contralateral lesion.
target
Resting tremor
SECTION III
415
Antimetabolites
DRUG
MECHANISM3
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Azathioprine,
6- mercaptopurine
Mvelosuppression,
nephrotoxicity, and
Cladribine
Cytarabine
(arabinofuranosyl
cytidine)
neurotoxicity.
panCYTopenia.
5 - fluorouracil
acid. Capecitabine is a
prodrug with similar activity
This complex inhibits
( topical).
thymidylate synthase
- .i dTMP
Methotrexate
1 dTMP
synthesis.
1 DNA
synthesis
Folic acid analog that
competitively inhibits
dihydrofolate reductase
1 DNA
Cancers: leukemias
(ALL), lymphomas,
choriocarcinoma, sarcomas.
Non-neoplastic: ectopic
pregnancy, medical
abortion (with misoprostol),
rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis,
IBD, vasculitis.
Mvelosuppression, which is
reversible with leucovorin
rescue.
Hepatotoxicity.
Mucositis (eg, mouth ulcers).
Pulmonary fibrosis.
416
SECTION III
PHARMACOLOGY
Antitumor antibiotics
DRUG
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Bleomycin
Dactinomycin
(actinomycin D)
Intercalates in DNA.
Doxorubicin ,
daunorubicin
Myelosuppression .
Cardiotoxicity (dilated
cardiomyopathy),
myelosuppression, alopecia.
Dexrazoxane ( iron chelating
agent), used to prevent
cardiotoxicity.
Alkylating agents
DRUG
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Busulfan
Cross-links DNA.
Severe myelosuppression ( in
almost all cases), pulmonary
fibrosis, hyperpigmentation .
Cyclophosphamide,
ifosfamide
Myelosuppression; hemorrhagic
bioactivation bv livei
N-acetylcvsteine .
Nitrosoureas
(Carmustine,
lomustine,
semustine,
streptozotocini
Require bioactivation .
Cross blood-brain barrier
CNS. Cross link DNA.
glioblastoma multiforme).
PHARMACOLOGY
SECTION III
417
Microtubule inhibitors
DRUG
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Hyperstabilize polymerized
microtubules in M phase so
that mitotic spindle cannot
break down (anaphase cannot
Mvelosuppression , neuropathy,
hypersensitivity.
Vincristine: neurotoxicity
(areflexia , peripheral neuritis),
occur).
Vincristine, vinblastine Vinca alkaloids that bind
p-tubulin and inhibit
its polymerization into
microtubules -* prevent
mitotic spindle formation
( M-phase arrest).
constipation ( including
paralytic ileus).
Cisplatin, carboplatin
MECHANISM
Cross-link DNA.
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Etoposide, teniposide
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Irinotecan, topotecan
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
MECHANISM
Hydroxyurea
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
Melanoma , myeloproliferative syndromes (eg, CML, polvcvthemia vera ), sickle cell ( T HbF ) j
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Severe mvelosuppression .
418
SECTION III
PHARMACOLOGY
Prednisone, prednisolone
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Bevacizumab
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Erlotinib
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Rash .
Cetuximab
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Imatinib
MECHANISM
Tyrosine kinase inhibitor of BCR ABL ( Philadelphia chromosome fusion gene in CML) and c-kit
(common in GI stromal tumors).
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Fluid retention .
Rituximab
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
MECHANISM
PHARMACOLOGY
SECTION III
419
Tamoxifen, raloxifene
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs) receptor antagonists in breast and agonists in
bone. Block the binding of estrogen to ER cells.
Breast cancer treatment ( tamoxifen only) and prevention. Raloxifene also useful to prevent
osteoporosis.
Tamoxifen partial agonist in endometrium, which t the risk of endometrial cancer; hot flashes.
Raloxifene no t in endometrial carcinoma because it is an estrogen receptor antagonist in
endometrial tissue.
Both t risk of thromboembolic events (eg, DVT, PE ).
Trastuzumab ( Herceptin )
MECHANISM
Monoclonal antibody against HER-2 (c-erbB2 ), a tyrosine kinase receptor. Helps kill cancer cells
that overexpress HER-2 , through inhibition of HER 2-initiated cellular signaling and antibodydependent cytotoxicity.
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Vemurafenib
MECHANISM
Small molecule inhibitor of BRAF oncogene melanoma. VEmuRAF-enib is for V600Emutated BRAF inhibition .
CLINICAL USE
Metastatic melanoma.
Common
chemotoxicities
Cisplatin /Carboplatin
nephrotoxicity)
ototoxicity (and
peripheral neuropathy
Bleomycin , Busulfan pulmonary fibrosis
Vincristine
Doxorubicin -* cardiotoxicity
Trastuzumab ( Herceptin ) cardiotoxicity
Cisplatin /Carboplatin nephrotoxic (and
ototoxicity
CYclophosphamide
hemorrhagic cystitis
5 FU -* myelosuppression
6-MP -* myelosuppression
Hydroxyurea - myelosuppression
Methotrexate myelosuppression
HIGH- YI E LD SYSTEMS
Musculoskeletal, Skin,
and Connective Tissue
Rigid , the skeleton of habit alone upholds the human frame.
Beauty may be skin deep , but ugly goes clear to the bone."
Virginia Woolf
Leonardo da Vinci
thrive in life
you
422
Pathology
433
Dermatology
443
Pharmacology
453
Redd Foxx
The function of muscle is to pull and not to push, except in the case of
the genitals and the tongue .
To
Anatomy and
Physiology
tunny bone.
Reba McEntire
421
422
SECTION III
PROCEDURE
Femur
Lateral
condyle
-^-
ACL
LCL
Lateral
meniscus
Fibula
Medial
condyle
PCL
V-MCL
Medial
meniscus
Tibia gg
ACL tear
Antenor drawer sign
Abnormal passive
abduction
Abnormal passive
adduction
McMurray test
Abduction
(valgus)
force
MCL tear
Adduction
LCL tear
(varus)
force
External
Medial tear
rotation
Internal
rotation
' P'
Lateral tear
0
Common fractures
Bending force
radius
Torus fracture
424
SECTION III
Medial epicondylitis
(golfer 's elbow )
Lateral epicondylitis
(tennis elbow )
Wrist bones
tunnel syndrome
Carpal tunnel
syndrome
Entrapment of median nerve in carpal tunnel; nerve compression paresthesia, pain, and
numbness in distribution of median nerve ( thenar eminence atrophies but sensation spared,
because palmar cutaneous branch enters the hand external to carpal tunnel). Associated with
pregnancy ( due to edema!rheumatoid arthritis, hypothyroidism, diabetes, acromegaly dialysisrelated amyloidosis; may be associated with repetitive use. Tinel sign ( on percussion) and Phalen
maneuver (on 90 flexion) of wrist produces tingling.
Guyon canal
syndrome
Compression of ulnar nerve at wrist or hand. Classically seen in cyclists due to pressure from
handlebars.
SECTION III
425
CAUSES OF INJURY
PRESENTATION
Axillary ( C5-C6)
Flattened deltoid
Loss of arm abduction at shoulder (> 15 j)
Loss of sensation over deltoid muscle and lateral
Musculocutaneous
Radial (C 5-T1)
Median (C5-T1)
Ape
Ulnar (C8-T1)
Ape
arm
(C5-C7 )
Recurrent branch of
median nerve (C5-T1)
Axillary nerve
^4
lesion )
Loss of w rist flexion , flexion of medial fingers,
abduction and adduction of fingers ( interossei),
actions of medial 2 lumbrical muscles
Loss of sensation over medial IV2 fingers
including hypothenar eminence
hand
Loss of thenar muscle group: opposition ,
abduction , and flexion of thumb
No loss of sensation
CB
Median nerve
Axillary nerve
Musculocutaneous nerve
Radial nerve
Ulnar nerve
Intercostobrachial
nerve
Medial antebrachial
Musculocutaneous nerve
"
cutaneous nerve
I
Radial nerve
Radial nerve
Medial brachial
Radial nerve
Recurrent branch
of median nerve
Ulnar nerve
^ cutaneous nerve
Radial nerve
,
Median nerve
J
%
Palm of hand
Median nerve
Radial nerve
Ulnar nerve
Dorsum of hand
426
SECTION III
sensory loss
Decreased thumb function,
'Pope's blessing'
C5
Randy
Lateral
Upper
Musculocutaneous
Travis
Drinks
Median (flexors)
Beer
Ulnar
C6
Axillary
Middle
Posterior 0
C7
(Extensors)
Cold
Radial
C8
Lower
Medial
Trunks
T1
1 1
1 1 i
Divisions Cords
Branches
Long thoracic
J
L
Roots
CONDITION
INJURY
CAUSES
MUSCLE DEFICIT
FUNCTIONAL DEFICIT
Traction or
tear of upper
( Erb-er ) trunk:
C 5 -C6 roots
Infants lateral
traction on neck
during delivery
Deltoid,
supraspinatus
Abduction (arm
hangs by side)
Infraspinatus
Adults trauma
Biceps brachii
pronated)
Klumpke palsy
Traction or tear
of lower trunk:
C8-T1 root
Infants upward
force on arm
during delivery
Adults trauma
(eg, grabbing a
tree branch to
break a fall)
Thoracic outlet
syndrome
Compression
of lower trunk
and subclavian
vessels
Cervical rib
(arrows in
Hi
Pancoast tumor
Intrinsic hand
muscles:
lumbricals,
interossei,
thenar,
hypothenar
due to vascular
compression
Winged scapula
Lesion of long
thoracic nerve
Axillary node
dissection after
mastectomy,
stab wounds
Serratus anterior
Inability to anchor
scapula to thoracic
cage cannot
abduct arm above
horizontal position
PRESENTATION
428
SECTION III
INNERVATION
lliohypoqastric
(T12-L1)
Sensory
suprapubic region
CAUSE OF INJURY
PRESENTATION/COMMENTS
Abdominal surgery
region
Genitofemoral nerve
(L1-L2)
Sensory
scrotum /labia
Laparoscopic surgery
Motor cremaster
Lateral femoral
cutaneous (L2-L3 )
Obturator (L 2- L4)
thigh
Sensory
medial thigh
Pelvic surgery
Sensory
anterior thigh.
adduction
Pelvic fracture
Herniated disc
Motor semitendinosus.
semimembranosus, biceps
femoris, adductor magnus
Common peroneal
(L4- S2)
extension.
medial leg
Trauma or compression of
lateral aspect of leg, fibular
neck fracture
SECTION III
429
NERVE
INNERVATION
11
Normal
Trendelenburg sign
1f.
Inferior qluteal ( L 5 - S2)
Pudendal (S 2- S 4)
PRESENTATION/COMMENTS
injury
Motor gluteus maximus
perineum
Hip muscles
ACTION
MUSCLES
Abductors
Adductors
Extensors
Flexors
Internal rotation
External rotation
430
SECTION III
Signs of lumbosacral
radiculopathy
DISC LEVEL
FINDINGS
L3-L4
L4-L 5
L 5-S1
walking
Neurovascular pairing
Nerves and arteries are frequently named together by the bones/regions with which they are
associated . The following are exceptions to this naming convention .
LOCATION
NERVE
Long thoracic
Lateral thoracic
Surgical neck of
humerus
Axillary
Posterior circumflex
Midshaft of humerus
Radial
Median
Deep brachial
Brachial
Popliteal fossa
Tibial
Popliteal
Posterior to medial
malleolus
Tibial
Posterior tibial
Distal humerus/
cubital fossa
ARTERY
Muscle conduction to
contraction
Revised Exterior
| Figure | Cvtosol
Dihydropyridine receptor
T-tubule membrane
8$
Ryanodine
receptor
Sarcoplasmic
3
reticulum
SECTION III
431
T-tubules are extensions of plasma membrane juxtaposed with terminal cisternae of the
sarcoplasmic reticulum, allowing for coordinated contraction of musclej
In skeletal muscle, 1 T-tubule + 2 terminal cisternae = triad.
In cardiac muscle, 1 T-tubule + 1 terminal cisterna = dyad.
1. Action potential depolarization opens presynaptic voltage-gated Ca2+ channels, inducing
neurotransmitter release.
2. Postsvnaptic ligand binding leads to muscle cell depolarization in the motor end plate.
3. Depolarization travels along muscle cell and down the T-tubule.
4. Depolarization of the voltage-sensitive dihydropyridine receptor, mechanically coupled to the
ryanodine receptor on the sarcoplasmic reticulum, induces a conformational change in both
receptors, causing Ca-+ release from sarcoplasmic reticulum.
5. Released Ca-+ binds to troponin C, causing a conformational change that moves tropomyosin
out of the myosin-binding groove on actin filaments.
6. Myosin releases bound ADP and P| displacement of myosin on the actin filament (power
stroke). Contraction results in shortening of H and I bands and between Z lines (IlIZ
shrinkage), but the A band remains the same length (A band is Always the same length) .
7. Binding of a new ATP molecule causes detachment of myosin head from actin filament.
Hydrolysis of bound ATP ADP, myosin head adopts high-energy position (cocked") for the
next contraction cycle.
T- tubule
Actin Myosin
li
Mitochondrion
M line
|
A band
|| I band |
U
H band
Type 1 muscle
Type 2 muscle
432
SECTION III
o|_
L-arginine
L-type voltage
gated Ca2
channel
v ^
Action
potential +
Receptor
i
*
NO synthase
TCa - calmodulin
complex
CONTRACTION
CONTRACTION
NO
Myosin-light -chain
kinase
(MLCK )
T Ca2 -
Ca 2
NO diffusion
.
I
NO
TCa;*
+*
Acetylcholine
bradykinin, etc
GTP
Myosin
+ actin
cGMP
I
4
Myosin-light-chain
phosphatase
Myosin-P
+ actin
( MLCP)
RELAXATION
Nitric oXide
RELAXATION
Bone formation
Endochondral
ossification
Membranous
ossification
Bones of axial skeleton, appendicular skeleton, and base of skull. Cartilaginous model of bone is
first made by chondrocytes. Osteoclasts and osteoblasts later replace with woven bone and then
remodel to lamellar bone. In adults, woven bone occurs after fractures and in Paget disease.
Defective in achondroplasia.
Bones of calvarium and facial bones. Woven bone formed directly without cartilage. Later
remodeled to lamellar bone.
Builds bone by secreting collagen and catalyzing mineralization in alkaline environment via ALP.
Differentiates from mesenchymal stem cells in periosteum. Osteoblastic activity measured by
bone ALP, osteocalcin, propeptides of type I procollagen.
Osteoclast
Parathyroid hormone
At low, intermittent levels, exerts anabolic effects ( building bone) on osteoblasts and osteoclasts
(indirect). Chronically t PTH levels (1 hyperparathyroidism) cause catabolic effects (osteitis
Estrogen
fibrosa cystica).
432
SECTION III
o|_
L-arginine
L-type voltage
gated Ca2
channel
v ^
Action
potential +
Receptor
i
*
NO synthase
TCa - calmodulin
complex
CONTRACTION
CONTRACTION
NO
Myosin-light -chain
kinase
(MLCK )
T Ca2 -
Ca 2
NO diffusion
.
I
NO
TCa;*
+*
Acetylcholine
bradykinin, etc
GTP
Myosin
+ actin
cGMP
I
4
Myosin-light-chain
phosphatase
Myosin-P
+ actin
( MLCP)
RELAXATION
Nitric oXide
RELAXATION
Bone formation
Endochondral
ossification
Membranous
ossification
Bones of axial skeleton, appendicular skeleton, and base of skull. Cartilaginous model of bone is
first made by chondrocytes. Osteoclasts and osteoblasts later replace with woven bone and then
remodel to lamellar bone. In adults, woven bone occurs after fractures and in Paget disease.
Defective in achondroplasia.
Bones of calvarium and facial bones. Woven bone formed directly without cartilage. Later
remodeled to lamellar bone.
Builds bone by secreting collagen and catalyzing mineralization in alkaline environment via ALP.
Differentiates from mesenchymal stem cells in periosteum. Osteoblastic activity measured by
bone ALP, osteocalcin, propeptides of type I procollagen.
Osteoclast
Parathyroid hormone
At low, intermittent levels, exerts anabolic effects ( building bone) on osteoblasts and osteoclasts
(indirect). Chronically t PTH levels (1 hyperparathyroidism) cause catabolic effects (osteitis
Estrogen
fibrosa cystica).
PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
433
Osteoporosis
Trabecular (spongy) and cortical bone lose mass Can lead to vertebral compression fractures ( ,
small arrows; large arrows show normal-for-age
and interconnections despite normal bone
mineralization and lab values (serum Ca + and vertebral body height for comparison) acute
back pain, loss of height, kyphosis. Also can
P04'-).
Most commonly due to t bone resorption
present with fractures of femoral neck, distal
related to i estrogen levels and old age.
radius (Colles fracture).
Can be secondary to drugs (eg, steroids,
alcohol, anticonvulsants, anticoagulants,
thyroid replacement therapy) or other
medical conditions (eg, hyperparathyroidism,
hyperthyroidism, multiple myeloma,
malabsorption syndromes).
Diagnosed by a bone mineral density scan
(dual-energy x-ray absorptiome [DEXAp with
a|T-score of < 2.5 or by a fragility fracture of
hip or vertebra. Screening recommended in
women > 65 years olcjj
Prophylaxis: regular weight-bearing exercise
and adequate Ca~+ and vitamin D intake
throughout adulthood.
Treatment: bisphosphonates, teriparatide,
SERMs, rarely calcitonin; denosumab
(monoclonal antibody against RANKL).
Normal vertebrae
Osteopetrosis ( marble
bone disease, AlbersSchonberq disease )!
A
Failure of normal bone resorption due to defective osteoclasts thickened, dense bones that are
prone to fracture. Defective osteoclasts cause overgrowth and sclerosis of cortical bone. Bone fillj
marrow space -* pancytopenia, extramedullary hematopoiesis. Mutations (eg, carbonic anhydrase
II) impair ability of osteoclast to generate acidic environment necessary for bone resorption.
X-rays show bone-in-bone ('stone bone) appearance Q. Can result in cranial nerve impingement
and palsies as a result of narrowed foramina. Bone marrow transplant is potentially curative as
osteoclasts are derived from monocytes.
434
SECTION III
Osteomalacia / rickets
i serum
Hyperactivity of osteoblasts
Osteonecrosis
( avascular necrosis)
,j
t ALP.
PATHOLOGY
m'
A1
f
Lytic osteoclasts
Mixed osteoclasts + osteoblasts
Sclerotic osteoblasts
Quiescent minimal osteoclast /osteoblast
activity.
Treatment: bisphosphonates, calcitonin.
a
D :
-v : \-
0'
obturator artery
Media femoral
circumflex artery
Lateral femoral
circumflex artery
cerstKM
zone infarcted
436
SECTION III
PATHOLOGY
EPIDEMIOLOGY/LOCATION
CHARACTERISTICS
Osteochondroma
Benign tumors
Malignant tumors
Osteosarcoma
(osteogenic sarcoma)
mutation).
Ewing sarcoma
r
.
Myeloma
f<
Fibrous dysplasia
C5
Osteoid osteoma
( nighttime pan central nidusl
Osteosarcoma
I{
Osteochondroma
Physis
&4 \
7,
\
-
tti
hi
rn
1
>-
PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
437
PATHOGENESIS
Osteoarthritis
Rheumatoid arthritis
PRESENTATION
JOINT FINDINGS
Osteophytes (bone spurs), joint space narrowing, Erosions, juxtaarticular osteopenia, soft tissue
swelling, subchondral cysts, joint space
subchondral sclerosis and cysts. Synovial
narrowing ( more prominent as disease
fluid non-inflammatory ( WBC < 2000/mm5).
progresses Deformities include cervical
Involves DIP (Heberden nodes Q) and PIP
subluxatiorj fingers with ulnar deviation,
( Bouchard nodes), and 1st CMC; not MCP.
sw an neck Q, and boutonniere. Synovial fluid
inflammatory ( WBC > 2000/mm5). Involves
MCP, PIP, wrist; not DIP or 1st CMC.
TREATMENT
^ Extraarticular manifestations
Normal
Normal
Osteoarthritis
Thickened
Joint capsule
and synovial
lining
Synovial
cavity
Cartilage
/I*0
-
capsule
slight synovial
nypertrophy
Osteophyte
U cerated
3^::-
sclerotic bone
Joint space
narrowing
sulxhondiai
bone cyst
Joint capsule
and synovial
lining
Synovial
cavity
Cartilage
\
v
Rheumatoid
arthritis
Bone and
cartilage
erosion
i creased
synovial fluid
Pannus
formation
Revised
Figure
438
SECTION III
PATHOLOGY
Gout
Overproduction of uric acid ( 10% of patients) Lesch-Nyhan syndrome, PRPP excess, t cell
turnover (eg, tumor lysis syndrome), von Gierke disease.
Crystals are needle shaped and birefringent under polarized light (yellow under parallel light,
blue under perpendicular light Q).
FINDINGS
31
SYMPTOMS
Asymmetric joint distribution. Joint is swollen, red, and painful. Classic manifestation is painful
MTP joint of big toe (podagra). Tophus formation Q (often on external ear, olecranon bursa, or
Achilles tendon). Acute attack tends to occur after a large meal with foods rich in purines (eg, red
meat, seafood) or alcohol consumption!(alcohol metabolites compete for same excretion sites in
kidney as uric acid 1 uric acid secretion and subsequent buildup in blood).
TREATMENT
u
-J
'
*
Q
Calcium
pyrophosphate
deposition disease
Deposition of calcium pyrophosphate crystals within the joint space. Occurs in patients > 50 years
old; both sexes affected equally. Usually idiopathic, sometimes associated with hemochromatosis,
hyperparathyroidism, joint trauma.
Pain and swelling with acute inflammation ( pseudogout) and/or chronic degeneration ( pseudo
osteoarthritis). Knee most commonly affected joint.
Chondrocalcinosis (cartilage calcification) on x-ray.
Crystals are rhomboid and weakly birefringent under polarized light (blue when parallel to
r to-
light) .
Acute treatment: NSAIDs, colchicine, glucocorticoids.
Prophylaxis: colchicine.
Sjogren syndrome
a- #
szaerir
rA
Findings:
Inflammatory joint pain
PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
439
sclerosis).
Complications: dental caries; mucosa-associated
lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma (may
present as parotid enlargement)
^
Salivary
gland biopsy can be used to confirm
diagnosis.
Laj
Bilateral parotid enlargement
Septic arthritis
S aureus, Streptococcus, and Neisseria gonorrhoeae are common causes. Affected joint is swollen
red, and painful. Synovial fluid purulent ( WBC > 50,000/mm ).
Gonococcal arthritis STI that presents as either purulent arthritis (eg, knee) or triad of
polyarthralgias, tenosynovitis (eg, hand), dermatitis (eg, pustules).
440
SECTION III
PATHOLOGY
Arthritis without rheumatoid factor ( no anti-IgG antibody). Strong association with HLA-B27
( MHC class I serotype). Subtypes ( PAIR) share variable occurrence of inflammatory back
pain (associated with morning stiffness, improves with exercise), peripheral arthritis, enthesitis
( inflamed insertion sites of tendons, eg, Achilles), dactylitis ( sausage fingers ), uveitis.
Seronegative
spondyloarthritis
Psoriatic arthritis
Ankylosing
spondylitis
expansion .
Inflammatory bowel
disease
Reactive arthritis
Conjunctivitis
Urethritis
Arthritis
f
r
Wt
(r
PATHOLOGY
441
SECTION III
m
RU
proliferative.
RASH OR PAIN:
Rash (malar Q or discoid )
Arthritis (nonerosive)
Serositis
Hematologic disorders (eg, cvtopenias)
Oral/nasopharyngeal ulcers
Renal disease
Photosensitivity
Antinuclear antibodies
FINDINGS
Cardiovascular disease
Infections
Renal disease
Anti-dsDNA antibodies
Anti-Smith antibodies
snRNPs)
Antihistone antibodies
formation.
TREATMENT
Antiphospholipid
syndrome
free plasmaj
Mixed connective
tissue disease
Features of SLE, systemic sclerosis, and/or polymyositis. Associated with anti-Ul RNP antibodies
(speckled ANA).
442
SECTION III
Sarcoidosis
PATHOLOGY
'
r N
Polymyalgia rheumatica
SYMPTOMS
Pain and stiffness in shoulders and hips, often with fever, malaise, weight loss. Does not cause
muscular weakness. More common in women > 50 years old ; associated with giant cell (temporal )
arteritis.
FINDINGS
TREATMENT
Fibromyalqia
( central sensitization
svndromeL
Most commonly seen in females 20-50 years old. Chronic, widespread musculoskeletal pain
associated with stiffness , paresthesias, poor sleep, fatigue, cognitive disturbance ( fibro fog ).
Treatment: regular exercise, antidepressants (TCAs, SNRIs), anticonvulsants.
Polymyositis /
dermatomyositis
DERMATOLOGY
SECTION III
443
Polymyositis
Dermatomyositis
Similar to polymyositis, but also involves malar rash (similar to SLE), Gottron papules Q,
heliotrope (erythematous periorbital) rash Q, shawl and face rash Q, mechanics hands. t risk
of occult malignancy. Perimysial inflammation and atrophy with CD4+ T cells.
k.
FREQUENCY
Uncommon
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
CLINICAL
Minimal effect
444
SECTION III
Scleroderma ( systemic
sclerosis)
DERMATOLOGY
M
'
Raynaud phenomenon
1 blood flow to the skin due to arteriolar (small vessel) vasospasm in response to cold or stress:
color change from white (ischemia) to blue (hypoxia) to red (reperfusion). Most often in the
fingers Q and toes. Called Raynaud disease when 1 (idiopathic), Raynaud syndrome when 2
to a disease process such as mixed connective tissue disease, SLE, or CREST (limited form of
systemic sclerosis) syndrome. Digital ulceration (critical ischemia) seen in 2 Raynaud syndrome.
Treat with Ca-+ channel blockers.
Skin layers
'
p0
.. * <
sSPermis
';
[3
446
SECTION III
DERMATOLOGY
CHARACTERISTICS
EXAMPLES
Hyperkeratosis
Psoriasis, calluses
Parakeratosis
Psoriasis
stratum corneum
Hypergranulosis
Spongiosis
Acantholysis
Acanthosis
Lichen planus
Eczematous dermatitis
Pemphigus vulgaris
Acanthosis nigricans, psoriasis
Albinism
Melasma (chloasma )
Vitiligo
Normal melanocyte number with 4 melanin production Q due to 4 tyrosinase activity or defective
tyrosine transport , t risk of skin cancer.
Hyperpigmentation associated with pregnancy ( mask of pregnancy Q) or OCP use.
Irregular areas of complete depigmentation H- Caused by autoimmune destruction of melanocytes.
'
-r
DERMATOLOGY
SECTION III
447
Acne
Atopic dermatitis
Pruritic eruption, commonly on skin flexures. Often associated with other atopic diseases (asthma,
allergic rhinitis, food allergies); t serum IgE. Usually appears on face in infancy Q and then
antecubital fossalH when older.
(eczema)
Allergic contact
dermatitis
Type IV hypersensitivity reaction that follows exposure to allergen. Lesions occur at site of contact
(eg, nickel 0, poison ivy, neomycin Q).
Melanocytic nevus
Common mole. Benign, but melanoma can arise in congenital or atypical moles. Intradermal nevi
are papular Q. Junctional nevi are flat macules 0.
Pseudofolliculitis
barbae
Foreign body inflammatory facial skin disorder characterized by firm, hyperpigmented papules and
pustules that are painful and pruritic . Located on cheeks, jawline, and neck. Commonly occurs as
a result of shaving ( razor bumps), primarily affects African American males.
Psoriasis
Papules and plaques w ith silvery scaling Q, especially on knees and elbow s. Acanthosis with
parakeratotic scaling (nuclei still in stratum corneum), Munro microabscesses, t stratum
spinosum, \ stratum granulosum. Auspitz sign (arrow in Q) pinpoint bleeding spots from
exposure of dermal papillae w hen scales are scraped off. Can be associated w ith nail pitting and
psoriatic arthritis.
Rosacea
Seborrheic keratosis
Inflammatory facial skin disorder characterized by erythematous papules and pustules Q, but no
comedones. May be associated with facial flushing in response to external stimuli (eg, alcohol,
heat). Phymatous rosacea can cause rhinophvma ( bulbous deformation of nose).
Flat, greasy, pigmented squamous epithelial proliferation with keratin-filled cysts ( horn cysts) Q.
Looks stuck on. Lesions occur on head, trunk, and extremities. Common benign neoplasm of
older persons.
Leser-Trelat sign D sudden appearance of multiple seborrheic keratoses, indicating an underlying
malignancy (eg, GI, lymphoid).
Verrucae
Warts; caused by HPV. Soft, tan-colored, cauliflower-like papules G3. Epidermal hyperplasia,
hyperkeratosis, koilocvtosis. Condyloma acuminatum on genitals 0.
Urticaria
Hives. Pruritic wheals that form after mast cell degranulation 0. Characterized by superficial
dermal edema and lymphatic channel dilation.
L
')
^
1
n
VJ
'
PS
V
..
Ik
>
L
449
SECTION III
DERMATOLOGY
Skin infections
Bacterial infections
Impetigo
Erysipelas
Cellulitis
Abscess
Necrotizing fasciitis
Staphylococcal scalded
skin syndrome
Very superficial skin infection . Usually from S aureus or S pyogenes. Highly contagious. Honeycolored crusting Q.
Bullous impetigo Q has bullae and is usually caused by S aureus .
Infection involving upper dermis and superficial lymphatics, usually from S pyogenes. Presents with
well-defined demarcation between infected and normal skin QAcute, painful , spreading infection of deeper dermis and subcutaneous tissues. Usually from
S pyogenes or S aureus . Often starts with a break in skin from trauma or another infection 0.
Collection of pus from a walled-off infection within deeper layers of skin Q. Offending organism is
almost always S aureus.
Deeper tissue injury, usually from anaerobic bacteria or S pyogenes. Pain may be out of proportion
to exam . Results in crepitus from methane and CO, production . Flesh-eating bacteria . Causes
bullae and a purple color to the skin QExotoxin destroys keratinocvte attachments in stratum granulosum only (vs toxic epidermal
necrolysis, which destroys epidermal-dermal junction ). Characterized by fever and generalized
erythematous rash with sloughing of the upper layers of the epidermis 0 that heals completely.
Nikolsky sign. Seen in newborns and children, adults with renal insufficiency.
Viral infections
Herpes
Herpes virus infections ( HSV1 and HSV2 ) of skin can occur anywhere from mucosal surfaces to
normal skin . These include herpes labialis, herpes genitalis, herpetic whitlow Q (finger ).
Molluscum
Umbilicated papules Q caused by a poxvirus. While frequently seen in children, it may be sexually
transmitted in adults.
Causes varicella (chickenpox) and zoster (shingles). Varicella presents with multiple crops of
lesions in various stages from vesicles to crusts. Zoster is a reactivation of the virus in dermatomal
distribution (unless it is disseminated ).
Irregular, white, painless plaques on lateral tongue that cannot be scraped off Q. EBV mediated .
Occurs in HIV-positive patients, organ transplant recipients. Contrast with thrush (scrapable) and
leukoplakia ( precancerous).
contagiosum
Hairy leukoplakia
- VAA
'
iA;
*
SP
I
EE
1
.
n
L2
450
SECTION III
DERMATOLOGY
Pemphigus vulgaris
Potentially fatal autoimmune skin disorder with IgG antibody against desmoglein (component of
desmosomes).
Flaccid intraepidermal bullae Q caused by acantholvsis ( keratinocytes in stratum spinosum are
connected bv desmosomes, resembling a row of tombstones ); oral mucosa is also involved . Type
II hypersensitivity reaction
Immunofluorescence reveals antibodies around epidermal cells in a reticular ( net-like ) pattern Q.
Nikolsky sign (separation of epidermis upon manual stroking of skin ).
Less severe than pemphigus vulgaris. Involves IgG antibod} against hemidesmosomes (epidermal
basement membrane; antibodies are bullow the epidermis).
Tense blisters H containing eosinophils affect skin but spare oral mucosa.
Immunofluorescence reveals linear pattern at epidermal-dermal junction 0.
Nikolsky sign .
Pruritic papules, vesicles, and bullae (often found on elbows) Q- Deposits of IgA at tips of dermal
papillae. Associated with celiac disease. Treatment: dapsone, gluten-free diet .
Associated with infections (eg, Mycoplasma pneumoniae. IISV ), drugs (eg, sulfa drugs, P-lactams,
phenytoin), cancers, autoimmune disease . Presents with multiple types of lesions macules,
papules, vesicles, target lesions ( look like targets with multiple rings and dusky center showing
epithelial disruption ) QCharacterized by fever, bullae formation and necrosis, sloughing of skin at dermal -epidermal
junction , high mortality rate. Typically 2 mucous membranes are involved 0 Q, and targetoid
skin lesions may appear, as seen in erythema multiforme. Usually associated with adverse drug
reaction . A more severe form of Stevens-Johnson syndrome (SJS) with > 30 % of the body surface
area involved is toxic epidermal necrolysis Q Q (TEN ). 10-30 % involvement denotes SJS-TEN .
Bullous pemphigoid
Dermatitis
herpetiformis
Erythema multiforme
Stevens-Johnson
syndrome
<?
-%
SECTION III
DERMATOLOGY
451
Acanthosis nigricans
Actinic keratosis
Erythema nodosum
Lichen Planus
Pityriasis rosea
Sunburn
25
452
SECTION III
DERMATOLOGY
Skin cancer
Most common skin cancer. Found in sun-exposed areas of body (eg, face). Locally invasive, but
rarely metastasizes. Waxv, pink, pearly nodules, commonhjwith telangiectasias, rolled borders,
central crusting or ulceration Q. BCCs also appear as nonhealing ulcers with infiltrating growth
Q or as a scaling plaque (superficial BCC ) Q. Basal cell tumors have palisading nuclei 0-
4
Squamous cell
carcinoma
Second most common skin cancer. Associated with excessive exposure to sunlight,
immunosuppression, chronically draining sinuses, and occasionalhiarsenic exposure. Commonly
appears on face Q, lower lip Q, ears, hands. Locally invasive, may spread to lymph nodes,
and will rarely metastasize. Ulcerative red lesions with frequent scale. ( listopathology: keratin
pearls 0.
%
Melanoma
Common tumor with significant risk of metastasis. S-100 tumor marker. Associated with sunlight
exposure and dysplastic nevi; fair-skinned persons are at t risk. Depth of tumor correlates with risk
of metastasis. Look for the ABCDEs: Asymmetry, Border irregularity, Color variation, Diameter
> 6 mm, and Evolution over time. At least 4 different types of melanoma, including superficial
spreading Q, nodular Q, lentigo maligna Q, and acral lentiginous Q Often driven by activating
mutation in BRAF kinase. Primary treatment is excision with appropriately wide margins.
Metastatic or unresectable melanoma in patients with BRAF V600E mutation may benefit from
vemurafenib, a BRAF kinase inhibitor.
llllp
r a
3
*^
454
SECTION III
PHARMACOLOGY
Aspirin
MECHANISM
NSAID that irreversibly inhibits cyclooxygenase ( both COX-1 and COX-2) by covalent acetylation
1 synthesis of TXA 7 and prostaglandins, t bleeding time. No effect on PT, PTT. Effect lasts
until new platelets are produced.
CLINICAL USE
Low dose (< 300 mg/day): 1 platelet aggregation. Intermediate dose ( 300-2400 mg/day): antipyretic
and analgesic. High dose ( 2400-4000 mg/day): anti-inflammatory.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Gastric ulceration, tinnitus (CN VIII). Chronic use can lead to acute renal failure, interstitial
nephritis, GI bleeding. Risk of Reve syndrome in children treated with aspirin for viral infection.
Causes respiratory alkalosis early, but transitions to mixed metabolic acidosis-respiratory alkalosis.
Celecoxib
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Nonsteroidal
anti-inflammatory
druqs ( NSAIDsL
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Reversibly inhibit cyclooxygenase (both COX-1 and COX-2). Block prostaglandin synthesis.
Antipyretic, analgesic, anti-inflammatory. Indomethacin is used to close a PDA.
Interstitial nephritis, gastric ulcer (prostaglandins protect gastric mucosa), renal ischemia
( prostaglandins vasodilate afferent arteriole), aplastic anemia.
Leflunomide
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
MECHANISM
Bisphosphonates
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Esophagitis (if taken orally, patients are advised to take with water and remain upright for 30
minutes), osteonecro sis of jaw, atypical stress fractures.
imperfecta.
455
SECTION III
PHARMACOLOGY
Teriparatide
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
t risk of osteosarcoma ( avoid use in patients with Paget disease of the bone or unexplained
elevation of alkaline phosphatase).
Transient hypercalcemia.
Gout drugs
Allopurinol
Febuxostat
Pegloticase
Probenecid
Diet
Purines
Hypoxanthine
I Xanthine
1 oxidase
Xanthine
I Xanthine
I oxidase
Plasma
uric acid
Allopurinol,
febuxostat
$
Probenecid and
high -dose salicylates
Nucleic acids
Naproxen, indomethacin.
Avoid salicylates; all but the highest doses
depress uric acid clearance. Other NSAIDs are
better tolerated]
Glucocorticoids
Colchicine
Urine
Gout
Tubular
reabsorption
Tubular
secretion
Diuretics and
TNF-a inhibitors
All TNF-a inhibitors predispose to infection, including reactivation of latent TB, since TNF is
important in granuloma formation and stabilization.
DRUG
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
Etanercept
Infliximab,
adalimumab,
certolizumabj
spondylitis
HIGH - YI E LD SYSTEMS
Neurology and
Special Senses
Estimated amount of glucose used by an adult human brain each day,
expressed in M & Ms: 250.
Harpers Index
Embryology
458
Anatomy and
Physiology
461
Pathology
479
Otology
500
Ophthalmology
502
Pharmacology
512
Dr. Seuss
I
your
Thomas Edison
457
458
SECTION III
NEUROLOGY EMBRYOLOGY
NEUROLOGY EMBRYOLOGY
Neural development
Neural plate
Day 18
'-Notochord
Neural fold
Notochord induces overlying ectoderm to differentiate into neuroectoderm and form neural plate.
Neural plate gives rise to neural tube and neural crest cells.
Notochord becomes nucleus pulposus of intervertebral disc in adults.
Neural tube
Neural
Day 21
Five secondary
vesicles
vesicles
Telencephalon
Wall
Cavity
Forebrain
(prosencephalon)
Diencephalon
Midbrain
(mesencephalon)
Mesencephalon
Hindbrain
(rhombencephalon)
Metencephalon
Walls
Cerebral
Lateral
hemispheres
ventricles
Thalamus,
Third
Hypothalamus
ventricle
Midbrain
Aqueduct
Rons
Upper part of
fourth ventricle
Cerebellum
Myelencephalon
Medulla
Spinal cord
Lower part of
fourth ventricle
113
Neuroepithelia in neural tubcj CNS neurons, ependymal cells ( inner lining of ventricles, make
CSF), oligodendroglia, astrocytes.
Neural crest PNS neurons, Schwann cells.
Mesoderm Microglia ( like Macrophages).
SECTION III
423
"Unhappy triad"
Common injury in contact sports due to lateral force applied to a planted leg. Classically, consists
of damage to the ACL Q, MCL, and medial meniscus (attached to MCL); however, lateral
meniscus injury is more common. Presents with acute knee pain and signs of joint injury/
instability.
Prepatellar bursitis
Inflammation of the prepatellar bursa over the kneecaptp. Can be caused by repeated trauma or
("housemaid's knee" )j
pressure from excessive kneeling.
Baker cyst
'A
Arm abduction
New
Fact
DEGREE
MUSCLE
NERVE
0-15
Supraspinatus
Suprascapular
15-100
Deltoid
> 100
Serratus anterior
Long thoracic
Axillary-
EMBRYOLOGY
SECTION III
459
Neuropores fail to fuse (4th week) -* persistent connection between amniotic cavity and spinal
canal . Associated with maternal diabetes as well asjlow folic acid intake before conception and
during pregnancy, t a-fetoprotein (AFP ) in amniotic fluid and maternal serum (except spina
bifida occulta ) t acetylcholinesterase (AChE) in amniotic fluid is a helpful confirmatory test (fetal
AChE in CSF flows through defect into amniotic fluid ).
Failure of rostral neuropore to close no forebrain, open calvarium . Clinical findings: t AFP,
polyhydramnios ( no swallowing center in brain ) .
Failure of caudal neuroporejto close, but no herniation. Usually seen at lower vertebral levels. Dura
is intact . Associated with tuft of hair or skin dimple at level of bony defect. Normal AFP
Meninges ( but no neural tissue) herniate through bony defect . Associated with spina bifida cystic
Meninges and neural tissue (eg, cauda equina ) herniate through bony defect .
,
Anencephaly
NEUROLOGY
f /- Tuft of hair
Skin defect/thinning
Skin
subarachnoid
spai
Jjia
Leptomeninges
J
-j
Spinal
cord
Transverse
Normal
Holoprosencephaly
Meningocele
Meningomyelocele
Failure of left and right hemispheres to separate; usually occurs during weeks 5-6. May be related
to mutations in sonic hedgehog signaling pathway. Moderate form has cleft lip/palate, most severe
form results in cyclopia . Seen in Patau syndrome and fetal alcohol syndrome.
RENAL
RENAL EMBRYOLOGY
SECTION III
547
Horseshoe kidney
Horseshoe
Aorta
kidney
Ureteral
Unilateral renal
agenesis
Ureteric bud fails to develop and induce differentiation of metanephric mesenchyme -* complete
absence of kidney and ureter. Often diagnosed prenatally via ultrasound.
Multicystic dysplastic
kidney
Duplex collecting
Bifurcation of ureteric bud before it enters the metanephric blastema creates a Y-shaped bifid
ureter. Duplex collecting system can alternatively occur through two ureteric buds reaching and
interacting with metanephric blastema. Strongly associated with vesicoureteral reflux and/or
ureteral obstruction, t risk for UTIs.
system
New
Fact
Congenital solitary
functioning kidney
Condition of being born with only one functioning kidney. Majority asymptomatic with
compensator} hypertrophy of contralateral kidney, but anomalies in contralateral kidney are
common.
Posterior urethral
valves
Membrane obstructs the urethra due to abnormal development in utero. Found only in males. Can
be diagnosed prenatally by hydronephrosis and dilated bladder on ultrasound. Most common
cause of urinary obstruction in male infants.
460
SECTION III
NEUROLOGY EMBRYOLOGY
Chiari I malformation!
Ectopia of cerebellar tonsils ( 1 structure ) > 3-5 mm; congenital, usually asymptomatic in
childhood, manifests in adulthood with headaches and cerebellar symptoms. Associated with
spinal cavitations ( eg, syringomyelia ) , i
Chiari II malformation
Dandy-Walker
syndrome|
Agenesis of cerebellar vermis with cvstic enlargement of 4th ventricle ( red arrow in ), fills the
enlarged posterior fossa. Associated with noncommunicating hydrocephalus, spina bifidaj
B=
New
Image
r#vV
wan
Syringomyelia
Tongue development
Anterior tongue
Arches
land 2
Sensation
vnaV
Taste
via VII
Revised
Figure |
Sensation
and taste
via IX
a cues
Sand 4
Sensation
and taste
SECTION III
461
Posterior tongue
Signal-transmitting cells of the nervous system. Permanent cells do not divide in adulthood.
Signal-relaying cells with dendrites (receive input), cell bodies, and axons (send output). Cell bodies
and dendrites can be seen on Nissl staining (stains RER). RER is not present in the axon.
Injury to axon Wallerian degeneration degeneration distal to injury and axonal retraction
proximally; allows for potential regeneration of axon (if in PNS).
Astrocytes
Physical support, repair, buffers extracellular K4! removal of excess neurotransmitter, component
of blood-brain barrier, glycogen fuel reserve buffer. Reactive gliosis in response to neural injury.
Astrocyte marker: GFAP Derived from neuroectoderm.
Microglia
462
SECTION III
Myelin
cells.
Schwann cells
Nucleus -v
Node of Ranvier
Myelin sheath -*
Each Schwann cell myelinates only 1 PNS axon. May be injured in Guillain-Barre syndromeJ
Also promote axonal regeneration. Derived
from neural crest
V Schwann cell
Oligodendroglia
-Node of Ranvier
Axon
matter.
Sensory receptors
RECEPTOR TYPE
LOCATION
SENSES
Pain, temperature
Meissner corpuscles
Vibration, pressure
Pacinian corpuscles
Merkel discs
Ruffini corpuscles
quickly
Large, myelinated fibers; adapt
quickly
Large, myelinated fibers; adapt
slowly
Dendritic endings with
viscera
joints
angle change
Peripheral nerve
Nerve trunk
Epineurium
Perineurium
Endoneurium
Nerve fibers
Chromatolysis
' .
***
SECTION III
Endo = inner.
Peri = around.
Epi = outer.
Reaction of neuronal cell body to axonal injury. Changes reflect t protein synthesis in effort to
repair the damaged axon. Characterized bv:
Round cellular swelling H
Displacement of the nucleus to the periphery
Dispersion ofNissl substance throughout cytoplasm
Concurrent with Wallerian degeneration degeneration of axon distal to site of injury.
Macrophages remove debris and mvelin.
ANXIETY
DEPRESSION
SCHIZOPHRENIA
SYNTHESIS
Acetylcholine
Basal nucleus
of Meynert
Dopamine
Ventral
ALZHEIMER
DISEASE
HUNTINGTON
DISEASE
PARKINSON
tegmentum,
SNj
GABA
Nucleus
accumbens
Norepinephrine
Locus ceruleus
Serotonin
Raphe nucleus
DISEASE
463
464
SECTION III
Blood-brain barrier
processes
light
-4' ll
.i' y '
Sasement
membrane
Hypothalamus
release).
Infarction and/or neoplasm destroys endothelial
cell tight junctions vasogenic edema.
Other notable barriers include:
Blood-testis barrier
* Maternal-fetal blood barrier of placenta
The hypothalamus wears TAN HATS Thirst and water balance, Adenohypophysis control
(regulates anterior pituitary), Neurohypophysis releases hormones produced in the hypothalamus
Hunger, Autonomic regulation, Temperature regulation, Sexual urges.
Inputs (areas not protected by blood-brain barrier): OVLlt senses change in osmolarity), area
postrema (found in medulla, responds to emetics)]
Lateral area
Ventromedial area
Anterior
hypothalamus
Cooling, parasympathetic.
Posterior
hypothalamus
Heating, sympathetic.
Suprachiasmatic
nucleus
Circadian rhythm.
Supraoptic nucleus
Releases ADI 1
Paraventricular
nucleus
Releases oxvtocin
Sleep physiology
SECTION III
465
Sleep cycle is regulated by the circadian rhythm, which is driven by suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN)
of hypothalamus. Circadian rhythm controls nocturnal release of ACTH, prolactin, melatonin,
norepinephrine: SCN norepinephrine release pineal gland melatonin. SCN is regulated
by environment (eg, light).
Two stages: rapid-eve movement (REM) and non-REM|
Alcohol, benzodiazepines, and barbiturates are associated with l REM sleep and delta wave sleep;
norepinephrine also i REM sleep.
Oral desmopressin ( ADI 1 analog) is useful in treatment of bedwetting (sleep enuresis) j preferred over
imipramine because of the latters adverse effects.
Benzodiazepines are useful for night terrors and sleepwalking by decreasing N3 and REM sleep!
SLEEP STAGE (% OF TOTAL SLEEP
TIME IN YOUNG ADULTS)
DESCRIPTION
EEG WAVEFORM
Alpha
Stage N1 (5%)
Light sleep
Theta
Stage N2 (45%)
Stage N3 (25%)
Beta
At night, BATS Drink Blood
466
SECTION III
Ventral
FJpsteroLjateral
Thalamus
NUCLEUS
INPUT
SENSES
DESTINATION
Vibration, Pain,
Pressure,
1 somatosensory-
MNEMONIC
cortex
Proprioception,
Light touch,
temperature!
nucleus
Face sensation,
1 somatosensory -
Ventral
posteroMedial
nucleus
Lateral
geniculate
nucleus
CN II
Vision
Calcarine sulcus
Lateral = Light
Medial
geniculate
nucleus
Hearing
Auditory cortex of
temporal lobe
Medial = Music
Motor
Motor cortex
cortex
taste
tectum
Limbic system
jiCpA
- v;
;
Makeup goes on
the face (VPM)
*
Dopaminergic
pathways
Commonly altered by drugs (eg, antipsychotics) and movement disorders (eg, Parkinson disease).
PATHWAY
Mesocortical
1 activity
Mesolimblc
Nigrostriatal
Tuberoinfundibular
1 activity -* t prolactin
NOTES
1 libido, sexual
dysfunction, galactorrhea, gynecomastia (in
men).
Cerebellum
SECTION III
467
NEUROLOGY
SECTION III
469
Re
located
Fact
Somatosensory
association cortex
Central sulcus
cortex
0i
Frontal eye
held
Frontal
ibc
'
Prefronl 3
T
Broca area
Wernicke area
Occipital
lobe
Temporal
mpo
lobe
Sylvian fissure
Limbic
Primary
visual cortex
Primary
auditory cortex
association area
Homunculus
Re located
Fact
oooo0
-,x
fV i %
'
<
Tongue
Swallowing
Medial
11
Lateral
470
SECTION III
Cerebral perfusion
Re -
located
Fact
normal Po2
Normal
Hypoxemia increases
cerebral perfusion pressure
only when Po2 < 50 mm Hg
NEUROLOGY
Cerebral perfusion
pressure * Pco2 until
Pco2 > 90 mm Hg
--02
I
Normal
normal Pco2
50
Re -
ISO
100
Arterial gas pressure (mm Hg )
120
80
Arterial gas pressure 1mm Hg)
40
?T
A
Watershed zones
Between anterior cerebral /middle cerebral , posterior cerebral /middle cerebral arteries. Damage by
severe hypotension -* upper leg /upper arm weakness, defects in higher-order visual processing.
Re -
Circle of Willis
located
Fact
Optic chiasm
communicating
cerebral
Anterior
ACA
ICA
MCA
Anterior
ACA
circulation
MCA
AT
Middle
zerebi ri
Posterior
communicating
PCA
-ni
CA
erebi il
cerebellar
if ^
Anterior inferior
cerebellar
> I i . l .TI
I/A
cephalic
- Basilar | BA
Posterior inferior
.
GCA
Ht
rr A Superior
PICA
BA
PCom
Posterior
AICA
CA
ft
WILLIS
9TPCA
INFERIOR VIEW
ACA
CIRCLE
OF
PCom
circulation
471
SECTION III
Aorta
- Vertebral | VA
OBLIQUE- LATERAL VIEW
Large venous channels that run through the dura. Drain blood from cerebral veins and receive CSF
from arachnoid granulations. Empty into internal jugular vein.
Venous sinus thrombosis presents with signs/symptoms of t ICP (eg, headache, seizures, focal
neurologic deficits). May lead to venous hemorrhage. Associated with hypercoagulable states (eg,
pregnancy, OCP use, factor V Leiden).
Sphenoparietal sinus
Straight sinus
Cavernous sinus
Confluence of the sinuses
Sigmoid sinus
Occipital sinus
Transverse sinus
Jugular foramen
Internal jugular vein
NEUROLOGY PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
AREA OF LESION
SYMPTOMS
NOTES
Basilar artery
Locked-in syndrome.
Posterior
cerebral
movements
Loss of horizontal, but not vertical ,
eye movements
artery
a
I New I
llmaqel
\
r
483
514
SECTION III
NEUROLOGY
PHARMACOLOGY
Suvorexant
MECHANISM
Triptans
MECHANISM
Sumatriptan
5- HT|B/1 p agonists. Inhibit trigeminal nerve
activation ; prevent vasoactive peptide release;
induce vasoconstriction .
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Psychiatry
A Freudian slip is when you say one thing but mean your mother.
Psychology
522
Pathology
524
Pharmacology
539
Anonymous
Men will always be mad , and those who think they can cure them are the
maddest of all.
Voltaire
Anyone who goes to a psychiatrist ought to have his head examined ."
Samuel Goldwyn
Louis Nizer
521
522
SECTION III
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY PSYCHOLOGY
PSYCHIATRY PSYCHOLOGY
Classical conditioning
Operant conditioning
Reinforcement
Punishment
Extinction
Increase Behavior
Positive
Punishment
Positive
Reinforcement
Negative
Negative
Punishment
Reinforcement
<
Patient projects feelings about formative or other important persons onto physician (eg, psychiatrist
is seen as parent).
Countertransference
Doctor projects feelings about formative or other important persons onto patient (eg, patient
reminds physician of younger sibling).
Ego defenses
Mental processes (unconscious or conscious) used to resolve conflict and prevent undesirable
feelings (eg, anxiety, depression).
IMMATURE DEFENSES
DESCRIPTION
EXAMPLE
Acting out
Tantrums.
Denial
Displacement
during chemotherapy
person or
Dissociation
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY PSYCHOLOGY
SECTION III
523
DESCRIPTION
EXAMPLE
Fixation
Idealization
Identification
admired).
Intellectualization
Passive aggression
cancer
manner ]
Projection
Rationalization
Reaction formation
Regression
Involuntarily
Repression
Splitting
Sublimation
Altruism
friendly.
MATURE DEFENSES
reaction formation).
generosity.
Suppression
Humor
524
SECTION III
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY PATHOLOGY
PSYCHIATRY PATHOLOGY
Psychiatric genetics
Both genetic and environmental factors are involved in development of most psychiatric disorders.
For example, in bipolar disorder and schizophrenia, lifetime risk in general population (~ 1%)
< parent or sibling of someone affected (~ 10%) < monozygotic twin of someone affected (~ 50%).
Infant deprivation
effects
Child abuse
Physical abuse
Sexual abuse
ABUSER
EPIDEMIOLOGY
EVIDENCE
Child neglect
Failure to provide a child with adequate food, shelter, supervision, education, and/or affection.
Most common form of child maltreatment. Evidence: poor hygiene, malnutrition, withdrawal,
impaired social/emotional development, failure to thrive.
As with child abuse, suspected child neglect must be reported to local child protective services.
Vulnerable child
syndrome
Parents perceive the child as especially susceptible to illness or injury. Usually follows a serious
illness or life-threatening event. Can result in missed school or overuse of medical services.
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY
PATHOLOGY
525
SECTION III
Attention -deficit
hyperactivity
disorder
Onset before age 12. Limited attention span and poor impulse control. Characterized by
hyperactivity, impulsivity, and /or inattention in multiple settings (school , home, places of worship,
etc). Normal intelligence, but commonly coexists with difficulties in school . Continues into
adulthood in as many as 50% of individuals. Treatment: stimulants (eg, methylphenidate) +/
cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT ) ; alternatives include atomoxetine, guanfacine, clonidine.
Autism spectrum
disorder
Rett syndrome
X-linked dominant disorder seen almost exclusively in girls (affected males die in utero or
shortly after birth ) . Symptoms usually become apparent around ages 1 4, including regression
characterized by loss of development , loss of verbal abilities, intellectual disability, ataxia ,
stereotyped hand-wringing.
Repetitive and pervasive behavior violating the basic rights of others or societal norms (eg,
aggression to people and animals, destruction of property, theft ). After age 18, many of these
patients will meet criteria for diagnosis of antisocial personality disorder. Treatment for both:
psychotherapy such as CBT.
Enduring pattern of hostile, defiant behavior toward authority figures in the absence of serious
violations of social norms. Treatment: psychotherapy such as CBT.
Common onset at 7-9 years. Overwhelming fear of separation from home or loss of attachment
figure. May lead to factitious physical complaints to avoid going to or staying at school . Treatment:
CBT, play therapy, family therapy.
Onset before age 18. Characterized by sudden , rapid , recurrent, nonrhythmic, stereotyped motor
and vocal tics that persist for > 1 year. Coprolalia ( involuntary obscene speech ) found in only
10-20% of patients. Associated with OCD and ADHD. Treatment: psychoeducation , behavioral
therapy. For intractable and distressing tics, high -potency antipsychotics (eg, fluphenazine,
pimozide), tetrabenazine, a,-agonists (eg , guanfacine and clonidine), or atypical antipsychotic
may be used.
Onset before age 10. Severe and recurrent temper outbursts out of proportion to situation . Child
is constantly angry and irritable between outbursts. Treatment: psychostimulants, antipsychotics.
behavioral therapy.
Conduct disorder
Oppositional defiant
disorder
Separation anxiety
disorder
Tourette syndrome
Disruptive mood
dysrequlation
disorder
Orientation
deficiencies.
person .
PSYCHIATRY
Dementia
Psychosis
PSYCHIATRY
PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
Dememtia
Delusions
Unique, false beliefs that persist despite the facts, not typical of a patient s culture or religion ( eg,
thinking aliens are communicating with vouj Types include erotomanic, grandiose , jealous,
persecutory, somatic, mixed , and unspecified!
Disorganized thought
Hallucinations
Perceptions in the absence of external stimuli (eg, seeing a light that is not actually present).
Contrast with illusions, misperceptions of real external stimuli. Types include:
a
Visual more commonly a feature of medical illness (eg, drug intoxication ) than psychiatric
illness.
Auditory more commonly a feature of psychiatric illness (eg, schizophrenia) than medical
illness.
Olfactory often occur as an aura of temporal lobe epilepsy (eg, burning rubber) and in brain
tumors.
Gustatory rare, but seen in epilepsy.
Tactile common in alcohol withdrawal and stimulant use (eg, cocaine, amphetamines),
delusional parasitosis, cocaine crawlies.
Hypnagogic occurs while going to sleep. Sometimes seen in narcolepsy.
Hypnopompic occurs while waking from sleep ( pompous upon awakening ). Sometimes
seen in narcolepsy.
527
528
SECTION III
Schizophrenia
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY
PATHOLOGY
months.
Delusional disorder
Fixed , persistent, false belief system lasting > 1 month. Functioning otherwise not impaired
(eg, a woman who genuinely believes she is married to a celebrity when , in fact , she is not).
Can be shared by individuals in close relationships (folie a deux).
Mood disorder
Characterized by an abnormal range of moods or internal emotional states and loss of control over
them . Severity of moods causes distress and impairment in social and occupational functioning.
Includes major depressive disorder, bipolar disorder, dysthymic disorder, and cyclothymic
disorder. Episodic superimposed psychotic features (delusions or hallucinations) may be present.
Manic episode
Distinct period of abnormally and persistently elevated , expansive, or irritable mood and
abnormally and persistently t activity or energy lasting at least 1 week . Often disturbing to
patient .
Diagnosis requires hospitalization or at least 3 of the following ( manics DIG E\ST):
Flight of ideas racing thoughts
Distractibility
t in goal-directed Activity/psychomotor
Irresponsibility seeks pleasure without
Agitation
regard to consequences ( hedonistic)
1 need for Sleep
Grandiosity inflated self-esteem
Talkativeness or pressured speech
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
529
Hypomanic episode
Like a manic!episode except mood disturbance is not severe enough to cause marked impairment
in social and/or occupational functioning or to necessitate hospitalization. No psychotic features.
Lasts at least 4 consecutive days.
Bipolar disorder
(manic depression )
Major depressive
disorder
SIG E CAPS:
Concentration problems
Appetite/weight changes
x Psychomotor retardation or
agitation
Suicidal ideations
Patients with depression typically have the
following changes in their sleep stages:
c
1 slow-wave sleep
1 REM latency
t REM early in sleep cycle
t total REM sleep
Depression with
atypical features
pharacterized by mood reactivity ( being able to experience improved mood in response to positive
events, albeit briefly), reversed vegetative symptoms ( hypersomnia, hyperphagia), leaden
paralysis ( heavy feeling in arms and legs), long-standing interpersonal rejection sensitivity. Most
common subtype of depression. Treatment: CBT and SSRIs are first line. MAO inhibitors are
effective but not first line because of their risk profile.
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
529
Hypomanic episode
Like a manic!episode except mood disturbance is not severe enough to cause marked impairment
in social and/or occupational functioning or to necessitate hospitalization. No psychotic features.
Lasts at least 4 consecutive days.
Bipolar disorder
(manic depression )
Major depressive
disorder
SIG E CAPS:
Concentration problems
Appetite/weight changes
x Psychomotor retardation or
agitation
Suicidal ideations
Patients with depression typically have the
following changes in their sleep stages:
c
1 slow-wave sleep
1 REM latency
t REM early in sleep cycle
t total REM sleep
Depression with
atypical features
pharacterized by mood reactivity ( being able to experience improved mood in response to positive
events, albeit briefly), reversed vegetative symptoms ( hypersomnia, hyperphagia), leaden
paralysis ( heavy feeling in arms and legs), long-standing interpersonal rejection sensitivity. Most
common subtype of depression. Treatment: CBT and SSRIs are first line. MAO inhibitors are
effective but not first line because of their risk profile.
530
SECTION III
Postpartum mood
disturbances
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY
PATHOLOGY
Maternal
( postpartum ) "blues"
50-85% incidence rate. Characterized by depressed affect , tearfulness, and fatigue starting 2-3
days after delivery. Usually resolves within 10 days. Treatment: supportive. Follow up to assess for
possible postpartum depression .
Postpartum
depression
10-15% incidence rate. Characterized by depressed affect , anxiety, and poor concentration .
Treatment: CBT and SSRIs are first line.
0.1-0.2% incidence rate. Characterized by mood-congruent delusions, hallucinations, and
thoughts of harming the baby or self. Risk factors include history of bipolar or psychotic disorder,
first pregnancy, family history, recent discontinuation of psychotropic medication . Treatment:
hospitalization and initiation of atypical antipsychotic; if insufficient, ECT may be used .
Postpartum psychosis
Grief
The five stages of grief are denial , anger, bargaining, depression , and acceptance, not necessarily
in that order. Other normal grief symptoms include shock, guilt , sadness, anxiety, yearning, and
somatic symptom Hallucinations of the deceased person are common . Duration varies widely;
usually < 6 months.
Pathologic grief is persistent and causes functional impairment . Can meet criteria for major
depressive episode.
Electroconvulsive
therapy
Used mainly for treatment-refractory depression, depression with psychotic symptoms, and acutely
suicidal patients. Produces grand mal seizure in an anesthetized patient . Adverse effects include
disorientation, temporary headache, partial anterograde /retrograde amnesia usually resolving in 6
months. Safe in pregnancy.
Sex ( male)
Age ( young adult or elderly)
Depression
)
Previous attempt ( highest risk factor!
Ethanol or drug use
Rational thinking loss ( psychosis)
Sickness (medical illness)
Organized plan
No spouse or other social support
Stated future intent
completion
Anxiety disorder
suicide.
Most common method in US is firearms; access
to guns t risk of suicide completion.
Women try more often; men complete!more
often.
Inappropriate experience of fear/worry and its physical manifestations (anxiety) incongruent with
the magnitude of the perceived stressor. Symptoms interfere with daily functioning. Includes
panic disorder, phobias, generalized anxiety disorder, and selective mutism . Treatment: CBT,
SSRIs, SNRIs.
PSYCHIATRY
Panic disorder
PSYCHIATRY PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
531
Specific phobia
Severe, persistent (> 6 months) fear or anxiehidue to presence or anticipation of a specific object or
situation. Person recognizes fear is excessive. Can be treated with systematic desensitization.
Social anxiety disorder exaggerated fear of embarrassment in social situations (eg, public
speaking, using public restrooms). Treatment: CBT, SSRIs, venlafaxine. For only occasional
Generalized anxiety
disorder
Anxiety lasting > 6 months unrelated to a specific person, situation, or event. Associated with
restlessness, irritability, sleep disturbance, fatigue, muscle tension, difficulty concentrating.
Treatment: CBT, SSRIs, SNRIs are first line. Buspirone, TCAs, benzodiazepines are second line.
Adjustment disorder emotional symptoms (anxiety, depression) causing impairment following
an identifiable psychosocial stressor (eg, divorce, illness) and lasting < 6 months (> 6 months in
presence of chronic stressor). Treatment: CBT, SSRIs.
Obsessive- compulsive
disorder
Recurring intrusive thoughts, feelings, or sensations ( obsessions) that cause severe distress;
relieved in part by the performance of repetitive actions (compulsions). Ego-dystonic : behavior
inconsistent with ones own beliefs and attitudes (vs obsessive-compulsive personality disorder).
Associated with Tourette syndrome. Treatment : CBT, SSRIs, and clomipramine are first line.
Body dysmorphic disorder preoccupation with minor or imagined defect in appearance
significant emotional distress or impaired functioning; patients often repeatedly seek cosmetic
treatment. Treatment: CBT.
Exposure to prior trauma (eg, witnessing death, experiencing serious injury or rape) -* persistent
Hyperarousal Avoidance of associated stimuli, intrusive Reexperiencing of the event ( nightmares,
flashbacks), changes in cognition or mood (fear, horror Distress! Disturbance lasts > 1 month
with significant distress or impaired social-occupational functioning. Treatment: CBT, SSRIs, and
venlafaxine are first line. Having PTSD is HARD!
Acute stress disorder lasts between 3 days and 1 month. Treatment: CBT; pharmacotherapy is
usually not indicated.
532
SECTION III
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY
PATHOLOGY
Brief psychotic
disorder
< 1 month
Schizophreniform
1-6 months
disorder
Schizophrenia
Schizoaffective
disorder
> 6 months
> 2 weeks
Maior depressive
disorder
> 2 weeks
Patholoqic qrief
> 6 months
> 2 weeks
Dysthvmia ,
cyclothymia
Delusional disorder
Generalized anxiety
disorder
> 1 month
> 6 months
Separation anxiety
disorder
Adjustment disorder
< 6 months
(> 6 months if presence of chronic stressor )
3 days-1 month
PTSD
> 1 month
Malingering
Patient consciously fakes, profoundly exaggerates, or claims to have a disorder in order to attain a
specific 2 (external ) gain (eg, avoiding work , obtaining compensation ). Poor compliance with
treatment or follow-up of diagnostic tests. Complaints cease after gain (vs factitious disorder).
Factitious disorders
Patient consciously creates physical and/or psychological symptoms in order to assume sick role
and to set medical attention and sympathy (1 [ internal! gain ).
Factitious disorder
imposed on self
( Munchausen
syndrome)
Chronic factitious disorder with predominantly physical signs and symptoms. Characterized by
a history of multiple hospital admissions and willingness to undergo invasive procedures. Often
associated with healthcare worker
Factitious disorder
imposed on another
( Munchausen
syndrome by proxy)
Illness in a child or elderly patient is caused or fabricated by the caregiver. Motivation is to assume
a sick role by proxy. Form of child /elder abuse.
PSYCHIATRY
disorder
PSYCHIATRY PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
533
Variety of bodily complaints (eg, pain, fatigue) lasting for months to years. Associated with
excessive, persistent thoughts and anxiety about symptoms. May co-occur with medical illness.
Treatment: Regular office visits with the same physician
Conversion disorder
(functional
neurologic symptom
disorder)
Loss of sensory or motor function ( eg, paralysis, blindness, mutism), often following an acute
stressor; patient is aware of but sometimes indifferent toward symptoms ( la belle indifference );
more common in females, adolescents, and young adults.
Illness anxiety
disorder
Excessive preoccupation with acquiring or having a serious illness, often despite medical
evaluation and reassurance; minimal somatic symptoms.
(Hypochondriasis|
]
Pseudocyesis
False, nondelusional belief of being pregnant. May have signs and symptoms of pregnancy but is
not pregnant.
Personality
Personality trait
An enduring, repetitive pattern of perceiving, relating to, and thinking about the environment and
Personality disorder
Inflexible, maladaptive, and rigidly pervasive pattern of behavior causing subjective distress
and/or impaired functioning; person is usually not aware of problem. Usually presents by early
adulthood.
Three clusters, A, B, and C; remember as Weird, Wild, and Worried based on symptoms.
oneself.
Cluster A personality
disorders
Paranoid
Schizoid
Schizoid = distant,
Schizotypal
534
SECTION III
Cluster B personality
disorders
Antisocial
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY
PATHOLOGY
( Bad to the Bone).
"Wild
Antisocial = sociopath.
Histrionic
Narcissistic
Cluster C personality
disorders
Avoidant
Obsessive-compulsive
Dependent
PSYCHIATRY
Eating disorders
Anorexia nervosa
PSYCHIATRY PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
535
Most common in young females. Note that bupropion should be avoided for management of
depression
Excessive dieting, exercise, or binge eating/purging with BMI < 18.5 kg/m2; intense fear of gaining
weight; and distortion or overvaluation of body image. Associated with A bone density, severe
weight loss, metatarsal stress fractures, amenorrhea (due to loss of pulsatile GnRH secretion),
lanugo, anemia, electrolyte disturbances. Commonly coexists with depression. Psychotherapy
and nutritional rehabilitation are first line. Refeeding syndrome ( t insulin hypophosphatemia
-* cardiac complications) can occur in significantly malnourished patients.
Bulimia nervosa
Binge eating with recurrent inappropriate compensatory behaviors (eg, self-induced vomiting,
using laxatives or diuretics, fasting, excessive exercise) occurring weekly for at least 3 months and
overvaluation of body image. Body weight often maintained within normal range. Associated with
parotitis, enamel erosion, electrolyte disturbances ( eg, hypokalemia, hvpochloremui metabolic
alkalosi dorsal hand calluses from induced vomiting ( Russell sign). Treatment: psychotherapy',
nutritional rehabilitation, antidepressants.
Gender dysphoria
Strong, persistent cross-gender identification that leads to persistent discomfort with sex assigned at
birth, causing significant distress and/or impaired functioning. Transgender individuals may have
gender dysphoric disorder.
Transsexualism desire to live as the opposite sex, often through surgery or hormone treatment.
Transvestism paraphilia, not gender dysphoria. Wearing clothes (eg, vest) of the opposite sex
(cross-dressing).
Sexual dysfunction
Includes sexual desire disorders ( hypoactive sexual desire or sexual aversion), sexual arousal
disorders (erectile dysfunction), orgasmic disorders (anorgasmia, premature ejaculation), sexual
pain disorders (dyspareunia, vaginismus).
Differential diagnosis includes:
Drugs (eg, antihypertensives, neuroleptics, SSRIs, ethanol)
Diseases (eg, depression, diabetes, STIs)
Psychological (eg, performance anxiety)
0
Periods of terror with screaming in the middle of the night; occurs during slow-wave/deep (stage
N3) sleep. Most common in children . Occurs during non-REM sleep (no memory of arousal )
as opposed to nightmares that occur during REM sleep (memory of a scary dream). Cause
unknown, but triggers include emotional stress, fever, or lack of sleep. Usually self limited.
536
SECTION III
Narcolepsy
Substance use
disorder
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY
PATHOLOGY
Maladaptive pattern of substance use defined as 2 or more of the following signs in 1 year related
specifically to substance
uset
Stages of change in
overcoming substance
addiction
538
SECTION III
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY
PATHOLOGY
INTOXICATION
WITHDRAWAL
Hallucinogens
Phencyclidine ( PCP,
anqel
dustil
Lysergic acid
diethylamide ( LSD|
)
Marijuana
(cannabinoid )
MDMA (ecstasy )
Heroin addiction
Users at t risk for hepatitis, HIV, abscesses, bacteremia , right-heart endocarditis. Treatment is
described below.
Methadone
Naloxone +
buprenorphine
Antagonist + partial agonist. Naloxone is not orally bioavailable, so withdrawal symptoms occur
only if injected (lower abuse potential ).
Naltrexone
Alcoholism
Wernicke- Korsakoff
syndrome
PSYCHIATRY
Delirium tremens
PSYCHIATRY
PHARMACOLOGY
SECTION III
539
Life-threatening alcohol withdrawal syndrome that peaks 2-4 days after last drink .
Characterized by autonomic hyperactivity (eg, tachycardia, tremors, anxiety, seizures). Classically
occurs in hospital setting (eg, 2-4 days postsurgery) in alcoholics not able to drink as inpatients.
Treatment: benzodiazepines ( eg, chlordiazepoxide, lorazepam , diazepam
Alcoholic hallucinosis is a distinct condition characterized by visual hallucinations 12-48 hours after
last drink . Treatment: benzodiazepines (eg, chlordiazepoxide, lorazepam , diazepam ).
PSYCHIATRY
PHARMACOLOGY
Preferred medications
for selected
psychiatric conditions
PSYCHIATRIC CONDITION
PREFERRED DRUGS
ADHD
Alcohol withdrawal
Bipolar disorder
Bulimia nervosa
SSRIs
Depression
SSRIs
SSRIs, SNRIs
SSRIs, venlafaxine, clomipramine
Panic disorder
PTSD
SSRIs, venlafaxine
Atypical antipsychotics
SSRIs, venlafaxine
Performance only: P-blockers, benzodiazepines
Antipsychotics (eg, fluphenazine, pimozide),
Schizophrenia
Social anxiety disorder
Tourette syndrome
tetrabenazine
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
540
SECTION III
Antipsychotics
( neuroleptics )
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY
PHARMACOLOGY
galactorrhea , oligomenorrhea .
gynecomastia ) .
Side effects arising from blocking muscarinic
(dry mouth , constipation ), a (orthostatic
hypotension ), and histamine (sedation)
tors
Can cause QT prolongation .
OTHER TOXICITIES
'
arblockade effects).
Chlorpromazine - Comeal deposits;
.
. .
.
.1
rmal, ,
rrllnoridazine
reI
I
deposit
Fever
Encephalopathy
\ jt fls unstable
Enzymes
Atypical
antipsychotics
of muscles
risperidoneT ziprasidonej
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
symptoms .
Tourette syndrome .
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Olanzapine
Obesity
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY
PHARMACOLOGY
SECTION III
541
Lithium
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
LiTHIUM:
Low Thyroid ( hypothyroidism )
Heart ( Ebstein anomaly)
Insipidus ( nephrogenic diabetes insipidus )
Unwanted Movements ( tremor)
Buspirone
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
Antidepressants
SEROTONERGIC
NORADRENERGIC
AXON
AXON
MAO inhibitors .
Metabolites
MAO
MAO
Metabolites
Bupropion
oc
V*
Oi 2 ( autoreceptor )
TCAs, SNRIs
adrenergic
receptor
/
1
Mirtazapme
NE reuptake
5- HT
:>
'
V 5-HT reuptake k
^o
&S
NE receptor
POSTSYNAPTIC NEURON
-o-
TCAs SSRis,
SNRIs, trazodone
542
SECTION III
Selective serotonin
reuptake inhibitors
PSYCHIATRY
PSYCHIATRY PHARMACOLOGY
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Serotonin-
norepinephrine
reuptake inhibitors
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
Depression, general anxiety disorder, diabetic neuropathy. Venlafaxine is also indicated for social
anxiety disorder, panic disorder, PTSD, OCD. Duloxetine is also indicated for fibromyalgia!
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Tricyclic
antidepressants
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
PSYCHIATRY
Monoamine oxidase
inhibitors
MECHANISM
PSYCHIATRY PHARMACOLOGY
SECTION III
543
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Hypertensive crisis (most notably with ingestion of tyramine, which is found in many foods such
as aged cheese and wine); CNS stimulation. Contraindicated with SSRIs, TCAs, St. Johns wort,
meperidine, dextromethorphan (to prevent serotonin syndrome).
Wait 2 weeks after stopping MAO inhibitors before starting serotonergic drugs or stopping dietary
restrictions.
Atypical antidepressants
Bupropion
t norepinephrine and dopamine via unknown mechanism. Also used for smoking cessation.
Known to cause weight losi Toxicity: stimulant effects (tachycardia, insomnia), headache,
seizures in anorexic /bulimic patients. May help alleviate sexual dvsfunctioli
Mirtazapine
a-,-antagonist (t release of NE and 5-HT), potent 5-HT? and 5 -HT5 receptor antagonist and Hj
antagonist. Toxicity: sedation ( which may be desirable in depressed patients with insomnia),
t appetite, yveight gain (yvhich may be desirable in elderly or anorexic patients), dry mouth.
Trazodone
Primarily blocks 5 -HT-,, apadrenergic, and H receptors; also weakly inhibits 5 -HT reuptake. Used
primarily for insomnia, as high doses are needed for antidepressant effects. Toxicity: sedation,
nausea, priapism, postural hypotension. Called traZZZobone due to sedative and male-specific
side effects.
Varenicline
Tyramine
Nicotinic ACh receptor partial agonist. Used for smoking cessation. Toxicity: sleep disturbance.
chapter.
HIGH- YI E LD SYSTEMS
Renal
But I know all about love already. 1 know precious little still about
Embryology
546
Anatomy
547
Physiology
549
Pathology
560
Pharmacology
572
kidneys."
Hunter Madsen
I drink too much. The last time I gave a urine sample it had an olive
in it.
Rodney Dangerfield
545
RENAL
RENAL
as
II
11
SECTION III
549
Body mass: 70 kg
X Non water mass (NWM) 1
Interstitial fluid
fit
75% ECF 10.5 L 10.5 kg
ss
radiolabeling albumin .
Extracellular volume can be measured by inulin
or mannitol .
Osmolality = 285-295 mOsm /kg H ^ O.
2/ 3
PHYSIOLOGY
PHYSIOLOGY
Fluid compartments
1/ 3
RENAL
85
Ij
Is
Glomerular filtration
barrier
:
if
Renal clearance
Composed of:
e Fenestrated capillary endothelium (size
barrier)
Fused basement membrane with heparan
sulfate ( negative charge and size barrier)
Epithelial layer consisting of podocvte foot
processes Q ( negative charge barrier)
RENAL PHYSIOLOGY
RENAL
Filtration
NSAIDs I
Prostaglandins preferentially
dilate afferent arteriole
( T RPF, T GFR, so noAFF)
551
SECTION III
clearance.
RPF is best estimated with PAH clearance .
Parietal layer of
Bowman capsule
ocuNmaf1 s space
Juxtaglomerular
cel :
PS
* "
"
Macula densa
Excreted
Filtered
rP
Reabsorbed
Distal renal
Mb - e
Secreted
iecreie
Peritubular
'- capillary
Basement
Mesangial
c e .l:
membrane
Cerent arteriole
Angiotensin II preferentially
ACE inhibitors
OH
Effect
Afferent arteriole constriction
Efferent arteriole constriction
t plasma protein concentration
i plasma protein concentration
Constriction of ureter
Dehydration
Calculation of
reabsorption and
secretion rate
GFR
RPF
l
t
i
t
i
i
1
l
Px
FENa = Na+ excreted/Na + filtered = V X UNa /GFR x PNa (GFR = UCr X V/PCr) =
PCr X UNi/UCr X FNa
FF (GFR/ RPF )
t
t
t
1
t
554
SECTION III
RENAL
RENAL
PHYSIOLOGY
Bartter syndrome
Reabsorptive defect in thick ascending loop of Henle . Affects Nai/ Ki/ 2C1- cotransporter. Results
in hypokalemia and metabolic alkalosis with hypercalciuria. Presents similarly to chronic loop
Gitelman syndrome
Liddle syndrome
Treatment: Amiloride.
Syndrome of
Apparent
Mineralocorticoid
Excess
558
SECTION III
Potassium shifts
RENAL
RENAL
PHYSIOLOGY
SHIFTS
Hypo-osmolarity
Alkalosis
ELECTROLYTE
Na +
K*
Ca 2+
Mg2+
Electrolyte disturbances
43-
PO
hypocalcemia
BLOOD PRESSURE
PLASMA RENIN
ALDOSTERONE
SERUM Mg2+
URINE Ca 2+
Bartter syndrome
Gitelman syndrome
t
t
t
t
Liddle syndrome
SIADH
Primary
hyperaldosteronism
(Conn syndrome)
Ji
II
562
SECTION III
Nephritic syndrome
RENAL
RENAL PATHOLOGY
Acute
poststreptococcal
glomerulonephritis
Rapidly progressive
(crescentic)
glomerulonephritis
JinearjF
Diffuse proliferative
glomerulonephritis
IgA nephropathy
(Berger disease)
Hematuria/hemoptysis.
Treatment: emergent plasmapheresis.
LM mesangial proliferation.
EM mesangial IC deposits.
IF IgA-based IC deposits in mesangium.
Renal pathology of Henoeh-Schonlein purpura.
concurrently.
562
SECTION III
Nephritic syndrome
RENAL
RENAL PATHOLOGY
Acute
poststreptococcal
glomerulonephritis
Rapidly progressive
(crescentic)
glomerulonephritis
JinearjF
Diffuse proliferative
glomerulonephritis
IgA nephropathy
(Berger disease)
Hematuria/hemoptysis.
Treatment: emergent plasmapheresis.
LM mesangial proliferation.
EM mesangial IC deposits.
IF IgA-based IC deposits in mesangium.
Renal pathology of Henoeh-Schonlein purpura.
concurrently.
564
SECTION III
Nephrotic syndrome
RENAL
RENAL PATHOLOGY
NephrOtic syndrome massive prOteinuria (> 3.5 g/day) with hypoalbuminemia , resulting
edema , hyperlipidemia. Frothy urine with fatty casts. Due to podocyte damage disrupting
glomerular filtration charge barrier. May be 1 (eg, direct sclerosis of podocytes) or 2 (systemic
process [eg, diabetes) secondarily damages podocytes). Associated with hypercoagulable state (eg,
thromboembolism ) due to antithrombin ( AT) III loss in urine and t risk of infection (due to loss of
immunoglobulins in urine and soft tissue compromise by edema ).
Severe nephritic syndrome may present with nephrotic syndrome features (nephritic-nephrotic
syndrome) if damage to GBM is severe enough to damage charge barrier.
Minimal change
disease ( lipoid
nephrosis)
Focal segmental
glomerulosclerosis
Membranous
nephropathy
( membranous
glomerulonephritis)
Amyloidosis
rv
JI
r-
V:
1 Vr
&
Vr
nmmssmiife:<
*.
v4 ,
jtw
566
SECTION III
Hydronephrosis
RENAL
RENAL PATHOLOGY
Distention/dilation of renal pelvis and calyces Q. Usually caused by urinary tract obstruction (eg,
renal stones, BPH, cervical cancer, injury to ureter); other causes include retroperitoneal fibrosis,
vesicoureteral reflux. Dilation occurs proximal to site of pathology. Serum creatinine becomes
elevated only if obstruction is bilateral or if patient has only one kidney. Leads to compression and
possible atrophy of renal cortex and medulla.
:
*
SS;a
Renal oncocytoma
P5
M
J
abdominal mass.
Often resected to exclude malignancy (eg, renal
cell carcinoma).
m- n
RENAL
Nephroblastoma
( Wilms tumor ) j
>r .
RENAL
PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
567
Most common renal malignancy of early childhood (ages 2-4). Contains embryonic glomerular
structures. Presents with large, palpable, unilateral flank mass Q and/or hematuria.
Loss of function mutations of tumor suppressor genes WTl or WT2 on chromosome 11 .
May be a part of several syndromes:
WAGR complex: Wilms tumor, Aniridia (absence of iris), Genitourinary malformations, mental
Retardation /intellectual disability (WTl deletion )
* Denys-Drash : Wilms tumor, early- onset nephrotic syndrome, male pseudohermaphroditism
( WTl mutation )
Beckwith Wiedemann: Wilms tumor, macroglossia , organomegaly, hemihyperplasiaj ( WT2
mutation)
Transitional cell
carcinoma
m
Squamous cell
carcinoma of the
bladder
pillary turn
\ .* # ' * <&
i in
: ** *
mm
S.'J*
tic urothelium ..
Chronic irritation of urinary bladder - squamous metaplasia dysplasia and squamous cell
carcinoma.
Risk factors include Schistosoma haematobium infection ( Middle East), chronic cystitis, smoking,
chronic nephrolithiasis. Presents with painless hematuria .
Urinary incontinence
Stress incontinence
Urgency incontinence
Mixed incontinence
Overflow
incontinence
Incomplete emptying (detrusor underactivity or outlet obstruction ) -* leak with overfilling t post
void residual ( urinary retention ) on catheterization or ultrasound. Treatment: catheterization,
relieve obstruction (eg, a-blockers for BPH ).
,
568
SECTION III
RENAL PATHOLOGY
RENAL
Inflammation of urinary bladder. Presents as suprapubic pain, dysuria , urinary frequency, urgency,
Systemic signs (eg, high fever, chills) are usually absent .
Risk factors include female gender (short urethra ), sexual intercourse ( honeymoon cystitis ),
indwelling catheter, diabetes mellitus, impaired bladder emptying.
Causes:
Klebsiella.
Proteus mirabilis urine has ammonia scent .
Lab findings: leukocyte esterase. nitrites (indicate gram organisms, especially E coli ). Sterile
pyuria and urine cultures suggest urethritis by Neisseria gotiorrhoeae or Chlamydia trachomatis .
Pyelonephritis
Acute pyelonephritis
Neutrophils infiltrate renal interstitium Q. Affects cortex with relative sparing of glomeruli /vessels.
Presents with fevers, flank pain (costovertebral angle tenderness), nausea /vomiting, chills.
Causes include ascending UTI ( E coli is most common ), hematogenous spread to kidney. Presents
with WBCs in urine +/ WBC casts. CT would show striated parenchymal enhancement QJ.
Risk factors include indwelling urinary catheter, urinary tract obstruction , vesicoureteral reflux,
diabetes mellitus, pregnancy.
Complications include chronic pyelonephritis, renal papillary necrosis, perinephric abscess,
urosepsis.
Treatment: antibiotics.
Chronic
pyelonephritis
iV \
>
>
>
it
1
Diffuse cortical
necrosis
-5
Z
Associated with obstetric catastrophes (eg,
abruptio placentae), septic shock ,
570
SECTION III
Acute interstitial
nephritis
( tubulointerstitial
nephritis)
RENAL
RENAL PATHOLOGY
RifamPin
Most common cause of acute kidney injury- in hospitalized patients. Spontaneously resolves in
many cases. Can be fatal, especially during initial oliguric phase t FENa.
Key finding: granular (muddy brown ) casts Q.
3 stages:
,
;
. H
\
A In
1. Inciting event
2. Maintenance phase oliguric; lasts 1-3 weeks; risk of hyperkalemia, metabolic acidosis,
uremia
3. Recovery phase polvuric; BUN and serum creatinine fall; risk of hypokalemia
Can be caused by ischemic or nephrotoxic injury:
Ischemic 2 to i renal blood flow (eg, hypotension, shock, sepsis, hemorrhage, HF). Results
in death of tubular cells that may slough into tubular lumen []] (PCT and thick ascending limb
are highly susceptible to injury).
Nephrotoxic 2 to injury resulting from toxic substances (eg, aminoglycosides, radiocontrast
agents, lead, cisplatin, ethylene glycot. crush injury (myoglobinuria), hemoglobinuria. PCT is
particularly susceptible to injury.
m
i
RENAL PATHOLOGY
RENAL
571
SECTION III
Autosomal dominant
polycystic kidney
disease
Numerous cysts in cortex and medulla Q causing bilateral enlarged kidneys ultimately destroy
kidney parenchyma. Presents with flank pain, hematuria, hypertension, urinary infection,
progressive renal failure in ~ 50% of individuals.
Mutation in PKD1 ( 85% of cases, chromosome 16 ) or PKD2 ( 15% of cases, chromosome 4). Death
from complications of chronic kidney disease or hypertension (caused by t renin production).
Associated with berry aneurysms, mitral valve prolapse, benign hepatic cysts, diverticulosij
Treatment: ACE inhibitors or ARBs.
Autosomal recessive
polycystic kidney
disease
Cystic dilation of collecting ducts Q. Often presents in infancy. Associated with congenital
hepatic fibrosis. Significant oliguric renal failure in utero can lead to Potter sequence. Concerns
beyond neonatal period include systemic hypertension, progressive renal insufficiency, and portal
hypertension from congenital hepatic fibrosis.
Medullary cystic
disease
Inherited disease causing tubulointerstitial fibrosis and progressive renal insufficiency with inability
to concentrate urine. Medullar}' cysts usually not visualized; shrunken kidneys on ultrasound.
Poor prognosis.
Simple vs complex
renal cysts
Simple cysts are filled with ultrafiltrate (anechoic on ultrasound Q). Very common and account for
majority of all renal masses. Found incidentally and typically asymptomatic.
Complex cysts, including those that are septated, enhanced, or have solid components on imaging
require follow-up or removal due to risk of renal cell carcinoma.
P'f
,4.c.
ra
-L
RENAL
RENAL PHARMACOLOGY
573
SECTION III
Mannitol
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
pressure.
Drug overdose, elevated intracranial /intraocular
pressure.
Pulmonary edema , dehydration .
Contraindicated in anuria , HF.
Acetazolamide
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Loop diuretics
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
hypercalcemia.
m
OHH DANG!
ft
r -J
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
V
Loop earrings hurt your ears.
RENAL PHARMACOLOGY
RENAL
Angiotensin
converting enzyme
inhibitors
SECTION III
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
Captopril's CATCHH.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Angiotensin II receptor
blockers
renal failure.
MECHANISM
Selectively block binding of angiotensin II to ATj receptor. Effects similar to ACE inhibitors, but
ARBs do not increase bradvkinin.
CLINICAL USE
Hypertension, HF, proteinuria, or diabetic nephropathy with intolerance to ACE inhibitors (eg,
cough, angioedema).
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Aliskiren
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
Hypertension.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
575
Reproductive
Artificial insemination is when the farmer does it to the cow instead of the
bull.
Student essay
Groucho Marx
See , the problem is that Cod gives men a brain and a penis, and only
enough blood to run one at a time.
Robin Williams
Embryology
578
Anatomy
589
Physiology
593
Pathology
601
Pharmacology
616
I think you can say that life is a system in which proteins and nucleic
acids interact in ways that allow the structure to grow and reproduce. It s
that growth and reproduction , the ability to make more of yourself , thats
important.
Andrew H . Knolli
577
578
SECTION III
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE
EMBRYOLOGY
EMBRYOLOGY
Wnt -7 gene
Produced at apical ectodermal ridge (thickened ectoderm at distal end of each developing limb ).
Necessary for proper organization along dorsal-ventral axis.
FGF gene
Produced at apical ectodermal ridge. Stimulates mitosis of underlying mesoderm, providing for
lengthening of limbs.
Homeobox ( Hox )
genes
Early embryonic
development
DAY 1
Faun ' i
mo
,
.
DAY 4
Morula
Degenerated
DMoping corpus litojm
follicle v
DAY 5
Blastocyst
*
2 oocyte
En kxneb uni
Within week 1
Within week 2
implantation of blastocyst.
Bilaminar disc (epiblast , hypoblast).
2 weeks = 2 layers.
Within week 3
3 weeks = 3 layers.
Weeks 3-8
(embryonic period )
Organogenesis.
Week 4
Week 6
Week 8
Week 10
Gait at week 8.
TENitalia
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE
EMBRYOLOGY
SECTION III
579
Embryologic derivatives
Ectoderm
Surface ectoderm
Neural tubel
Neural crest
plexuj
Mesoderm
MiddleAneat layer.
Mesodermal defects = VACTERL:
Endoderm
Vertebral defects
Anal atresia
Cardiac defects
Tracheo-Esophageal fistula
Renal defects
Limb defects ( bone and muscle)
Agenesis
Aplasia
Hypoplasia
Disruption
Deformation
Malformation
Sequence
Potter sequence).
580
SECTION III
Teratogens
TERATOGEN
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE EMBRYOLOGY
Most susceptible in 3rd 8th weeks (embryonic period organogenesis) of pregnancy. Before week
3, all-or-none effects. After week 8, growth and function affected.
EFFECTS ON FETUS
NOTES
Medications
ACE inhibitors
Renal damage
Alkylating agents
Aminoglycosides
Ototoxicity
Neural tube defects, cardiac defects, cleft
palate, skeletal abnormalities (eg, phalanx/nail
hypoplasia, facial dysmorphism)
Antiepileptic drugs
Diethylstilbestrol
Folate antagonists
Lithium
Isotretinoin
Methimazole
Tetracyclines
Teethracyclines.
Thalidomide
Warfarin
ophthalmologic abnormalities
Substance abuse
Alcohol
Cocaine
Smoking
(nicotine, CO)
Cocaine - vasoconstriction.
Nicotine - vasoconstriction.
CO -* impaired 02 delivery.
Other
Iodine ( lack or excess)
Maternal diabetes
hypoglycemia
Methylmercury
Neurotoxicity
Vitamin A excess
X- rays
REPRODUCTIVE EMBRYOLOGY
REPRODUCTIVE
SECTION III
Fetal alcohol
syndrome
Twinning
Dizygotic ( fraternal ) twins arise from 2 eggs that are separately fertilized by 2 different sperm
(always 2 zygotes) and will have 2 separate amniotic sacs and 2 separate placentas (chorions).
Monozygotic ( identical) twins arise from 1 fertilized egg ( 1 egg + 1 sperm) that splits in early
pregnancy. The timing of cleavage determines chorionicitv (number of chorions) and amnionicity
(number of amnions).
Dizygotic ( fraternal) [- tys)
Note
581
No twinning
spelling
change to
Dizygotic
O'
2 egjs
1egg, 1sperm
2 sperm
<D
2-cell stage
2- cell stage
iRevised
I Figure l
2-cell stage
0-4 days
0>*
Cleavage
2-cell stage
Morula
Blastocyst
Dichorionic
diamniotic 125%)
Moi J a
Moruta
Monochonomc
4- 8 days
diamniotic (75%)
3 astocysl
Cleavage
8 12 days
Monochonomc
IMM DammotK
rare
Chonomc
.Q
cavity -
armed
Amniotic
cavity
Fort ed
embryonic disc
embryonic disc
> 13 days
Cleavage or
axis duplication
Lhorion
o utei
Ammon
Dichorionic
diamniotic
Endometrium
No twinning if
no cleavage
Monodvononk
monoammatK
[conjoined rarel
582
SECTION III
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE
EMBRYOLOGY
Placenta
Fetal component
Cytotrophoblast
Syncytiotrophoblast
Maternal component
Decidua basalis
Branch villus
Umbilical vein
( rich)
02
Umbilical arteries ^
(02 poor ) \
Endometrial vein
Endometrial artery
Maternal
circulation
Maternal circulation
9
Hormones
laG
Drugs
Fetal circulation
H20
Urea, waste products
Hormones
Syncytium
Cytotrophoblast
endothelial cell
Amnion
Chorionic plate
Maternal blood
Decidua basalis
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE
EMBRYOLOGY
587
SECTION III
Genital embryology
Female
develops.
Indifferent gonad
Male
Paramesonephric
( Mullerian ) duct
Paramesonephric duct
Urogenital sinus
-Gubernaculum
Testis-devetoping factor
Androgens
No androgens
MIF
Epididymis
ddra ,
Mesonephric
( Wolffian ) duct
JV d id
Unnary
bladder
Degenerated
mesonephric
Degenerated
paramesonephric duct
duel
- Uterus
- Vagina
Vas deferens /
EJ
SRYgene
SRI'gene on V chromosome
I
Testis-determining factor
. Testes
Leydig cell
Sertoli cell
~t~
Genital tubercle,
urogenital sinus
-0
(i
Wolffian duct
DHT
Male external genitalia,
prostate
pathway.
Leydig Leads to male developmental pathway.
588
SECTION I I I
REPRODUCTIVE EMBRYOLOGY
REPRODUCTIVE
Septate uterus
Bicornuate uterus
Uterus didelphys
Normal
Didelphys
Bicornuate
Septate
Female
Undifferentiated
Gians penis
Genital
Genital groove
Penile urethra
tubercle
Urogenital
fold
Labioscrotal
swelling
Urogenital
Clitoris
Labia
minora
Opening of
urethra
sinus
Scrotum
Labia
majora
Opening of
vagina
Anus
*
Urachus
Urinary
bladder
Allantois
Testis
Gians
penis
part
Genital
tubercle
Pehric
part
Ureter
Spongy
urethra
Ductus
deferens
Prostate gland
.
-^
Urinary
bladder
Clitoris
"\
part
Kidney
^
^
Dihydrotestosterone
Gians penis
Corpus cavernosum
and spongiosum
Bulbourethral glands
(of Cowper)
Urogenital
sinus
Phallic
Rectum
Uterine
tube
Urachus
vesica
Kidney
Estrogen
Genital tubercle
Genital tubercle
Urogenital sinus
Ovary
Uterus
Vagina
Gians clitoris
Vestibular bulbs
(of Bartholin)
Urogenital sinus
Urogenital folds
Labia minora
Labioscrotal swelling
Labia majora
REPRODUCTIVE ANATOMY
REPRODUCTIVE
591
SECTION III
ieir
naI vesicle
Apulia
Vas deferens
Bulbourethral
'
Corpus cavernosa
Efferent ductule
Prostate
.e
Jrethi i
Head of epididymis
Ejaculatory duct
Js
Symphysis pubis
gland (Cowper )
Epididymis
Sem nlferous
iubules
\>r
Rete testis
Vas deferens
Prepuce
Tunica
albuginea
Q ans
Testis
Scrotum
Tail of epididymis -
na
Seminiferous tubules
Epididymis
Vas deferens
Ejaculatory ducts
(Nothing)
Urethra
Penis
Urethral injury
Autonomic
innervation of the
male sexual response
-* antierectile.
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE PATHOLOGY
601
SECTION III
REPRODUCTIVE PATHOLOGY
Sex chromosome
disorders
Klinefelter syndrome
[male] (47,XXY )
Turner syndrome
[female] (45,XO)
l.
horseshoe kidney Q.
Most common cause of 1 amenorrhea. No Barr
body.
Ovotesticular disorder
of sex development
spectrum disorders.
602
SECTION III
Diagnosing disorders
of sex hormones
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE PATHOLOGY
Testosterone
LH
Diagnosis
Disagreement between the phenotypic (external genitalia) and gonadal (testes vs ovaries) sex.
Include terms pseudohermaphrodite, hermaphrodite, and intersex.
46,XX DSD
Ovaries present, but external genitalia are virilized or ambiguous. Due to excessive and
inappropriate exposure to androgenic steroids during early gestation (eg, congenital adrenal
hyperplasia or exogenous administration of androgens during pregnancy).
46,XY DSD
Testes present, but external genitalia are female or ambiguous. Most common form is androgen
insensitivity syndrome ( testicular feminization).
Placental aromatase
deficiency
Androgen insensitivity
syndrome (46,XY )
Defect in androgen receptor resulting in normal-appearing female; female external genitalia with
scant sexual hair, rudimentary vagina; uterus and fallopian tubes absent. Patients develop normal
functioning testes (often found in labia majora; surgically removed to prevent malignancy),
t testosterone, estrogen, LH (vs sex chromosome disorders).
5a- reductase
deficiency
Autosomal recessive; sex limited to genetic males (46,XY ). Inability to convert testosterone to DHT.
Ambiguous genitalia until puberty, when t testosterone causes masculinization/t growth of
external genitalia. Testosterone/estrogen levels are normal; LII is normal or t . Internal genitalia
are normal.
Kallmann syndrome
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
605
Vasa previa
Placenta
Placenta
I succenturiate
lobe)
Postpartum
hemorrhage
Ectopic pregnancy
C
I
New
Asherman syndrome
I Fact 1
Pain +/ bleeding.
Risk factors:
Prior ectopic pregnancy
History of infertility
Salpingitis ( PID)
Ruptured appendix
Prior tubal surgery
5
Condition characterized by adhesions and/or fibrosis of the endometrium, often associated with
dilation and curettage of the intrauterine cavity.
Polyhydramnios
Too much amniotic fluid; associated with fetal malformations (eg, esophageal /duodenal atresia,
anencephaly; both result in inability to swallow amniotic fluid), maternal diabetes, fetal anemia,
Oligohydramnios
Too little amniotic fluid; associated with placental insufficiency, bilateral renal agenesis, posterior
urethral valves (in males) and resultant inability to excrete urine. Any profound oligohydramnios
can cause Potter sequence.
multiple gestations.
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
607
Vaginal tumors
Squamous cell
carcinoma
Clear cell
adenocarcinoma
Sarcoma botryoides|
Cervical pathology
Dysplasia and
carcinoma in situ
postcoital).
'
Risk factors: multiple sexual partners (#1), smoking, starting sexual intercourse at young age, HIV
V
Invasive carcinoma
Premature ovarian
failure
of anovulation
Polycystic ovarian
syndrome ( SteinLeventhal syndrome )
infection.
Often squamous cell carcinoma. Pap smear can detect!cervical dysplasia (koilocytes Q) before it
progresses to invasive carcinoma. Diagnose via colposcopy and biopsy. Lateral invasion can block
ureters -* renal failure.
Pregnancy, polycystic ovarian syndrome, obesity, HPO axis abnormalities, premature ovarian
failure, hyperprolactinemia, thyroid disorders, eating disorders, competitive athletics, Cushing
syndrome, adrenal insufficiency.
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE
PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
609
Most common malignant stromal tumor. Predominantly women in their 50s. Often produces
estrogen and/or progesterone and presents with postmenopausal bleeding, sexual precocity
( in pre-adolescents), breast tenderness. Histology shows Call-Exner bodies 0 ( granulosa cells
arranged haphazardly around collections of eosinophilic fluid , resembling primordial follicles).
Serous
cystadenocarcinoma
Mucinous
cystadenocarcinoma
Immature teratoma
Dysgerminoma
Most common in adolescents. Equivalent to male seminoma but rarer. 1% of all ovarian tumors;
30% of germ cell tumors. Sheets of uniform fried egg cells Q. hCG, LDH = tumor markers.
Aggressive, in ovaries or tested and sacrococcygeal area in young children . Most common tumor in
male infants. Yellow, friable ( hemorrhagic), solid mass. 50% have Schiller Duval bodies ( resemble
glomeruli ) Q. AFP = tumor marker.
Krukenberg tumor
I*
as
HR
m
m
SSMI
r-
ssfcsi
7k
610
SECTION III
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE
PATHOLOGY
Endometrial conditions
Polyp
Well-circumscribed collection of endometrial tissue within uterine wall. May contain smooth
muscle cells. Can extend into endometrial cavity in the form of a polyp. May be asymptomatic or
present with painless abnormal uterine bleeding.
Adenomyosis
Leiomyoma (fibroid )
Most common tumor in females. Often presents with multiple discrete tumors Q. t incidence in
African Americans. Benign smooth muscle tumor; malignant transformation to leiomyosarcoma is
rare. Estrogen sensitive tumor size t with pregnancy and i with menopause. Peak occurrence at
20-40 years old . May be asymptomatic, cause abnormal uterine bleeding, or result in miscarriage.
Severe bleeding may lead to iron deficiency anemia. Whorled pattern of smooth muscle bundles
with well-demarcated borders Q.
Endometrial
hyperplasia
Endometrial
carcinoma
Endometritis
Endometriosis
Abnormal endometrial gland proliferation Q usually caused by excess estrogen stimulation t risk for
endometrial carcinoma ; nuclear atypia is greater risk factor than complex (vs simple) architecture.
Presents as postmenopausal vaginal bleeding. Risk factors include anovulatory cycles, hormone
replacement therapy, polycystic ovarian syndrome, granulosa cell tumor.
Most common gynecologic malignancy Q. Peak occurrence at 55-65 years old. Presents with
vaginal bleeding. Typically preceded by endometrial hyperplasia. Risk factors include prolonged
use of estrogen without progestins, obesity, diabetes, hypertension , nulliparity, late menopause,
early menarchej Lynch syndrome.
Inflammation of endometrium Q associated with retained products of conception following
delivery, miscarriage, abortion, or with foreign body (eg, IUD). Retained material in uterus
promotes infection by bacterial flora from vagina or intestinal tract.
Treatment: gentamicin + clindamycin +/ ampicillin.
Non-neoplastic endometrial glands/stroma outside endometrial cavity Q- Can be found anywhere;
most common sites are ovary (frequently bilateral ), pelvis, peritoneum . In ovary, appears as
endometrioma ( blood-filled chocolate cyst ). May be due to retrograde flow, metaplastic
transformation of multipotent cells, transportation of endometrial tissue via lymphatic system .
Characterized by cyclic pelvic pain , bleeding, dysmenorrhea , dyspareunia, dyschezia ( pain with
defecation ), infertility; normal-sized uterus.
Treatment: NSAIDs, OCPs, progestins, GnRH agonists, danazol , laparoscopic removal .
,
v
; t.
/
<
m:
mamr- -wmm
r -:
sw
*1
ti m11
1i|
isssb* r
K
*
,t.
'
'
612
SECTION III
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE
PATHOLOGY
Commonly
CHARACTERISTICS
NOTES
Ductal carcinoma in
situ
Comedocarcinoma
Malignant breast
tumors
TYPE
Noninvasive
Paget disease
Invasive
Invasive ductal
carcinoma
Invasive lobular
carcinoma
Medullary carcinoma
Inflammatory breast
cancer
i E-cadherin expression .
0), due to
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
613
m*
m
u
mmm
.
S';
urn
m
mm
Penile pathology
Peyronie disease
Ischemic priapism
New
Fact
&T
Abnormal curvature of penis due to fibrous plaque within tunica albuginea. Associated with
erectile dysfunction. Can cause pain, anxiety. Consider surgical repair once curvature stabilizes.
Distinct from penile fracture (rupture of corpora cavernosa due to forced bending).
Painful sustained erection lasting > 4 hours. Associated with sickle cell disease (sickled RBCs
? ), medications (eg, sildenafil,
block venous drainage of corpus cavernosum vascular channel!
trazodone). Treat immediately with corporal aspiration, intracavernosal phenylephrine, or surgical
decompression to prevent ischemia.
Squamous cell
carcinoma
More common in Asia, Africa, South America. Precursor in situ lesions: Bowen disease (in
penile shaft, presents as leukoplakia), erythroplasia of Quevrat (cancer of glans, presents as
erythroplakia), Bowenoid papulosis (carcinoma in situ of unclear malignant potential, presenting
as reddish papules). Associated with HPV and lack of circumcision.
Cryptorchidism
Undescended testis (one or both); impaired spermatogenesis (since sperm develop best at
temperatures < 37C ); can have normal testosterone levels (Leydig cells are mostly unaffected
by temperature); associated with t risk of germ cell tumors. Prematurity t risk of cryptorchidism.
1 inhibin B, t FSH, t LH; testosterone 1 in bilateral cryptorchidism, normal in unilateral.
Testicular torsion
614
SECTION III
Varicocele
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE PATHOLOGY
Dilated veins in pampiniform plexus due to t venous pressure; most common cause of scrotal
enlargement in adult males; most often on left side because of t resistance to flow from left
gonadal vein drainage into left renal vein; can cause infertility because of t temperature;
diagnosed by standing clinical exam (distension on inspection and bag of worms on palpation)
or ultrasound with Doppler Q; does not transilluminate.
Treatment: varicocelectomy, embolization.
Extragonadal germ cell Arise in midline locations. In adults, most commonly in retroperitoneum, mediastinum, pineal, and
suprasellar regions. In infants and young children, sacrococcygeal teratomas are most common.
tumors
Scrotal masses
Benign scrotal lesions present as testicular masses that can be transilluminated (vs solid testicular
tumors)
Congenital hydrocele
Acquired hydrocele
Spermatocele
Seminoma
Transilluminating swelling,
testicular tumors. Most often occur in young men. Risk factors: cryptorchidism,
Klinefelter syndrome. Can present as a mixed germ cell tumor. Testicular mass that does not
transilluminate.
~ 95% of all
Malignant; painless, homogenous testicular enlargement; most common testicular tumor. Does
not occur in infancy. Large cells in lobules with watery cytoplasm and fried egg appearance
t placental ALP. Radiosensitive. Late metastasis, excellent prognosis.
Yellow, mucinous. Aggressive malignancy of testes, analogous to ovarian yolk sac tumor. SchillerDuval bodies resemble primitive glomeruli t AFP is highly characteristic. Most common
testicular tumor in boys < 3 years old.
,
Teratoma
Embryonal carcinoma
REPRODUCTIVE
Sertoli cell
Testicular lymphoma
Benign prostatic
hyperplasia
REPRODUCTIVE
PATHOLOGY
615
SECTION III
Golden brown color; contains Reinke crystals (eosinophilic cytoplasmic inclusions). Produce
androgens or estrogens -* gynecomastia in men, precocious puberty in boys.
Androblastoma from sex cord stroma .
Most common testicular cancer in older men. Not a 1 cancer; arises from metastatic lymphoma to
testes. Aggressive.
Benign
prostatic
hyperplasia
Anterior lobe
Urethra
Middle lobe
m
Posterior
ior lobe
K\
Lateral lobe
____
I
m
Prostate
Pf ostai cancer
Prostatitis
Dvsuria , frequency, urgency, low back pain . Warm , tender, enlarged prostate. Acute bacterialmost common cause is E coli in older men , young males consider C trachomatis, N gonorr /ioec/e;
chronic bacterial or abacterial
Prostatic
adenocarcinoma
Common in men > 50 years old . Arises most often from posterior lobe ( peripheral zone) of prostate
gland and is most frequently diagnosed by t PSA and subsequent needle core biopsies. Prostatic
acid phosphatase ( PAP) and PSA are useful tumor markers ( t total PSA, with i fraction of free
PSA) . Osteoblastic metastases in bone may develop in late stages, as indicated by lower back pain
and t serum ALP and PSA.
REPRODUCTIVE
REPRODUCTIVE PHARMACOLOGY
SECTION III
619
Testosterone, methyltestosterone
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Antiandrogens
Finasteride
Flutamide
Ketoconazole
Spironolactone
hydroxylase
used to treat BPH by inhibiting smooth muscle contraction. Selective for <XjA D
receptors (found on prostate) vs vascular ajB receptors.
Tamsulosin
OC ]-antagonist
Phosphodiesterase
type 5 inhibitors
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Minoxidil
MECHANISM
CLINICAL USE
HIGH - YI E LD SYSTEMS
Respiratory
Theres so much pollution in the air now that if it werent for our lungs,
there 'd he no place to put it all.
Robert Orben
Mars is essentially in the same orbit. Somewhat the same distance from
the Sun , which is very important. We have seen pictures where there are
canals, we believe, and water. If there is water, that means there is oxygen.
If there is oxygen, that means we can breathe.
Embryology
622
Anatomy
624
Physiology
626
Pathology
632
Pharmacology
643
L. Frank Baum
Life is not the amount of breaths you take; its the moments that take
your breath away."
Hitch
621
622
SECTION III
RESPIRATORY
RESPIRATORY
RESPIRATORY
EMBRYOLOGY
EMBRYOLOGY
Lung development
Occurs in five periods. Initial development includes development of lung bud from distal end of
.
respiratory diverticulum during week 4|
STAGE
IMPORTANT TERMS
Embryonic
( weeks 4-7 )
Pseudoglandular
( weeks 5-1
Canalicular
( weeks 16-2
Saccular
( weel
426-birth)
Alveolar
( weel
436j-8 years)
NOTES
Embyronic
Fetal
Postnatal
Alveolar
Saccular
Canalicular
BIRTH
Pseudoglandular
Embryonic
Surfactant
10 12 14 16
18
20
22
24
26 28 50
52 54 56
58 40
<
2 4 6
Weeks Years *
<D
X
Congenital lung malformations
Pulmonary hypoplasia
Poorly developed
Bronchogenic cysts
Caused by abnormal budding of the foregut and dilation of terminal or large bronchi . Discrete,
round , sharply defined and fluid-filled densities on CXR ( air-filled if infected!Generally
asymptomatic but can drain poorly causing airway compression and /or recurrent respiratory
infection
RESPIRATORY
RESPIRATORY EMBRYOLOGY
SECTION III
623
Pneumocytes
Type I cells
Type II cells
Type II pneumocyte
u*%*
Collapsing pressure ( r ) =
2 (surface tension)
radius
Club cells
Neonatal respiratory
distress syndrome
:o
(RIB).
Screening tests for fetal lung maturity: lecithinsphingomyelin ( L /S ) ratio in amniotic fluid
(> 2 is healthy; < 1.5 predictive of NRDS ), foam
stability index test, surfactant-albumin ratio.
Persistently low Q-, tension
risk of PDA.
r-
Mature
'
15-
Transitional
10 -
us *22
i
26
Immature
i
30
35
40
Plasma cell
!<
'
387
SECTION III
Hemoglobin
development
BIRTH
Site of
erythropoiesis
Yolk
sac
L vc 1
0.1
Bone marrow
crn
'
40
Fetal (HbF )
Adult (HbAj)
If
% of total 30
globin synthesis
20
tmbryomc globins
10
Weeks: 6
12
18
FETUS (weeks)
24
50
12
18
POSTNATAL (months)
24
40
40
L
ADULT
0
RESPIRATORY
RESPIRATORY
Lung relations
ANATOMY
625
SECTION III
Trachea
Upper lobe
HON:: r t
1
fissure
Oblique
Assure
Middle lobe
Oblique fissure
Inferior lobe
Right
bronchus
Diaphragm structures
Central tendon
Inferior vena cava (T8)
Esophagus (T10)
< 10
Aorta CT12 )
Vertebrae
Inferior view
'
Lingula
Left
bronchus
*
R
Lower
Lowei
lobe
L
Anterior view
Posterior view
Revised
Figure
626
SECTION III
RESPIRATORY
RESPIRATORY
RESPIRATORY
PHYSIOLOGY
PHYSIOLOGY
Lung volumes
Inspiratory reserve
volume
Tidal volume
Expiratory reserve
volume
Residual volume
Inspiratory capacity
Functional residual
capacity
IRV + TV
RV + ERV
Volume of gas in lungs after normal expiration ;
includes RV, cannot be measured bv
6.0
Volume
(L)
IRV
TV
1C
VC
TLC
2.7
AAA)
2.2
ERV
1.2
RV
FRC
RV
spirometry!
Vital capacity
TV + 1RV + ERV
Maximum volume of gas that can be expired
after a maximal inspiration
IRV + TV + ERV + RV
Volume of gas present in lungs after a maximal
inspiration; includes RV, cannot be measured
by spirometry
Determination of
physiologic dead
space
,, . Paco2 - Pi .co:
V d ~ V t *.
VD = physiologic dead space = anatomic dead
w
Minute ventilation
< VE)
Alveolar ventilation
(VA
>
^ VEJLVD
VA = ( VT - VD) x RR
Normal values:
Respiratory rate ( RR) = 12-20 breaths/min
VT = 500 mL/breath
VQ = 150 mL/breath
RESPIRATORY PHYSIOLOGY
RESPIRATORY
SECTION III
627
Chest wall
'
LC
Lung -chest
wall system
7
S
vT
FRC
Lung
-20
-10
30
0
10
20
Transorgan static pressure (cmH20)
40
Hemoglobin
07.
Heme
628
SECTION III
Hemoglobin
modifications
Methemoglobin
RESPIRATORY PHYSIOLOGY
RESPIRATORY
cyanide.
Iron in Hb is normally in a reduced state
(ferrous, Fe2+).
Methemoglobinemia may present with cyanosis
and chocolate-colored blood.
Induced methemoglobinemia (using nitrites,
followed by thiosulfate) may be used to treat
cyanide poisoning.
Carboxyhemoglobin
-'
'
''' Nor
nal|100% Ibl
50% COHb
/i
4
0
^ 50% Hb
anemia)
20
40
60
80
100
Po ? (mm Hg)
co7
Exercise
2,3-BPG
Altitude
Temperature
Myoglobin
Hemoglobin
Oxygenated blood
leaving the lungs
25
C
25
75
50
Po2 (mm Hg)
100
RESPIRATORY PHYSIOLOGY
RESPIRATORY
Oxygen content of
blood
SECTION III
629
CO poisoning
Hb concentration % 02 sat of Hb
Dissolved 02
(Pao2)
Normal
Normal
1 (CO competes
Total 02 content
with 07)
Pulmonary circulation
Anemia
Normal
Normal
Polycythemia
Normal
Normal
Equilibration
hepatomegaly).
Diffusion: Vgas = A x Dk x
hzh where
blood!
Oxygen
Normal
Partial pressure
difference between
alveolar air and
pulmonary capillary
blood
*
^ *
Exercise
----
Fibrosis
632
SECTION III
RESPIRATORY
RESPIRATORY
RESPIRATORY
PATHOLOGY
Rhinosinusitis
PATHOLOGY
Obstruction of sinus drainage into nasal cavity inflammation and pain over affected area
( typically maxillary sinuses , which drain into the middle meatus, in adults).
Most common acute cause is viral URI; may cause superimposed bacterial infection, most
commonly S pneumoniae, H influenzae, M catarrhalis.
Epistaxis
Nose bleed. Most commonly occurs in anterior segment of nostril ( Kiesselbach plexus). Lifethreatening hemorrhages occur in posterior segment (sphenopalatine artery, a branch of maxillary
artery ). Common causes include foreign body, trauma , allergic rhinitis, and nasal angiofibroma
Deep venous
thrombosis
Mostly squamous cell carcinoma . Risk factors include tobacco, alcohol , HPV-16 (oropharyngeal ),
EBV ( nasopharyngeal ). Field cancerization : carcinogen damages wide mucosal area multiple
tumors that develop independently after exposure
RESPIRATORY
Pulmonary emboli
RESPIRATORY PATHOLOGY
SXZE
Nr
SECTION III
633
634
SECTION III
RESPIRATORY PATHOLOGY
RESPIRATORY
Obstructive lung
diseases
Obstruction of air flow resulting in air trapping in lungs. Airways close prematurely at high lung
volumes t RV and T FRC, t TLC. PFTs: U FEVj, 1 FVC iFEV /FVC ratio ( hallmark),
V/Q mismatch. Chronic, hypoxic pulmonary vasoconstriction can lead to cor pulmonale. Digital
clubbing can be caused by bronchiectasis, but not COPD or asthmai
TYPE
PATHOLOGY
OTHER
Chronic bronchitis
("blue bloater " )
>po%.
Emphysema ("pink
puffer ")
lucency.
Bronchiectasis
digital clubbing.
bronchopulmonary aspergillosis.
U
\
&
A
->
7
*
RESPIRATORY PATHOLOGY
RESPIRATORY
SECTION III
635
Restricted lung expansion causes i lung volumes (I FVC and TLC). PFTs: FEVj /FVC ratio > 80%.
Patient presents with short, shallow breaths.
Restrictive lung
diseases
Types:
Poor breathing mechanics (extrapuhnonarv, peripheral hypoventilation, normal A-a gradient):
Poor muscular effort polio, myasthenia gravis, Guillain-Barre syndrome
Poor structural apparatus scoliosis, morbid obesity
Interstitial lung diseases ( pulmonary 1 diffusing capacity, t A-a gradient):
* Acute respiratory distress syndrome ( ARDS)
Neonatal respiratorv distress syndrome (NRDS; hyaline membrane disease)
Pneumoconioses (eg, coal workers pneumoconiosis silicosis, asbestosis)
Sarcoidosis: bilateral hilar lymphadenopathy, noncaseating granuloma; t ACE and Ca-+
Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis Q (repeated cycles of lung injury and wound healing with
t collagen deposition, honeycomb lung appearance and digital clubbing)
pranulomatosis with polyangiitis ( Wegener)
H
W
T
Obstructive lung volumes > normal ( t TLC, t FRC, t RV ); restrictive lung volumes < normal. In
obstructive, FEV| is more dramatically reduced compared with FVC
decreased FEVj /FVC
ratio. In restrictive, FVC is more reduced or close to same compared with FEV )
increased or
normal FEVi /FVC raticj
NORMAL
OBSTRUCTIVE
RESTRICTIVE
A
V /
vV
i; o
>
I
8
8.
\v_y7w
TLC-
0
4
Volume (L)
636
SECTION III
Pneumoconioses
Asbestosis
RESPIRATORY
RESPIRATORY
PATHOLOGY
Coal workers'
pneumoconiosis
Silicosis
'P,
:: i f
r?
<
RESPIRATORY
RESPIRATORY
Acute respiratory
distress syndrome
or shock . Endothelialdamage -*
PATHOLOGY
637
?
>
t alveolar
SECTION III
rr r:
WL
'
Sleep apnea
Obstructive sleep
apnea
Repeated cessation of breathing > 10 seconds during sleep disrupted sleep -* daytime
somnolence. Normal Pao? during the day.
Nocturnal hypoxia systemic/pulmonary hypertension , arrhythmias (atrial fibrillation /flutter),
sudden death .
Hypoxia t EPO release t erythropoiesis.
Respiratory effort against airway obstruction . Associated with obesity, loud snoring. Caused by
excess parapharyngeal tissue in adults, adenotonsillar hypertrophy in children . Treatment: weight
loss, CPAP, surgery.
No respiratory effort due to CNS injurv/toxicitv, HF, opioids. May be associated with CheyneStokes respiration . Treat with bilevel positive airway pressure (cm H -,Oi
Obesity
hypoventilation
syndrome
Obesity ( BMI
638
SECTION III
Pulmonary
hypertension
RESPIRATORY
RESPIRATORY PATHOLOGY
Normal mean pulmonary artery pressure = 10-14 mm Hg; pulmonary hypertension > 25 mm I Ig at
rest. Results in arteriosclerosis, medial hypertrophy, intimal fibrosis of pulmonary arteries. Course:
death from decompensated cor pulmonale.
severe respiratory distress cyanosis and RVH
ETIOLOGIES
Pulmonary arterial
hypertension
Idiopathic PAH.
Heritable PAH often due to an inactivating mutation in BMPR2 gene (normally inhibits vascular
smooth muscle proliferation); poor prognosis.
Other causes include drugs (eg, amphetamines, cocaine), connective tissue disease, HIV infection,
portal hypertension, congenital heart disease, schistosomiasis.
Causes include systolic /diastolic dysfunction and valvular disease (eg, mitral lung).
Lung diseases or
hypoxia
Destruction of lung parenchyma (eg, COPD), lung inflammation/fibrosis ( eg, interstitial lung
diseases), hypoxemic!vasoconstriction (eg, obstructive sleep apnea, living in high altitude).
Chronic
thromboembolic
Multifactorial
BREATH SOUNDS
PERCUSSION
FREMITUS
TRACHEAL DEVIATION
Pleural effusion
Dull
Atelectasis ( bronchial
obstruction)
Dull
Simple pneumothorax
Hyperresonant
Tension
pneumothorax
Hyperresonant
Consolidation
( lobar pneumonia,
pulmonary edema )
Bronchial breath
sounds; late inspiratory
crackles, egophonv,
Dull
bronchophonv,
whispered pectoriloqu\|
RESPIRATORY
Pleural effusions
RESPIRATORY PATHOLOGY
639
SECTION III
Excess accumulation of fluid between pleural layers Q -* restricted lung expansion during
inspiration. Can be treated with thoracentesis to remove fluid Q.
Transudate
1 protein content. Due to t hydrostatic pressure (eg, CHFj) or 1 oncotic pressure (eg, nephrotic
syndrome, cirrhosis).
Exudate
t protein content, cloudy. Due to malignancy, pneumonia, collagen vascular disease, trauma
(occurs in states of t vascular permeability). Must be drained due to risk of infection.
Lymphatic
Also known as chylothorax. Due to thoracic duct injury from trauma or malignancy. Milkyappearing fluid; t triglycerides.
Gf)
V
Pneumothorax
Pretreatment
Accumulation of air in pleural space Q. Dyspnea, uneven chest expansion. Chest pain, 1 tactile
fremitus, hvperesonace, and diminished breath sounds, all on the affected sidej
Primary spontaneous
pneumothorax
Due to rupture of apical subpleural bleb or cysts. Occurs most frequently in tall, thin, young males.
Secondary
Due to diseased lung (eg, bullae in emphysema, infections), mechanical ventilation with use of
high pressures barotrauma.
spontaneous
pneumothorax
Traumatic
pneumothorax
Tension
pneumothorax
Can be any of the above. Air enters pleural space but cannot exit. Increasing trapped air
pneumothorax. Trachea deviates away from affected lung Q. Needs immediate needle
decompression and chest tube placement.
r
r''
.
4
m.
tension
640
SECTION III
RESPIRATORY
RESPIRATORY
PATHOLOGY
Pneumonia
TYPE
TYPICAL ORGANISMS
Lobar
CHARACTERISTICS
Legionella,
Klebsiella
Bronchopneumonia
Klebsiella
Interstitial (atypical )
pneumonia
Bronchiolitis
obliterans organizing
Intra-alveolar exudate
consolidation Q; may
involve entire lobe Q or lung.
Acute inflammatory infiltrates H from
bronchioles into adjacent alveoli; patchy
distribution involving > 1 lobe 0.
Diffuse patchy inflammation localized to
interstitial areas at alveolar walls; diffuse
distribution involving > 1 lobe Q. Generally
follows a more indolent course ( walking
pneumonia ).
Noninfectious pneumonia characterized bv
inflammation of bronchioles and surrounding
structures. Caused bv chronic inflammatory
pneumonia
Lung abscess
1
*
lobe
Supine posterior segments of right upper
lobe or superior segment of right lower lobe
RESPIRATORY
RESPIRATORY PATHOLOGY
SECTION III
Mesothelioma
Pancoast tumor
( superior sulcus
tumor )
Carcinoma that occurs in the apex of lung Q may cause Pancoast syndrome by invading cervical
sympathetic chain.
Compression of locoregional structures may cause array of findings:
Recurrent laryngeal nerve hoarseness
Stellate ganglion!- Horner syndrome (ipsilateral ptosis, miosis, anhidrosis)
s
Superior vena cava -* SVC syndrome_
Brachiocephalic vein brachiocephalic syndrome (unilateral symptoms)
Brachial plexus - sensorimotor deficit!
MfU
LV
641
642
SECTION III
RESPIRATORY PATHOLOGY
RESPIRATORY
Lung cancer
TYPE
LOCATION
CHARACTERISTICS
Central
Peripheral
Glandular pattern on
histology, often stains
mucin Q.
Bronchioloalveolar subtype:
grows along alveolar septa
apparent thickening
of alveolar walls. Tall,
columnar cells containing
Keratin pearls 0 and
Small cell
Small cell (oat cell )
carcinoma
SPHERE of complications:
HISTOLOGY
Squamous cell
carcinoma
Central
Large cell
carcinoma
Peripheral
Bronchial carcinoid
tumor
mucus.
intercellular bridges.
Pleomorphic giant
cells Ql
Nests of neuroendocrine
cells; chromogranin A .
Wm
m1& .
H
<
Is
ilti
nr,
0 '
1 V
RESPIRATORY
RESPIRATORY PHARMACOLOGY
SECTION III
643
RESPIRATORY PHARMACOLOGY
Antihistamines
First generation
Diphenhydramine, dimenhydrinate,
chlorpheniramine.
CLINICAL USES
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Second generation
CLINICAL USES
Allergy.
Far less sedating than 1st generation because of
ADVERSE EFFECTS
Guaifenesin
!V-acetylcysteine
Mucolytic liquifies mucous in chronic bronchopulmonary diseases (eg, COPD, CF) by disrupting
disulfide bonds. Also used as an antidote for acetaminophen overdose.
Dextromethorphan
Antitussive (antagonizes NMDA glutamate receptors). Synthetic codeine analog. Has mild opioid
effect when used in excess. Naloxone can be given for overdose. Mild abuse potential. May cause
serotonin syndrome if combined with other serotonergic agents.
Pseudoephedrine, phenylephrine
MECHANISM
(X
CLINICAL USE
Reduce hyperemia, edema, nasal congestion; open obstructed eustachian tubes. Pseudoephedrine
also illicitly used to make methamphetamine.
ADVERSE EFFECTS
MECHANISM
CLINICAL NOTES
BosENtan
Sildenafil
Epoprostenol, iloprost
644
SECTION III
Asthma drugs
RESPIRATORY PHARMACOLOGY
RESPIRATORY
Albuterol relaxes bronchial smooth muscle (short acting ( -agonist) Used during acute
exacerbation.
agonists
Salmeterol, formoterol long-acting agents for prophylaxis. Adverse effects are tremor and
arrhythmia.
Inhaled
corticosteroids
Fluticasone, budesonide inhibit the synthesis of virtually all cytokines. Inactivate NF-KB, the
transcription factor that induces production of TNF-a and other inflammatory agents, lst-line
therapy for chronic asthma. May cause oral thrusht
Muscarinic
antagonists
Antileukotrienes
Exposure to antigen
(dust, pollen, etc)
I (3)
Avoidance
I (3} Steroids
Methylxanthines
Mediators
(leukotrienes, histamine, etc)
p -agonists
Theophylline
Muscarinic
antagonists
-GH
Steroids
H5>- Antileukotrienes
ATP
( )
AC | <
Bronchodilation
Q
ACh
Bronchial tone
0-agonists
Early response:
bronchoconstriction
Late response:
inflammation
cAMP
I PDEji
O
AMP
Adenosine
Muscarinic
antagonists
Theophylline
Symptoms
Bronchial
hyperreactivity
Theophylline
Bronchoconstriction
Methacholine
Muscarinic receptor (MJ agonist. Used in bronchial challenge test to help diagnose asthma.